Welcome to PhiloLogic  
   home |  the ARTFL project |  download |  documentation |  sample databases |   
Longstreet, Augustus Baldwin, 1790-1870 [1864], Master William Mitten, or, A youth of brilliant talents, who was ruined by bad luck. (Burke, Boykin, & Co., Macon, GA) [word count] [eaf460T].
To look up a word in a dictionary, select the word with your mouse and press 'd' on your keyboard.

Previous section

Front matter Covers, Edges and Spine

-- --

[figure description] Top Edge.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Front Cover.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Spine.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Front Edge.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Back Cover.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Bottom Edge.[end figure description]

Preliminaries

-- --

University of Virginia, 1819
Robert L. Parrish
[figure description] 460EAF. Paste-Down Endpaper with Bookplate: generic University of Virginia library bookplate for gift texts. The bookplate includes the unofficial version of the University seal, which was drawn in 1916, with the donor's name typed in. The seal depicts the Roman goddess of wisdom, Minerva, in the foreground with the Rotunda and East Lawn filling the space behind her. On the left side of the image, an olive branch appears in the upper foreground. The bookplate has an off-white background with the seal printed in dark blue ink.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Title-Page.[end figure description]

Title Page MASTER WILLIAM MITTEN:
OR,
A YOUTH OF BRILLIANT TALENTS,
WHO WAS
RUINED BY BAD LUCK.
MACON, GA.:
BURKE, BOYKIN & COMPANY.
1864.

-- --

[figure description] Copyright Page.[end figure description]

Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1864, by
BURKE, BOYKIN & CO.,
In the Clerk's Office, of the Southern District of Georgia. BURKE, BOYKIN & CO., BOOK AND JOB PRINTERS, MACON, GA.

-- --

Dedication TO
DOCTOR HENRY HULL,
of
ATHENS, GEORGIA.

[figure description] Dedication.[end figure description]

ALLOW ME, MY HIGHLY ESTEEMED FRIEND,
TO
INSCRIBE THIS UNPRETENDING VOLUME TO YOU.

YOU WILL APPRECIATE THE INSCRIPTION
BY
THE SPIRIT WHICH DICTATES IT, AND NOT BY THE MERIT OF THE WORK.

THE AUTHOR.

-- --

PREFACE.

[figure description] Preface.[end figure description]

In 1849, I resided for a few months in Jackson, Louisiana. During my
sojourn in that place, two meritorious young men, who had established a
Press in the village, earnestly solicited me to write for it. I agreed to do
so; and us a College and a number of admirable schools graced the village.
I framed the story of Master Mitten, to induce the youth of the place, to
improve the opportunities which these institutions afforded them of becoming
useful and distinguished men. Master Mitten and his mother, are both
imaginary characters; but who that has had much to do with the instruction
of youth, has not seen both, at least in their leading traits?

I laid the scene of the story in Georgia, and took the liberty of introducing
into it, the names of several of my Georgian friends, giving a very
slight touch of their characters in the conduct and language which I ascribe
to them. This I did, to increase the interest of the story to them at least,
should it ever reach the State of Georgia. I deem it proper to mention
these things, for the story having been broken off at the fifth chapter, by
my departure from Louisiana, when it was resumed in Georgia, for the
Field & Fireside. Many finding these names in it, with some of the characteristies
of those who bore them, supposed it to be a veritable history,
which it is not. Master Mitten is introduced to Doctor Waddel's celebrated
School in Willington, Abbeville District, South Carolina, just as it was, from
1806 to 1809, inclusive. Sprague has given us a brief sketch of the Doctor's
biography, in which his merits as a Teacher and a Divine are gravely portrayed.
Mitten shows the reader the man at the head of his school in its
palmiest days.

Main text

-- --

CHAPTER I.

[figure description] Page 005.[end figure description]

Many years ago there lived in a small village in the State of
Georgia, a pious widow, who was left with an only son and two
daughters. She was in easy circumstances, and managed her temporal
concerns with great prudence; so that her estate increased with
her years. Her son exhibited, at a very early age, great precocity
of genius, and the mother lost no opportunity of letting the world
know it. When he was but six years old, he had committed little
pieces in prose and poetry, which he delivered with remarkable propriety
for his years. He knew as much of the scriptures as any
child of that age probably ever knew; and he had already made
some progress in geography and mental arithmetic. With all this,
he was a very handsome boy. It is not to be wondered at, that his
mother should be bringing him out in some department of science,
upon all ocoasions; of course; she often brought him out upon very
unsuitable occasions, and sometimes kept him out, greatly to the
annoyance of her company. Not to praise his performances, would
have been discouraging to Master William Mitten, and very mortifying
to his mother; accordingly, whether they were well-timed or
ill-timed, everybody praised them. The ladies, all of whom loved
Mrs. Mitten, were not unfrequently thrown into raptures at the
child's exhibitions. They would snatch him up in their arms, kiss
him, pronounce him a perfect prodigy, both in beauty of person and
power of mind; and declare that they would be willing to go beggars
upon the world to have such a child. Others would piously
exhort Mrs. Mitten not to set her heart too much upon the child.
“They never saw the little creature, without commingled emotions
of delight and alarm; so often is it the case that children of such

-- 006 --

[figure description] Page 006.[end figure description]

wonderful gifts die early.” Her brother, Capt. David Thomson, a
candid, plain-dealing excellent man, often reproved Mrs. M. for parading,
as he called it, “her child upon all occasions.”

“Anna,” said he, “you will stuff your child so full of pride and
vanity, and make him so pert and forward that there will be no
living with him. From an object of admiration he will soon become
an object of detestation.”

“No danger, brother—no danger;” she would reply, “I take
special care to guard him against these vices.”

At eight years of age, William was placed under the instruction
of Miss Smith, the teacher of a female school, into which small boys
were admitted by courtesy. Here he continued until his tenth year,
when Miss Smith told his mother that he was getting too old to remain
in her school, and that she could keep him no longer. Here Miss
Smith whispered something to Mrs. Mitten which drew a smile from
her, but which has ever remained a secret between them. It took
about the time to deliver it, that it would take to say: “the truth
is, he is too pretty and too smart to be in a female school.”

William being now out of employment, his mother took six months
to deliberate as to what was next to be done with him; and in the
meantime she sent him in the country to stay with his grandmother.
On his return she determined to place him under the tuition of Mr.
Markham, one of the best of men, and best of instructors. Accordingly,
she conducted him to the school room of his second preceptor.

“You will find him, Mr. Markham,” said Mrs. M., as she delivered
over her son to the teacher's charge, “easy to lead but hard
to drive.

“If that be the case, Madam,” said Mr. Markham, “I fear that
your son will not do well under my government.”

“Why, surely, Mr. Markham, you don't prefer driving to leading.

“By no means, Madam—by no means. I much prefer leading;
but no child of his age can be always led. Withal, a teacher must
govern, by fixed rules, which cannot be relaxed in favor of one of
his pupils, without rendering them worthless, or unjust to all
the rest.”

This took Mrs. Mitten a little by surprise; for she supposed that
Mr. Markham would be proud of such an accession to his school as
William. She acquiesced, however, in the soundness of his views;
but flattering herself “that he would never find it necessary to
drive William,” she turned him over to the teacher and withdrew.

-- 007 --

[figure description] Page 007.[end figure description]

William made his debut at school in a dress which was rather
tawdry for Sunday, and extravagant for the school-room. The first ten
or fifteen minutes were spent by William and the school boys in inter-changing
looks of admiration, which Mr. Markham indulged, under
pretence of not observing. At length a pretty general titter began
to run through the school at William's expense. Mr. Markham now
interposed, with a sternness that instantly brought all to order but
William, who tittered in turn, at divers persons and things. But
this Mr. Markham happened not to notice. The object of William's.
special regards and amusement was John Brown, whose clothes
seemed to have been made of remnants of old bed-quilts, so numerous
and party-colored were their patches. John's attitude was as
curious as his dress; he seemed to have derived it from the neck of
a crane at rest. His head was flat and bushy, his feet were large
and black, and his face bore a marked resemblance to that of a
leather-winged bat. In all his life, William had never seen exactly
such a thing as this; and he laughed at it, without stint and without
disguise. John soon became indignant, and raising his book between
his face and the teacher, he set his mouth to going as if repeating
all the vowels and consonants of the alphabet in quick time,
and shook his fist at William with a quiver of awful portent. According
to the masonry of the school-room these signs meant:
Never mind, old-fellow, soon as school's out I'll make you laugh
t'other side of the mouth!

“Come here, sir,” said Markham who always saw more than he
seemed to see. “Who are you shaking your fist at, sir?”

“Mr. Markham, that fellow keeps laughing at me, sir.”

“And did'nt you laugh at him first?”

“I—I—laughed at him a little bit; but he keeps at it all the
time.” He don't do nothin' else but keep'n' on laughin' at me all
the time.”

“Well, if you laugh at other people, you must let them laugh at
you; and now, sir, go to your seat; and if I catch you shaking
your fist at anybody in school hours again, or using it upon anybody
afterwards,
who has only paid laugh with laugh, I'll shake you.”

There was a little spice of equity here, that John had entirely
overlooked; and he went to his seat much cooler than might have
been expected.

“Come here, William!” continued the preceptor. William did
not move; and the whole school was electrified at disobedience to
Mr. Markham's orders.

-- 008 --

[figure description] Page 008.[end figure description]

“Come here, William!” repeated Mr. Markham but with no better
success. Whereupon he rose, and commenced “leading” him,
in quick time, to his seat. Having stationed him by it he said to
him: “William I know you have been indulged so much that you
hardly know the duty of submission to your teacher's orders, or I
would correct you for not coming to me when I called you. You
must do as I tell you; and I tell you now to quit laughing and get
your lesson—you, John Brown, are you tittering again already?
Put down your feet and come here, sir!” Here Mr. Markham, by
way of parenthesis, gave John three cuts, which sounded like a
whip-poor-will, and made him dance a jig, a minuet and a polka all
in less than a minute. He retired, crying, and limping and rubbing
and shaking his bushy head like a muscovy drake in a pet; and Mr.
Markham proceeded: “I tell you, William, you must obey me”—

“Yes, sir,” said William, pale as a sheet.

“I can have no little boys with me who won't do as I tell them”—

“No, sir.”

“If you will be a good boy, and mind your book and your teacher,
you need not be afraid of me. Go now and take your seat and quit
laughing and get your lesson.”

William obeyed promptly, and hardly took his eyes from his book
until the school was dismissed.

During the recess he begged his mother to take him away from
Mr. Markham's school. He said Mr. Markham whipt his scholars,
and he “didn't want to go to a man that whipt children.”

“But,” said his mother, “you must be a good boy, and then he
will not whip you. I've entered you now, and paid your first quarter's
schooling, and you must go to the end of the quarter.”

William returned to school, and for several weeks did remarkably
well. He was put in a class with George Markham, son of the
preceptor, a promising youth, but equal to William in nothing but
attention to his studies. As William could get his lessons in half
the time allowed him for this purpose, he soon began to neglect them,
until the last moment from which he could commit them, and then
to some time beyond the moment; and here was the beginning of
his bad luck. As he grew remiss, Mr. Markham counseled him,
lectured him, and threatened him; but all to no purpose. At
length he told him that the next time he came to recite without
knowing his lesson, he would correct him. This alarmed William a
good deal; but not quite enough to stimulate his industry to

-- 009 --

[figure description] Page 009.[end figure description]

continued exertion; and after ten or fifteen lessons he came up deficient
again.

“Why have you not got this lesson, sir?” said Mr. Markham
with terrific sternness.

“I—I—was sick, sir!”

This was William's first falsehood; but it saved him from a whipping
which he awfully dreaded; for though Mr. Markham knew
that he had not told the truth, he deemed it best to admit the excuse,
at least so far as to withhold the rod of correction for the
present.

As he dismissed the school, he told William to remain a few moments,
and when they were alone he thus addressed him:

“William, I very much fear you told me a falsehood to-day. I
saw you all the morning before you came to recite, idling, and
whispering, without any appearance of sickness; and since the recitation,
I have seen no sign of sickness about you. Still I may possibly
be mistaken, and I hope I am; but remember, if ever I find you
telling a lie to hide your faults, I will punish you more severely than
I would without the lie.” He then proceeded to counsel him kindly
and affectionately against the danger of lying.

William went home in sadness and in tears, for his conscience gave
him no rest. His mother sought in vain for the cause of his distress.
The next day he went to the school and acquitted himself well for
that and the four sncceeding days, for which Mr. Markham gave him
great credit and encouragement. On the fifth day he got permission
to go out, and as he remained out an unusually long time, Mr. M.
went in quest of him, and found him in the act of concealing his
book among some rubbish near the school house. He was unobserved
by William, and he withdrew to the school room. Just before
the recitation hour William made his appearance. What he had
been doing during his absence, was not known; but that he had not
been studying was manifest from his conduct, and still more manifest
from his ignorance of the lesson when he came to recite.

“What have you been doing, William,” said Mr. Markham, “that
you know nothing of this lesson?”

“I lost my book, sir, and I couldn't find it.”

Mr. Markham passed the matter over until he dismissed his school,
when he detained William, told him where his book was, repeated
his lecture upon lying, and enforced it with a pretty severe flogging.
William had never experienced the like of that before, and probably
would never have experienced it again, but for the imprudence of his

-- 010 --

[figure description] Page 010.[end figure description]

mother and her friends. He promised his preceptor that he would
never repeat his offence; and he went home with a countenance and
manner indicative of a fixed purpose to keep his promise. He told
his mother nothing of what had happened, nor did she find it out for
four days afterwards. In the meantime, William was all that she or
his preceptor could wish him to be. It so happened, however, that
Thomas Nokes had lingered about the school-house, and seen all
that had transpired between William and his teacher. He went
home where he found Mrs. Glib, one of Mrs. Mitten's most devoted
friends—as she proved by carrying to her all news that was likely to
affect her peace. Mrs. G. had stopped on her way to her brother's
in the country, to bid Mrs. Nokes farewell, and had actually risen to
depart, when Tom stept in, big with the events of the day.

“I tell you, what!” said he, “Mr. Markham give Bill Mitten
jorum to-day!”

“It isn't possible,” exclaimed Mrs. Glib, “that Mr. Markham has
whipt that dear, sweet, lovely boy.”

Mrs. Nokes tried to catch Tom's eye, that she might stop him;
but his whole attention was directed to Mrs. G. and he went on—

“Yes he did—and he linked it into him like flugins. I'll be
bound he made the blood come.”

Here Tom caught his mother's eye, which was darting lightnings
at him, and he concluded, “but I don't reckon he hurt him much
though!

“Oh, the brute!” muttered Mrs. Glib, as she left the house for
the carriage.

On the afternoon of the fourth day from her departure, she returned
to the village, and immediately hastened over to Mrs. Mitten's.
Mrs. M. met her at the door very cheerfully and very
cordially.

“Oh,” ejaculated Mrs. Glib, “how happy I am to find you so
cheerful! I was afraid I should find you in tears.”

“In tears! For what?”

“Why, for the unmerciful beating which Mr. Markham gave to
your dear, sweet, lovely little William, last Friday.”

“Surely there must be some mistake Mrs. Glib. William never
said a word to me about it: and not fifteen minutes before you came
in, Mr. Markham was here congratulating me on the progress my
child was making in everything that was good.”

Here Mrs. G. looked as if she had taken an emetic which was
just about to operate; and after a short pause she proceeded:

-- 011 --

[figure description] Page 011.[end figure description]

“Well, I hope it is a mistake; but it came to me from an eye
witness. You know I don't send my children to Mr. Markham; because
I don't choose to have my children cut and slashed about like galley-slaves,
for every little childish error they commit—breaking down
their spirit, and teaching them sneaking and lying, and everything
that's low and mean. Mr. Toper never whips; and I don't see but
that my children get along under him as well as other people's children.”
(Here Mrs. M. covered her face with her handkerchief,
either to hide her grief, or a smile which grief could not extinguish,
or blushes of conscience; for she had warned her son against ever
associating with the Glibs.) “But you know how strict Mrs. Nokes
is with her children; one of them would as soon put his head in the
fire as tell a lie—specially before her. Well, Thomas told me, right
in her presence, that Markham whipt William till he drew the blood
from him!”

“Mercy on me!” groaned Mrs. Mitten, “why didn't William tell
me of it!”

“Oh, that is easily accounted for. My George Washington
Alexander Augustus says that John Brown told him, that `if anybody
went to carrying tales out of Mr. Markham's school, he'd
make'em dance juba.' Poor William dare not tell of it. John said,
moreover, that Markham dragged him from his seat the first day that
he went to school, and would have whipt him then, if he had been
in school a little longer.”

“I fear,” said Mrs. Mitten with streaming eyes, “that I offended
Mr. Markham when I placed William under him, by telling him
that William was easy to lead but hard to drive. He immediately
showed some reluctance at receiving him. But I only meant to apprise
him of the child's disposition. Poor child, with all his talents,
I fear he is doomed to bad luck.

“Oh, no, madam; I can explain the matter better than that.
George Markham was given up on all hands to be the smartest boy
in school. Now everybody knew what a prodigy William was; and
old Markham knew that as soon as William entered the school, his
beloved darling, precious George, would have to come down a notch.
All the boys say that William is smarter than George, and yet that
old Markham is always pecking at him. Who can't see the reason?”

Just at this moment William made his appearance with a bright
and joyous face; and holding up a most beautiful edition of Sanford
and Merton. “See, ma,” said he, “what Mr. Markham gave me
to-day for keeping head of George three days. And he says if I'll

-- 012 --

[figure description] Page 012.[end figure description]

keep head of him eight days more, he'll give me a book worth twice
as much, and I mean to do it too.”

“What hypocrisy!” exclaimed Mrs. Glib. “He's got wind
of it!”

“William,” said his mother, “did Mr. Markham whip yon last
Friday?” In an instant his countenance fell, and his eyes filled.

“Yes, ma'am,” whispered William. “But I don't think he will
whip me again, for I mean to be a good boy.”

“Poor, blessed, little innocent angel-lamb!” sighed forth Mrs. G.
with honest sympathy.

“And haven't you always been a good boy, my son?”

“Ye-e-s m'm.”

“Then what did he whip you for?”

“He said I told a lie, and wouldn't get my lesson!”

“Oh, shocking, shocking—worse and worse!” vociferated Mrs.
Glib. “I'd stake my salvation on it, that child never told an untruth
in all his life.”

It was very unlucky for William, that Mrs. G. made this remark;
and still more unlucky that his mother did not suspend her examination
here, until Mrs. G. retired.

“William, it would break my heart to discover that you had told a
lie; but if you have told one, confess it, my child, to your mother!”

William paused and pondered, as well he might; for having Mrs.
Glib's salvation and his mother's heart in one eye, and Mr. Markham's
awful lie-physic in the other, he was in a most perplexing dilemma.

“Don't you see, Mrs. Mitten, that the child is actually afraid to
deny that he told a lie? He knows that if it gets to Markham's
ears that he denied it, he'd beat him to death. Didn't he whip you
very severely, William?”

“Yes, ma'am.”

“Where did he whip you?”

“On the calf of my legs.”

“Well, now, do let us examine them! I lay the marks of the
whip are upon them to this day.”

William's pants were rolled up, and at the first glance, his legs
seemed as white and as spotless as pure alabaster. But a glance did
not satisfy Mrs. Glib. She was confident that William had received
jorum,” and that marks of it might yet be found. Accordingly,
she put on her specs and squatted down to a close examination of
William's legs, beginning at the left.”

-- 013 --

[figure description] Page 013.[end figure description]

“Look here, Mrs. Mitten,” said she, after a short search, “isn't
this the mark of a whip?”

“N-no,” said Mrs. M. carelessly, “I believe it's nothing but a
vein.”

“It's no vein, my word for it; it's too straight for a vein. I'm
told that whip-marks, just before they disappear, can hardly be distinguished
from veins.”

Proceeding from the left leg to the right, she examined for some time
with no better success. At length, however, on the right side of the
limb, she found the palpable marks of “jorum.” For reasons that
need not be given, I hold myself perfectly competent to explain this
matter with unquestionable accuracy. Jorum is always administered
with a scarificator; and in receiving it, it is almost impossible for the
patient to keep his legs still. The consequence sometimes is, that
the scarificator, which is made and intended to act simultaneously
and equally upon both limbs hardly scratches one, while it spends all
its force (double force) upon the other. William had obviously
“danced juba” under the operation, and in three of his movements
he had so distracted the instrument, that the end of it pressed much
harder upon the flesh in these places than the operator intended, and
of course it left its most permanent mark where it pressed hardest.
Nor is it true, as Mrs. Glib was informed, that its mark retire in likeness
to a vein, but with a greenish, straw-color, as the case before her
proved.

Mrs. Glib had no sooner discovered these marks, than she went
through divers evolutions of horror, better suited to the Inquisition
than to this occasion. At length she became composed enough to
speak.

“Oh, Mrs. Mitten, see what your dear lovely, brilliant boy has
suffered. Think of when it was done!”

Mrs. Mitten looked and burst into tears afresh. Just at this point
her daughters made their appearance, and the matter being explained
to them they burst into tears; and William seeing his mother and
sisters weeping, he burst into tears. In the midst of this affecting
scene, David Thompson, Mrs. Mitten's brother, made his appearance,
and he didn't burst into tears.

“Why, what's the matter—what's to pay?” enquired he, with no
little alarm.

The ladies all answered at once, with different degrees of exaggeration,
but all to the same point, namely, that Markham had beaten
William most unmercifully.

-- 014 --

[figure description] Page 014.[end figure description]

“Why, nothing seems to be the matter with him that I can see.”

“Look at his legs!”

“Well, I see nothing the matter with his legs.”

“Look at his right leg.”

“Well, I see nothing the matter with his right leg.”

“Look on the right side of his right leg.”

“Well, I see nothing on the right side of the right leg.”

“Look here, Mr. Thompson,” said Mrs. Glib—“bend down a little—
do you see these marks?”

Psh-e-e-e-t! Why surely you have all run crazy! Is it possible
you're making all this fuss over these three little specks?”

“Those specks as you call them, brother, are the remains of what
was put on my child's tender flesh four days ago.”

“And have you all just made up your minds to cry about it!”

“We did not know of it, brother David, before.”

“Why, didn't William tell you of it?”

“No, poor child, he hardly dare talk about it now. He is completely
cowed. Since he went to school he seems to have been
buried; nobody notices or speaks of the child any more than if he
were dead.”

“Yes, there it is! you have been feasting upon his praises so
long, that you cannot live without them. What did Markham whip
him for?”

“The charge was, telling a lie, and neglecting his lessons.”

“Well, are you sure he did not tell a lie?”

“Oh, brother, how can you ask such a question right before the
child's face! Yes, I'm just as sure of it as I can be of anything.
I never detected William in a lie in all my life.”

“No, nor you never will, the way you're going on, if he told a
thousand. Now, if Markham whipt him for lying, I vouch for it he
told a lie, and Markham knew it; for he never moves without seeing
his way clear.”

“I think he has a prejudice against William, and I think I
know the reason of it.”

“Prejudice! He's incapable of prejudice against anybody, much
less against little silly children. I'll go over and see him and learn
the whole truth of the matter.”

“No, you needn't trouble yourself, brother, I shall not send
William to school to him any longer.”

“Why, Anna, you surely are not going to take your child from

-- 015 --

[figure description] Page 015.[end figure description]

school without hearing from Mr. Markham the particulars of this
matter?”

“I don't want any particulars, more than my own eyes have seen.
Suppose the child actually did tell a lie, (which nobody who knows
him will believe) it wouldn't justify Mr. Markham in beating him to
death.”

“Beating him to death! He's certainly a very natural looking
corpse! And when you take him from school, what are you going
to do with him?”

“I'd rather send him to Mr. Toper than have him cut and slashed
to pieces by Markham.”

“Toper! what that drunken booby who hardly knows B from
bull's foot.”

“Good morning, ladies!” said Mrs. Glib—“Good morning,
Captain Thompson.”

“Why, brother! How could you talk so of Mr. Toper? Don't
you know that Mrs. Glib sends her children to him? She'll go
right off and tell him what you said.”

“No, I don't know, nor don't care where she sends them. All I
know about them is, that Toper is a drunken fool, and that her children
are perfect nuisances to the town, and that if you mean to send
your child to the devil, Toper is the very man to carry him for you.
Mrs. Glib may tell him all this too, if she chooses; and then if he
opens his mouth to me about the matter, I'll kick him out of the
town, as a public charity.”

“I only said I had rather send my child to Mr. Toper than have
him beaten so. I think I shall employ a private tutor.”

“And pay ten times as much as is needful for your child's instruction;
and then have him not half as well taught, as he will be, by
Markham! Anna, I beseech you, I implore you for your child's
sake, don't act at all in this matter under your present feelings.
Let the matter rest until I can see Markham and learn the whole
history of it. I know more of boys than you do. They do many
things at school that they never do at home, for the plain reason
that they are under many temptations at school which they are not
under at home. You are probably now at the turning point of
your child's destiny, and a false step here may ruin him forever.”

Strange to tell, William listened to his uncle with a kind of approving
amazement, and as soon as he had concluded, said:

“Ma, I'm willing to go back to Mr. Markham now; I a'nt afraid
of him; I don't think he'll ever whip me again.”

-- 016 --

[figure description] Page 016.[end figure description]

“That's a brave boy,” said the Captain. “Every word in the
sentence is worth a guinea. No good boy fears Mr. Markham.”

“Ah, poor child!” said Mrs. Mitten—“he knows little of the
world's duplicity. He little dreams of the undercurrent that is at
work against him.”

“What undercurrent? Is it possible, Anna, that after nine years
acquaintance with Markham, you can suspect him of duplicity and
secret hostility to such a child as that—your child—my nephew!”

“Mr. Markham's not perfection, if what I've heard of him is
true,” said Miss Jane.

“No,” said Miss Ann, “and if I was ma, I'd die before I'd send
brother William back to him to be beaten like a dog!”

“And if I was ma, I'd learn you to hold your tongues till your
counsel was asked for.”

“Oh, do, brother, let the girls express their opinions. I should
suppose that one might have an opinion, of even Mr. Markham,
without having their heads snapt off.”

“Well, Anna, I see your mind is made up to take William from
Mr. Markham's school.”

“Yes, I'm resolved upon it.”

“And without one word of explanation from Mr. Markham!”

“Yes; I want none of his explanations.”

“Ma,” said William, “let me go back to the end of the quarter.”

“Bravo, Bill! Go back, my son—be a a good boy, and learn
your book, and you'll be a noble fellow by and by.”

“Brother David, do you think it right to encourage a poor little
ignorant child to run counter to his mother's wishes?”

“No, Anna; but I supposed that the wishes of the child in whom
you are so much wrapt up, might save you from rash resolutions concerning
him.”

“Well, it is not necessary to debate the matter further. I vow he
never shall go back to Mr. Markham's school, and that is the long
and short of it.”

Captain Thompson wheeled off and left the house as if to get
something of importance that he had left in a dangerous place. In
about a half hour he returned:

“Well,” said he, “I have seen Markham, and heard the whole
matter explained”—and he gave it from first to last, just as it
occurred. Still Mrs. Mitten adhered to her resolution. He argued,
he entreated, he implored, he forewarned, he remonstrated, he used
every means that he could think of to change her mind, but to no

-- 017 --

[figure description] Page 017.[end figure description]

purpose. The truth is, Mrs. Mitten would not place her son where
he was liable to be whipt. Her brother left in a storm. I have
been thus particular in giving this part of William's history, because
it proved in the end, as the sequel will show, to be remarkably
unlucky, and fruitful of wonderful consequences.

CHAPTER II.

The reader will remember that we left Mrs. Mitten resolved to
remove Master William from Mr. Markham's school. Her resolution
was carried into effect; and she forthwith began to look out for
a private teacher for her son. But unluckily no such teacher was
just then to be found; she was constrained, therefore, to advertise
for one; and though she placed her advertisement in three Gazettes,
of pretty general circulation, three months rolled away before any
one proffered his services to Master William. In the meantime our
little hero was a gentleman at large; and having formed many
acquaintances at school, common courtesy required that he should
give them as much of his attention as he could. Accordingly he
was with them at every intermission of their studies, and took great
pleasure in attending the evening parties of such as were smart
enough to do without evening study. These soon became so frequent
that William entirely neglected his mother's parties for them; by
means whereof his mother and her friends lost the entertainment
which he used to afford them upon such occasions. She often demanded
of him explanations of his discourtesy to his old admirers,
which he promptly gave to her entire satisfaction. Sometimes he
was at the Juvenile Debating Society; at others he was at a Prayer
Meeting; at one time he “went to hear Parson Deleth's Lecture.”
(On the importance of the Oriental Languages to the student of
Theology.) At another he went to hear the Euterpean band;
and at all other times he was taking tea with good boys, or engaged
in some laudable employment. As the young Glibs had rather more
leisure than any other boys in town, and as their mother had
charged them to cultivate a close acquaintance with Master William,
they were frequently thrown together. At first William was rather
shy of those acquaintances; but as they forced themselves into his
company, pleading their mother's order for so doing, he could not
well refuse to take them under his moral training. Accordingly
they soon became very intimate; and William was pleased to find
that they were by no means as bad boys as his mother took them to

-- 018 --

[figure description] Page 018.[end figure description]

be. Withal he soon discovered that they were possessed of a vast
fund of information, which they communicated to him freely; first
to his astonishment, and afterwards to his delight. They knew who
had the best apples, peaches, plums, cherries and melons in the town
and neighborhood—what gardens contained the most strawberries,
raspberries, grapes, figs and pomegranates—who had the earliest
and latest fruits—what time bad dogs were turned loose at night—
where hens, guinea-chickens, ducks and turkeys, were in the habit
of laying. They were masters of all culinary matters, except the
higher branches of cookery. They were abolitionists of the most
generous stamp; disdaining the distinctions of color, and holding
out the most liberal encouragements to slave industry, by promising
the most liberal prices for such little dainties and curiosities as the
poor slave might have to dispose of. Nor were these young gentlemen
without personal accomplishments, corresponding with their
vast mental endowments. They were the most expert climbers of
trees and fences in the country. They were good riders and better
runners. Though one of them was two months, another fifteen and
another thirty-seven months older than William, they could slip
through gaps that he feared to attempt. They could heel a game-cock,
whet a jack-knife, and shoot a pistol, with unrivalled skill—
their age considered. They could recognize people in the dark
with the eye of an owl; and run half-bent in gutters and ditches,
faster than William could, on a plain. They could perform many
amusing and ingenious tricks with cards; and smoke segars, chew
tobacco and drink cordial, apple-toddy, egg-nog and the like, with
marvelous grace and impunity.

At the end of three or four weeks from the time that William left
school, Mr. Markham's examination came off, and most of the town
attended it. The visitors were, as usual, liberal in their praises of
such as did well; and these, William, who was present, heard with
painful emotions. They were praises which made his tea-party-compliments
seem insignificant. Here was competition, and not one was
praised, of whom he did not know himself to be decidedly the
superior. The examination closed with an allotment of prizes to the
best in the several classes, by judges appointed for that purpose.
William saw one and another distributed with increasing dejection
and self-reproach. At length George Markham was called out on the
stage, and Judge Dawson advancing to him with a large silver medal,
suspended by a crimson ribbon with tasteful decorations, observed:
“Master George, in the course of the examination you have labored

-- 019 --

[figure description] Page 019.[end figure description]

under some disadvantages; for the judges, from an apprehension that
their high respect for your teacher, might be unconsciously transferred
to his son, have been more vigilant of inaccuracies in you
than in any of your school mates. So well have you acquitted yourself,
however, that you have entirely relieved us from all apprehension
of doing you injustice on either hand, and we presume there will not
be a dissenting voice in this large and respectable assembly, to our
judgment, which awards to you the first honor in your class; in token
of which we present you this beautiful medal. Remember,” continued
Judge Dawson, as he placed the loop of the ribbon over the
head of Master George, and dropt the medal on his breast—“remember
as often as you look upon that medal, that on the day you received
it, you raised the highest expectations of your future distinction,
and resolved never to disappoint them.” As the judge concluded,
the house thundered with applause. William dropt his head
and wept bitterly; for he felt that all this would have been his, had
he remained at school.

In the afternoon the usual exhibition came off. We may not
dwell upon the performances of each of the students respectively.
For reasons which will be hereafter observed, we notice but two.

The fourth speaker called out was Master John Brown! John
stept out so completely metamorphosed, that William himself hardly
knew him. His hair was combed down straight and slick. The
lard-gourd had obviously been laid under contributions for it. His
feet were disguised under shoes and stockings. His suit was all new
and of course all of one color. His mother had tried herself upon
it from the spinning of the first thread, to the fitting of it on. But
nature had decreed that John should be a funny looking fellow in
spite of dress; and as he stept to the centre of the stage, as if laboring
under a slight founder, (for shoes manifestly pestered him) an
involuntary smile diffused itself over every countenance. He made
his bow, and in a clear, distinct audible voice he began:

“Ladies and Gentlemen: You will not be surprised that I should
have selected as my theme for your entertainment this afternoon the
incalculable advantages of personal beauty.

Here it seemed that the house would be knocked to pieces. Men,
women and children laughed and thumped immoderately; and even
Mr. Markham could not preserve his usual gravity. Mrs. Brown
plainly showed that her trouble in rigging out John was repaid by
the very first sentence. With almost every other, the same scene
was renewed; until at length all respect for order seemed to be

-- 020 --

[figure description] Page 020.[end figure description]

forgotten; and such commendations as these might be heard in undertones
all over the house: Well done, flat-head! Hurra short-neck!
Bravo pug-nose! I tell you stiff-leg is some! Give me homespun
at last. John concluded, and had it been allowable, he, doubtless,
would have been encored at least three times. He owed most of his
credit to the patient and careful drilling of his teacher, but there
were few in the school who could have improved good drilling as
well as John did.

Next to John's speech, the most amusing thing in the exhibition
was a dialogue between George Markham and David Thompson,
which elicited great applause. At the conclusion of the exercises,
honors were a second time distributed, and young Markham was
again complimented with a prize. Brown got one, of course, which
was rendered doubly complimentary, by another peal of applause as
he received it.

All this was slow murder to William Mitten. Nor did his tortures
end here. Seeing his uncle and Mr. Markham in conversation as
the company retired, he flattered himself that they were negotiating
for his return to school, and he drew near to them unobserved by
either, and overheard this conversation:

“That little fellow Brown is an odd looking fish, Mr. Markham,
but there's some gumption in him after all.”

“He's rough material to polish, but he has some talent; and if he
can be made to study, he may be a man of worth yet.”

“I congratulate you on the very handsome manner in which your
son acquitted himself in everything.”

“He may thank Mrs. Mitten for his honors of to-day, for had she
suffered her son to remain at school, George would not have touched
a single honor. When William studied (and he had begun to study
well) he was vastly superior to George in everything. The dialogue
was written on purpose to show off his wonderful dramatic talent.
George's part was designed for him, and your son's for George; and
I'll venture to say, that I can take William and read over the part to
him but once, and he will perform it decidedly better than George
did. He spoke before me but three or four times while he was with
me. The first time, I read over his piece to him after he had repeated
it, and made him deliver it again; and I was amazed to see
how exactly he followed my reading in every respect. Take him
altogether, I think he is decidedly the smartest boy I ever had in my
school.” Here the conversation was interrupted by the congratulations
of several other gentlemen.

-- 021 --

[figure description] Page 021.[end figure description]

William went home in tortures, and hardly slept a wink that night.
He would have given the world for the honors and praises which
George Markham had received that day; and he would have been
willing to have changed persons with John Brown, for the trophies
which John had won.

The next morning he recounted to his mother all the events of the
day, and particularly the conversation which he had heard between
his uncle and Mr. Markham. She was now stung nearly, or quite
as deeply as her son. But what could she do? Her vow was out
and it must be kept.

“Well, my child,” said she despondingly, “all this only goes to
show that you are born to ill-luck. But I hope it is all for the best.
Those who are unlucky in youth are apt to be lucky in old age, it is
said—and I hope it will be so with you.”

“Ma, when you get your private teacher will he have any exhibitions?”

“No, my son, he will have no scholar but you.”

“Then I don't want to go to a private teacher.”

“But remember my child, that as he will have but you one to attend
to, he can teach you a great deal better, and bring you on a
great deal faster than Mr. Markham could, who has so many in
charge. And study well, and you will soon enter college, where
you will have an opportunity of showing off your talents not simply
to a village, but to a whole State!”

“And how long will it be before I can go to college?”

“With your gifts, and a private teacher, I have no doubt you will
be prepared to enter college in four years at the outside.”

“Why, Ma, I'll be dead before four years!”

“Oh, I hope not; they will roll round before you are aware
of it.”

As the private teacher had not yet been found, William had nothing
to do for the present, and he resumed his attention to public
and devotional exercises, in fellowship with the young Glibs, and
others of their stamp.

A few days after this Parson Turner was announced as wishing to
have a few minutes private conversation with Mrs. Mitten. He was
ushered into the parlor; and Mrs. Mitten soon followed him.

“Mrs. Mitten,” said the Parson, “I have called on you to beg of
you to keep your son at home on Wednesday nights. He and the
Glibs come to the church where we hold our prayer meetings, and
sometimes at the door, and sometimes in the gallery, keep up such a

-- 022 --

[figure description] Page 022.[end figure description]

laughing, bleating and groaning, that it is next to impossible for us
to proceed with our devotions.”

“Why, Parson Turner, you must be mistaken! I have always
taught my child to treat religious services with the most profound
respect; and for reasons that need not be mentioned, I am confident
that he is hardly acquainted with the Glibs.”

“No, madam, there is no mistake about it. We all know him
very well.”

“Well, Parson Turner, I will enquire into the matter, and, if I
find it so, I will see to it that my son disturbs you no more.”

“Whether you find it so or not, I assure you madam it is so.”
So saying he took his leave. He had not been gone long when
William came in.

“William,” said his mother, do you associate with the Glibs?”

“They sometimes come to where I am, and then I can't get rid of
them; but I don't go where they are.”

“Well, now, I strictly forbid you from associating with those
boys. They are very bad boys and unfit company for you. Parson
Turner says you go with them to the church, and behave very rudely
during prayer meeting. Is that so, William?”

“'Twasn't me, Ma, it was the Glib-boys.”

“How came you there with the Glib-boys, at all?”

“I said I was going to the prayer meeting and they followed me.”

“Well, my son, I'm very glad to learn that you didn't misbehave
at the meeting. Brought up as piously as you have been, I
didn't think it possible that you could treat religious services with
contempt. When you go to such meetings, (which I am glad to
find you disposed to do) take your seat near the leader of them, and
bad boys will not follow you there. Never have anything to do with
boys that can trifle with sacred things. It's the worst sign in the
world.”

Mr. Turner went from Mrs. Mitten's to Mrs. Glib's, and repeated
his story.

Mrs. Glib received him with a careless chuckle, and said to him:
“Oh, Mr. Turner, I wouldn't mind little thoughtless boys; they will
have their fun; but they'll quit these things when they grow older.
I'm very cautions against reproving my children for little childish
freaks in church, lest I should excite in them a dangerous and lasting
prejudice against religion.

Mr. Turner, after sitting petrified for about a half minute, rose
and abruptly left the house.

-- 023 --

[figure description] Page 023.[end figure description]

About noon on the following Thursday, Mrs. Glib came over to
Mrs. Mitten's, in a great flurry. “Oh,” exclaimed she, as she
entered the house, “do you know, Mrs. Mitten, there's a warrant out
against all our children! I got wind of it and hid my children; but
I'm told they've got William”

“A warrant!” shrieked Mrs. M. “In mercy's name tell me
what has my child been doing to have a warrant out against him?”

“Oh, nothing of any consequence—don't be alarmed—nothing but
disturbing a prayer-meeting. Squire Crumb says there's no law for
it; and if there was, throwing stones at a house and setting off
squibs at the door would not be against the law; and if he was employed,
he'd blow it all up. But Judge Dawson says there is a law
against disturbing worshipping assemblies. I was afraid of this,
when Turner went about complaining of the boys for their little
sports. You know such things always make them mad and worse
than ever.”

Mrs. Mitten was nearly distracted; for her head was filled with
jails, and punishment, and eternal disgrace, which she supposed the
invariable accompaniments of warrants. Her brother David was sent
for, post-haste; and he was soon at Mr. Justice Easy's office, where
William was under arrest. A short interview between him and
Parson Turner settled the matter amicably. The latter told him all
that had transpired and said he saw no other way of stopping these
hopeful youths; but that if Mr. Thompson would pledge himself
that they would disturb the meetings no more, he would stop the
prosecution. The pledge was given, and the matter was settled.—
This done, Mr. Thompson proceeded with William to his sister's,
where he found the two mothers.

“Where are your children, madam?” said Thompson sternly to
Mrs. Glib.

“Why, they—I expect they are—that is, I think likely—which
one of them?”

“Why, all of them, madam.”

“Oh, I have not seen one of them since quite early this morning.
What did you want with them, Captain Thompson?”

I wished to know from their own lips whether, if I get them out
of this scrape, they'll let people pray in peace hereafter.”

“Oh, yes, yes, yes—I'll engage for them; and I will consider myself
under everlasting obligations to you Captain, if you'll get them
out.”

“I must have the pledge from their own lips.”

-- 024 --

[figure description] Page 024.[end figure description]

“Well, I'll run over home and see if they are not there. I've
no doubt they are, for they always come home about this hour—what
o'clock is it?”

“Half after twelve.”

“Oh, if it's as late as that, I'm sure I shall find them at home.
Stay a minute, Captain, and I'll run over and bring them.”

She soon returned with her three boys, who were placed with
William before the Captain.

“Do you know, young gentlemen,” said he with great solemnity,
“that you have violated the laws of your country? That a warrant
has been issued against you, to vindicate the offended majesty of the
people's laws?” (Here the ladies looked much alarmed.) “That,
unless somebody will befriend you, your mothers are liable to be
mulct in pounds of money; and that you are liable to be cast in
prison for ten long days and nights, with nothing to eat but bread
and water, and nothing to sleep on but the hard floor and a few
blankets? Then be dragged to a court of justice, before the eyes of
the whole world, and there to be tried, by a jury of twelve men duly
empanelled to pass between you and your injured, insulted country?
Then, when convicted, (as you are certain to be,) that you are to be
turned over to Judge Dawson, (who always respects religion, and
whose wife is a most excellent member of the church,) to be dealt
with according to the law in such case made and provided? And
do you furthermore know, that all four of you are posting to the
devil just as fast as he would have you go? Do you know all this,
my hopeful young friends?”

“Yes, sir,” answered the boys.

“Very well. Now, I am disposed to befriend you all; but I desire
to know what I am to expect from you, if I do; for I don't wish
to get myself into any more trouble on your account. If I can be
certain that you will never get into any more such scrapes, I'll hush
up all this matter, as I know I can; but I must have a promise from
all of you that, if I do, I shall have no more such matters to hush
up. As for Bill there, I'll manage him myself: and if he goes to
disturbing religions meetings again, after the trouble he has given
me, and after I have snatched him from the clutches of the law, I'll
give him the timber myself, harder than Markham did, mother or
no mother, objection or no objection.”

“In such case, brother David, I think you would be perfectly
justifiable, after you have stood his security and”—

“Certainly, certainly,” said Mrs. Glib; “and in such case, I

-- 025 --

[figure description] Page 025.[end figure description]

would not think of opening my mouth, if he should whip my children
too.”

“Well, will your children make the promise, or will they prefer
going to jail?”

“Why, Captain, I would not own them if they refused. They
are too high minded and honorable to refuse so great a favor upon
such easy terms.”

“Very well. George Washington Alexander Augustus Glib:
Do you promise me here, in the presence of your mother and Mrs.
Mitten, that if I stop this prosecution, so that it shall not harm you
or your mother, or your brothers, that you will never disturb another
religious meeting while you live, either by mouth, foot or hand,
inside or outside of the house; and that you will show no rudeness,
in any form or way, to Parson Turner, at any time or in any place?
Do you?”

“Yes, sir.”

Thomas Jefferson Napoleon Bonaparte Glib: Do you make the
same promise that your brother has just made?”

“Yes, sir.”

Benjamin Franklin Palaski Lafayette Glib: Do you make the
same promise?”

“Yes, sir.”

“Well, remain here five minutes, and if in that time I do not return,
you may be certain that the matter is satisfactorily settled.”
So saying he retired.

“Oh, Mrs. Mitten,” said Mrs. Glib, “what an excellent, excellent
man, that brother of yours is. I shall love him as long as I live.”

“Brother David has a good heart, though he is sometimes rough
in his manner. Was ever child so unfortunate as mine? It is an
old maxim that one had better be born lucky than rich, and I believe
it. Brother David will probably settle the suit; but who is to
wipe out the stain from my child's character?”

“Dear me, Mrs. Mitten, the thing will be forgotten in a week!
Everybody knows that it was but a childish frolic, that nobody but
old Turner would have noticed; and I shall make it my business to
give him my mind upon it very freely, the first time I meet him.
I'm under no promise, if my children are.”

“I cannot blame Parson Turner, Mrs. Glib, and I hope you
will not.”

The five, and even ten minutes rolled away, and, Mr. Thompson
not returning, Mrs. Glib moved off with her sons, looking very little
like their namesakes.

-- --

CHAPTER III.

[figure description] Page 026.[end figure description]

Mrs. Mitten now determined to keep her son at home of nights;
she therefore charged him, “upon pain of her sore displeasure,” not
to leave the house at night without her permission. William promised
obedience, of course; and like a good boy, kept his promise for two
nights and a half, without ever asking leave of absence. On the
second night she seated him at the stand to read to her and his
sisters. He had proceeded about a quarter of an hour, when three
strange whistles were heard near the house. They were not noticed
by Mrs. M. as yet; but the first had no sooner sounded, than William
began to read horribly.

“Now, William,” said his mother, “you've got tired of reading
already; and you're trying how bad you can read, that I may make
you stop!”

“No, I declare I a'nt, ma.”

“Well, what makes you blunder and halt and miscall words so?
What does that incessant whistling mean?”

“That's the way the boys whistle at school,” said William.

“How do they do it! for it sounds like blowing in large phials.”

“They do it by blowing in their hands.”

“What are they blowing about here for? they never did it before.
Go out William, and beg them to desist.”

William obeyed promptly, and it seemed gladly. The whistling
ceased as soon as he went out; and in a few minutes he returned.

“Who are they?” enquired Mrs. Mitten.

“A parcel of school-boys,” said William, “but they said they
wouldn't whistle about the house any more.” He resumed his seat,
and read pretty well until his mother excused him.

The next evening the whistling was renewed; but at such a distance
from the house, as to attract the attention of no one; unless,
perchance William from the events of the preceding night, was led
to notice it.

“Ma,” said he “mayn't I go to the Juvenile Debating Society
to-night?”

“Certainly, my son; but come home as soon as the Society
adjourns.”

He set out, but happening to fall in with Ben and Jeff Glib, by

-- 027 --

[figure description] Page 027.[end figure description]

the way, (so they were called for short) they proposed going by
Squire King's garden, and getting a few June apples. Ben said,
“that Lawyer King was a very clever man, and didn't care who took
his apples, if they didn't break his trees; and only took what they
wanted to eat.” Jeff said that he knew “that to be a fact; for he
heard him tell William Strain, his wife's little brother, that very day,
to go in with his playmates, and eat as many as they wanted, but not
to break down his trees.”

“Well, if that's the case,” said William, “Ill go; but I wouldn't
steal apples for anything in the world.”

“Neither would I,” said Ben. Law, no! Not for the world.”

“Oh, it's nothing like stealing,” said Jeff. “Sposen you was to
lay down anything, and say you didn't care who took it, if they
didn't break it, and I was to come along at night, and take it, and
not break it, would that be stealing?

“No,” said Ben, “it's no more stealing than picking up a chip.”

William had attended the Juvenile Debating Society too long and
with too much profit, not to feel the full force of Master Glib's logic,
and consequently his scruples were immediately removed and the
boys proceeded to the garden. The fence was easily ascended, and
they were soon under the best apple tree.

“William,” said Ben in a whisper, “this is a good place to learn
to climb. The limbs are low and I can push you up to them. When
you get in the tree, shake down the apples, and brother Jeff and I
will pick 'em up; but don't shake down more than we can eat; for
Mr. King wouldn't like that, and I should hate to do anything he
don't like. Don't shake hard. The best way is to get on a limb,
and hit a little stomp with your heel, and if they don't come stomp
a little harder.”

Thus instructed, William, with Ben's help, ascended the tree. He
stampt limb after limb until he thought enough had fallen to satisfy
the company, and was about descending, when Jeff said, “Don't come
down yit—we an't got enough yit—I can eat a bosom full. Here,
go out upon this limb and fetch it a pretty hard stomp or two and
that'll do.”

William went out on the limb as directed, and at the first stamp,
missing the limb, he fell, and broke his arm just above the elbow.
His pain was great, and his alarm was greater, but he bore them
with little complaint until he cleared the garden. He then broke
forth in heart-piercing groans, sobs, and lamentations; but not loud
enough to disturb any of the villagers; “Oh, my arm does hurt me

-- 028 --

[figure description] Page 028.[end figure description]

so bad! Only see how it swings about! Oh, my poor dear mother;
it will kill her. My Heavenly Father, forgive me this one time, and
I never will do the like again! I don't want you two boys to go
home with me. If you please don't go home with me.”

His cries announced his coming before he reached home; for they
became louder as he approached his mother's door. His sisters flew
to him, and his mother rose to follow them; but her strength failed
her and she fell back in her chair. They could not learn the cause
of his wailing until he entered the house; when advancing to his
mother, he sobbed out, “Oh, my dear mother, look at my arm!”

“What, is it broke?”

“Yes, ma'am, I can't move it.”

“Oh, my God, was ever a child doomed to such misfortunes!
Ann send for the Doctor immediately—I have not strength to move.
Send for Doctor Hull and Doctor Barden both.”

The doctors came, and set the arm.

Of course the enquiry was from all, how the accident happened.

“I was going to the Society,” said William, “and was standing
by a tree, and one boy said he'd learn me to climb, and he pushed
me up the tree, and I fell down and broke my arm.”

We will not detain the reader with the many questions which this
explanation provoked, and the answers to them which William gave.
Suffice it to say that Doctor Hull fetched a little grunt of equivocal
signification, and took a chew of tobacco upon it, with as little interest
in it as if he had set a thousand arms broken in this way; but
Doctor Barden was as particular in his enquiries into the case, as
though he meant to report it to the Philadelphia Medical Journal.

The next morning Squire King came over to enquire “how poor
little William was.” He expressed, and no doubt felt, tender sympathies
for the boy; but any one to have marked his eye, would have
supposed that his sympathies gathered about William's feet rather
than his arm.

This might be accounted for without discredit to the Squire's
heart; for being a great hunter, he had contracted a habit of examining
tracks, and track-makers, which beset him at times, and
sometimes upon improper occasions, as in this instance.

“William,” said the Squire with a small dash of waggishness in
his tone and countenance which Bill seemed to think very ill-timed;
“was it a smooth-barked tree, or a rough-barked tree?”

“I—forgot;” drawled out Bill a little crustily.

-- 029 --

[figure description] Page 029.[end figure description]

“Did you get up to the limbs before you fell, or just fall from
the body?”

“I—got to the limbs—”

“Did you take off your shoes?”

“No.”

“Aye, that's the way the accident happened. You went up with
your shoes on. You should always take off your shoes when you
climb. The Glib-boys, who are the best climbers I know, always
take off their shoes and stockings both. I hope, my son, you will
soon be well. Mrs. Mitten, if there's anything that I have that can
minister to William's comfort, it is at your service. I have some
very fine June apples, and I will send him over some; little boys
commonly like such things.”

“Thank you—thank you kindly, Mr. King. I know he will prize
them very highly—William have you no thanks to give Mr. King,
for his kindness?” Mr. King retired.

“William,” said his mother, it seemed to me you were a little
rude to Mr. King.”

“I know him,” said Bill sulkily.

“Well, you know a most excellent, kind-hearted man.”

“He's always poking his fun at people.”

“I'm sure there was nothing like fun in what he said to you. It
was all tenderness and kindness.”

William's arm kept him, for the most part confined to the house
for five weeks or more; during which time he was quite lucky; for
nothing happened to disturb his, or his mother's peace. He had
been so long kept from the Juvenile Debating Society that he had
become very anxious to attend it; and his mother's consent being
obtained, he departed once more for the arena of youthful polemics.

He did not return until the family retired to rest; and in passing
to his room he made such a noise among the chairs, as to wake up
his mother.

“Is that you William?” said she.

“Yes.”

“Is that the way you answer your mother?”

“Who put all these chairs in the entry?”

“There are no more there, than are always there.”

“It's a lie.”

“Oh heavens, my child is deranged! My child! my child! That
arm, that arm!”

Mrs. Mitten sprung from her bed, and before she even lighted a

-- 030 --

[figure description] Page 030.[end figure description]

candle dispatched a servant to Doctor Hull with the request that he
hurry over immediately; for that her son was out of his senses. She
had hardly got a light and a loose-gown thrown over her shoulders,
before the Doctor was at the door. They met in the entry, just as
William had come the fourth time to a chair which had been
heading him ever since he entered the house. He seized it (for it
had naturally enough exhausted his patience) and slung it with all
his might as far as he could send it.

“Oh Doctor!” exclaimed Mrs. Mitten in the deepest agony of
mind, “can you do anything for my poor unfortunate boy!”

“Oh yes ma'am—yes ma'am. Don't be alarmed. I pledge myself
to have him sound and well before nine o'clock to-morrow
morning.”

“Oh Doctor how can you speak so confidently without ever feeling
the child's pulse.”

Just here, William having got hold of a small table that stood in
the entry, and which he probably mistook for a wash-basin, poured
out upon it a villainous compound, of heterogeneous elements, which
it would have required a stroager head and greater capacity than
Bill possessed, to keep together in peace for a single night.

The Doctor grunted, as usual; but with unusual indications of sympathy
for Master Mitten.

“Why, Doctor, it seems to me,” said the good lady, “that I smell
peach brandy!”

“It seems so to me too,” said the Doctor, “and segar smoke to
boot.”

“It's a lie,” said Bill. “He tells a lie, and you tell a lie.”

“Do you think my child is drunk, Doctor?”

“No doubt of it in the world, madam. Nothing else is the matter
with him.”

“Then my fate is sealed. I am doomed to wretchedness for life.”
And she sobbed and shrieked by turns.

“Retire to your room, madam. I will put him to bed, and stay
with him until he gets sound asleep; and he will be well in the
morning.”

She did so; but it was to walk her room in tortures through the
live-long night—not to sleep.

It was late in the morning before William rose. He had learned
from a servant all that passed on the preceding evening; and it
was an hour after he rose before he could venture from his room,
to face his mother. At length he came, and mingled tears of

-- 031 --

[figure description] Page 031.[end figure description]

contrition with her tears of sorrow—confessed his fault and promised
never to smoke another segar, or drink another drop of liquor, while
he lived.

About noon, on this day, an elderly, good looking gentleman made
his appearance at Mrs. Mitten's and introduced himself as Mr. Judkins
Twattle. He said he had seen Mrs. Mitten's advertisement, and
had come to offer his services as a private teacher. Mrs. Mitten desired
him to call again at ten the next morning, when her brother
would be present, whose counsel she wished to have in the matter.

At the appointed hour the parties met.

“Have you any certificates of character and capability Mr. Twattle?”
said Captain Thompson.

“More, I presume, sir, than you will be willing to read.”

Whereupon he produced a large bundle of certificates, running by
long jumps through twenty years, and growing colder and colder,
with very few exceptions, from the first to the last. They all agreed
however in representing Mr. Twattle as fully competent to teach all
the ordinary branches of an English education, with Algebra, Geometry,
Latin and Greek. The two first were very flattering, and spoke
in unmeasured terms of his skill as a teacher, his talents, attainments,
gentlemanly demeanor, and spotless moral character. The two last
merely testified that “Doctor Twattle was a good scholar and fully
able to teach Latin, Greek, Mathematics, &c., &c.; the one almost a
literal copy of the other. The first and second were from Vermont—
the third from Pennsylvania—the fourth from Vermont—the fifth
from Virginia—the sixth from New Hampshire—and the seventh
from Kentucky—the eight from Vermont—and the rest were from
various places, under the designations of “Bethel Seminary,” “Bethesda
Institute,” “Pineville Lyceum,” “Buckhead Atheneum,”
“Goosepond Literary Parthenon,” “Big Lick Acropolis of Letters,”
“Tickville Emporium of Literature and Science,” &c.

Captain Thompson knew nothing of Mathematics, Greek, or Latin,
but he could understand certificates as well as Newton, Demosthenes,
or Cicero; and he spared no pains in studying them upon this occasion.
After he had looked them over until he wore out the patience
of his sister and Dr. Twattle, he observed:

“You seem to have been a great traveller, Doctor.”

“Yes, sir. I early conceived a desire to settle in the sunny South;
and as soon as I raised money enough to bear my expenses, I left my
native State for Pennsylvania; but my health failing, I had to return.
As soon as I recovered my health, I set out again for the South; but

-- 032 --

[figure description] Page 032.[end figure description]

my health again failing, I was again constrained to seek a Northern
clime. And thus I went on until, advancing in years, I found that
I could not only endure a Southern climate, but that it was now
more congenial to my constitution than a Northern one. Thenceforward,
I have always resided in the South. Having no aim but to
spread the lights of science through our favored country, and no disposition
to accummulate money, but a strong propensity to travel and
see the world, I have so ordered my life as to fill the measure of my
wishes. I teach from place to place, for longer or shorter periods, as
I like or dislike the people; but never make an arrangement for more
than two years at a time. Thus it is, sir, that you see so many certificates
from different places.”

“What gave you such a strong desire to visit the South?”

“At first, nothing but my inborn roving disposition; but after
residing awhile at the South, particularly in Virginia, I became so
much enamored with Southern manners, customs, talent, spirit,
generosity, hospitality and vivacity, that I determined to fix my
abode here as soon as I could do so without rushing, with my eyes
open right into the jaws of death.”

“Emph-hemph!” nosed out the Captain, ponderingly. “What
are your terms, Doctor?”

“Six hundred dollars a year, if I have to board myself and visit
my pupil twice a day, and sometimes at night, (for I expect to teach
Astronomy) through all seasons, and all weather; or two hundred, if
I board in the family with my pupil.”

“Why, that is a vast difference, Doctor.”

“So it is; but I detest taverns so much, that I would rather
sacrifice twice the price of board than board in one at any price.”

“But you can find private boarding in the village, in genteel
houses, for much less than four hundred dollars.”

“Well, if you prefer it, get me board in a genteel private family
and add to the tuition as much as it may be less than four hundred
dollars; and send the pupil to my room, instead of requiring me to
go to his.”

“Why not let the tuition stand at two hundred dollars, and we
pay your board?”

“No objections in the world, if you will allow me to board where
I please, and allow me every accommodation that I could have at a
tavern, and send the pupil to me. I understand that Mrs. Norton
is a nice woman, and takes boarders. I will board with her and

-- 033 --

[figure description] Page 033.[end figure description]

pledge myself that my board shall not cost you over three hundred
dollars.”

“Mrs. Norton's is the dearest boarding house in town, and fully one
mile from my sister's.”

“Well, if too far for the scholar to walk, how much harder for
me to walk! Nor can you expect me to let you choose my boarding
house, and fix the price that I shall pay too! Allow me to board
at Mrs. Norton's and I will knock off fifty dollars from the tuition.”

“Or, I suppose, allow you to board at my sister's and you will do
the same.”

The Doctor looked as if he had committed a terrible blunder; and
after a little halting and smiling, he replied: “Well, sir, you've got
me where the owl had the hen: so that I can neither back nor squall—
of course I will.”

“Are you willing to contract for six months on trial at those
rates?”

“Perfectly willing—perfectly willing—provided you will engage
not to turn me off capriciously at the end of six months; and allow
me to fix the time of our connection, by our next contract, if I deport
myself to your satisfaction. Dining one day with Thomas Jefferson,
and Nathaniel Macon, the latter made a remark which I have
often proved the value of since: “In making a contract,” said he,
“always have a little of it on your own side.”

“Are you acquainted with those gentlemen?”

The Doctor looked provoked at himself, for having made the remark,
and replied in a courteous but hurried manner: “No sir—
that is not—no sir, no. The circumstances which brought us to the
same table, were purely accidental. Neither of them, I am sure, has
now the most distant recollection of me; though we did interchange
some words upon that occasion.”

“Well, Doctor, my sister and I will confer upon the matter in
hand, and if you will call at three o'clock, this afternoon, we will let
you know our decision.”

“I will call at the hour,” said the Doctor rising, “but to avoid
any unkind feelings, it is proper that I should apprise you of my
views of negotiations of this kind. When I made a proposition,
which is not immediately accepted, I do not consider myself bound
by it afterwards. If time be claimed to deliberate upon a proposition
of mine, I claim the same time for retracting it if I see proper.”

“That is all perfectly fair, Doctor—perfectly fair.”

The Doctor withdrew; and he had hardly cleared the door before

-- 034 --

[figure description] Page 034.[end figure description]

Mrs. Mitten begged her brother to call him back, and close the bargain
immediately. “He sees,” says she, “where you entrapt him,
when speaking of Mrs. Norton, and his last remark was made on
purpose to help him out of the difficulty.”

“Anna,” said the Captain, “my advice to you is, to have nothing
to do with this man. If he is not a pickled villain, I'll give you my
head for a foot-ball. A man of his age and accomplishment ruaning
about the country with a batch of old rusty, ragged certifieates
in his pocket, gathered through twenty years, not one of which ten
years old, says a word about his moral character—willing to teach for
the pitiful sum of one hundred and fifty dollars, and confessedly
with no money in his pocket! Down from Vermont, and then back
again—then South, then North, then here, there, and every where!
He's a rascal—as sure as you're born he's a rascal.”

“Oh! brother David, what uncharitable beings you men are!
Every objection you raised he answered, as if by accident, before
you raised or even thought of them. He has accounted most satisfactorily
and nobly, for the cheap rate at which he holds his
services—”

“—P-h-e-e-e-w! He from Vermont and care nothing for money!
A literary apostle to the Southern Gentiles, moved by pure love of
their wondrous virtues! So devoted to them, that sickness can't
drive him away from them! Stuff, smoke, nonsense! He'll breed
mischief in your house as sure as you take him there.”

“Brother David, are you going to let slip this favorable opportunity
of getting a teacher for my child at this critical period of his
life,”—

“No, I'm going to let you do as you please. If you want him, you
shall have him; and I'll do the best I can with him, for you; but
once more I pray you to let this man alone; save the expense of him
and the danger of him, and send your son to Mr. Markham, and beg
him to whip the devil out of him, that has been getting into him
ever since he was taken from school.”

“I have said again and again, and I now say once for all, that my
child shall not go to Mr. Markham.”

“Very well, I'll engage Twattle. Take him for six months first,
and you will be sure of his doing well, for that time at least; but
lok out for squalls, afterwards.”

This was agreed to, and Mr. Twattle was employed upon the
terms and conditions already intimated. That is to say, for six
months, at the rate of one hundred and fifty dollars per annum—
Mrs. Mitten to board him, and he to fix the terms of his next engagement.

-- 035 --

CHAPTER IV.

[figure description] Page 035.[end figure description]

Dr. Twattle deported himself to the entire satisfaction of Mrs.
Mitten for six months. He had not been in her house one month,
before he completely captivated the whele family. So dignified and
easy was he in his manners, so neat in his person, so courteous and
respectful to the ladies, so rich in knowledge, so pleasant in anecdote,
so attentive to his business, and so careless of sordid lucre—in short,
so perfectly did he come up to the Mitten-standard of the gentleman
and the scholar, that he was soon admitted to all the rights, privileges
and immunities of a near connection, in the family. The girls called
him Uncle Twatt William called him Father Twaddy. And Mrs.
Mitten called him Good Man, and Good Doctor, and burdened him
with delicacies for the palate. The Captain watched him closely;
but was constrained to say, greatly to the delight of his sister, that
he didn't know but that he had misjudged the man. “Certainly,”
added he, “if he is an imposter, he is the most accomplished one
that I ever met with; and I have seen not a few.”

“And now, brother,” said Mrs. M., “I hope you'll acknowledge
that for once in your life, I was right and you were wrong.”

“Not yet, Anna. Any rogue may be clever for a few months. I
will admit, however, that he does better than I expected, even thus
far.”

The Doctor's first quarter's salary was paid; and he laid it nearly
all out in presents for Mrs. Mitten, her daughters and son.

“Good Doctor,” said she, “if you could turn these things to any
use, I would insist upon your keeping them; for it looks like down
right robbery to take them from your scanty means.”

“I only regret that my scanty means in hand will not allow me to
double them, Mrs. Mitten.”

“How would you do in case of sickness or misfortune?”

“I have had for many years a little fund laid up to meet these
contingencies—some ten or twelve thousand dollars, or such a matter.
This, small as it is, will bear me through a long spell of sickness
gently to the grave; or keep me above want, should I linger on the
shores of time after I become too old to be useful, or to labor in my
vocation. When thrown upon that fund, I shall change my character—
my liberality will end; but until forced upon it, why desire to

-- 036 --

[figure description] Page 036.[end figure description]

increase it. So little do I think of it, while I am able to make a
living without it, that I hardly count it as a part of my estate. It
might as well not be, for I shall probably die before I need it, and I
certainly never shall touch it until I do need it. For several years
I have not even drawn the interest upon it.”

“Suppose you were to die suddenly, to whom would you leave it?”

“To some of the many beloved pupils whom I have taught; or to
some one that I might be teaching when death arrests me.”

“Have you no near connections, Doctor?”

“None nearer than fourth cousins, madam; and these are so
profligate and abandoned, particularly the one who bears my name,
that I never wish to see them again.”

“Were you never married, Doctor?”

“Yes, madam, for a short time; but—”

“Pardon me, Doctor, for touching that tender chord. I see that
I have inadvertently revived long buried griefs.”

“You are very excusable, madam—your question was a very
natural one in its place. At another time I will give you the history
of my married life, as long as my dear Anna lived. For the present,
suffice it to say that the little pittance of which I was just speaking
came by her; and upon her death, I set it apart as a consecrated
fund, never to be touched, while I could live without it. You have
here another and the principal reason why I never speak of that fund
as my own. But I have yet another: If the world knew of it, I
should be harrassed and have my feelings lacerated incessantly and
insufferably, with idle questions about my manner of life, while I
have the means to live without labor, as though it were not every
man's duty to labor in some useful calling, while he is able to do it.”

“I fully approve your conduct, Doctor; and I shall keep sacred
the secret which my reprehensible curiosity has dragged from you.”

“Thank you, madam; but pray take no blame to yourself for your
curiosity; it rose as naturally from the current of your conversation
as the bubble rises from the agitated fountain.”

Mrs. Mitten possessed too kind a heart to receive presents from
the Doctor without returning them with interest.

At the end of the first month, Mrs. Mitten proposed to give a
large tea-party, for the express purpose of introducing the Doctor to
the villagers, male and female; but he begged her not to do it. “I
cannot,” said he, “reciprocate hospitalities, and I should be pained
to receive attentions which I cannot return. I am fond of company,

-- 037 --

[figure description] Page 037.[end figure description]

but for the reason just given, with others, I rather avoid company
than seek it.”

“I have noticed that, Doctor. You hardly ever leave the house
in the day time, while you often take recreation-rambles at night.”

“Just so, madam; but there is a better reason than that: the day
is yours, (or your son's); the night is mine.”

Considering that William never rose till breakfast time in the
morning, and was out almost every night to a late hour, he made very
rapid progress in his studies under Doctor Twattle. His mother had
committed him to the entire direction of his teacher, and as night was
the recreation hour, he could not object to his pupil's following his
example.

A little incident occurred in the first month of the Doctor's
tutorship which must not be passed over in silence, as it produced
important results in the end.

One morning Mrs. Glib called on Mrs. Mitten, and, after the usual
salutations and interrogatories, said:

“I am told Mrs. Mitten that you are delighted with your new
teacher.”

“I am, indeed,” said Mrs. M.

“Well, I've come over to see if he can't take my boys too. They
and William have become so much attached to one another, that it
seems a pity to separate them. I have discovered” (lowering her
voice to a confidential pitch) “that Mr. Toper drinks. That good
brother of yours spoke but too truly when he charged Mr. Toper with
drinking. Now, I will pay three-fourths of Dr. Twattle's salary if
he will take my boys in with William; and that will bring William's
tuition down to almost nothing.”

“But will you board the Doctor three-fourths of the time?”

“Certainly I will.”

“But he will not be willing to teach four boys for the price he gets
for one.”

“Well, I'll let his wages stand at what they are; and I will double
them for my three boys, and board him half the time.”

“But how will we do? I can't consent for William to go to your
house to be taught.”

“Well, the teaching may all be done at your house.”

“But I know that Doctor Twattle would not be willing to come
from your house to mine to teach.”

“Well, then, he may stay altogether at yours, and I will pay part
of his board.”

-- 038 --

[figure description] Page 038.[end figure description]

“Oh, Mrs. Glib, I couldn't think of taking pay for board from
you.”

“Well, what plan would you suggest. It's cruel to part the boys,
for they can hardly live out of each other's sight.”

“I really do not see how it will be possible to arrange it—I don't
think it can possibly be done.”

“Suppose you invite him down, Mrs. Mitten; and let us talk over
the whole matter, and see if we can't fix it so that the boys may be
together.”

To this proposition Mrs. Mitten readily assented, for she was very
confident that Doctor Twattle would not, upon any terms, consent to
take the young Glibs. Accordingly, he was invited down, and introduced
to Mrs. Glib.

“I have called, Doctor,” said Mrs. Glib, “to see if you would not
be willing to take my three boys under your instruction with Master
William. Mrs. Mitten and I are like sisters, and our children like
brothers, and if you would consent to take my children, you would
greatly accommodate us all round.”

“Certainly, madam,” said the Doctor, “if Mrs. Mitten desires it,
I will take them with pleasure; but being under contract with her, I
can of course do nothing without her consent.”

“But how could it be arranged, Doctor?”

“Just as you and Mrs. Glib may choose.”

“Would you be willing to board part of the time with Mrs. Glib?”

“I would rather not change my boarding house; but if Mrs
Mitten desires it, I will even do that.”

“Oh, no, Doctor, I do not desire to put you to that inconvenience;
besides I should feel that I was violating my contract if I did not
board you all the time!”

“Well, then, Doctor, how would this suit? You board here all the
time, and I pay Mrs. Mitten half your board?”

“Very well, indeed, madam. I should prefer that to moving from
house to house.”

“But I couldn't take money from Mrs. Glib, Doctor, for board.
And suppose we were to make that arrangement, how would it be as
to tuition? I suppose you would ask four times as much for teaching
four as you do for teaching one.”

“That would be equitable; but I will not stickle about prices, if I
can accommodate the friend of one who has been such a kind friend
to me, as Mrs. Mitten has been.”

-- 039 --

[figure description] Page 039.[end figure description]

“But where would you teach, Doctor? At my house or Mrs.
Glib's?”

“Just as you may say, Mrs. Mitten.”

“So you see, Cousin Mit,” (so Mrs. G. in her playful moods called
Mrs. Mitten) “that the whole matter is in your hands, and you are
to say whether my poor boys are to get an education or not.”

“Just here, when Mrs. Mitten was getting into an inextricable
entanglement, a bright thought struck her, which relieved her from
all difficulty, and in the transports of which she compromised her
piety a little.

“Well,” said she, “we can arrange this matter satisfactorily, provided
brother David will give his consent that Doctor Twattle shall
take other children under his charge besides William. But you
know, Doctor, that he has had the whole management of this business
in his own hands, and I would not dare to move an inch in it without
his consent. I will submit the matter to him, and if he consents, I
will most cheerfully consent that you take Mrs. Glib's sons under
your instruction.”

“Oh, well,” said Mrs. Glib, “I have no fear but that he will give
his consent. You know Mrs. Mitten he stepped forward, unasked, to
assist my children, upon no other condition than that they gave him
a promise: and that promise they have all kept most honorably and
religiously.

“Very well; whatever brother David says I will do Mrs. Glib;
that I will promise you.”

“And whatever Mrs. Mitten says,” said the Doctor, “I will do.”

“I shall see brother David to-day, Mrs. Glib, and let you know to-morrow
what he says.”

Here the company separated, all perfectly satisfied.

“Well, certainly,” soliloquized Mrs. Mitten, when Mrs. Glib left
the house, “that is the most trying woman that ever was born. She
keeps me everlastingly in hot water. Cousin Mit!

It was not until the next morning that brother David appeared at
his sister's. He had no sooner arrived than Mrs. Mitten made
known the desires of Mrs. Glib.

“Oh, yes,” said he, “take the angels by all means!”

“But I wish you to be serious, brother. Mrs. Glib has my pledge
that the matter shall be submitted to you, and I have promised her to
abide by your decision.”

“You have! Well, tell Mrs. Glib that I am perfectly delighted
at the idea of having my nephew in constant association with her

-- 040 --

[figure description] Page 040.[end figure description]

lovely boys, and nobody else! That rather than lose so fine an
opportunity of advancing the interest of my nephew, I will send the
young gentlemen to school every day in my carriage—Good morning,
sister.”

“Stop brother—if you have any regard for me, don't leave me
with such a message to Mrs. Glib”—Lord bless my soul and body,
yonder she is coming now! Brother David! Brother, if you have
one particle of love or respect for your poor widowed sister come
back”

“Well, what do you want?”

“Do you seriously desire me to bear that message to Mrs. Glib?
I know you do not. Then speak with your usual frankness.”

“Well, you are certainly the strangest woman that ever was born.
You are forever asking my advice, and never taking it. I had almost
resolved to give you no more advice; but as you seem afflicted
by this, I'll reverse it; which I do seriously. Tell Mrs. Glib that I
object to Twattle's taking any more children while he is under contract
to teach William alone—I will not have his attentions divided.
And tell her, moreover, that I had just as lief see a polecat, a rattlesnake
and a hyena come into the house as her three children.”

“Now, you've gone too far again! Do, my dear brother, revoke
the last part—see, she's most here”—

“Very well, I revoke it. Good morning!”

He had not left the house two minutes before Mrs. Glib entered it.

“Well,” said she, “I saw your brother retire as I came up, and
I suppose you know his will concerning the boys?”

“Oh, yes, Mrs. Glib; and he won't hear to the Doctor's taking
any more children while he is under contract to William. He
wishes William to have all his attentions.”

“He does!” said Mrs. G., biting her lip and patting her foot.

“Yes, ma'am. He seemed very positive.”

“I suppose that gives you very great pain—Good morning, Mrs.
Mitten!”

“Why, you're not going so soon!”

“Yes, madam; I just run over to know Capt. Thompson's edicts.

“Now, we've to have new trouble?” mused Mrs. M. as Mrs. G.
left the house. And she hit it exactly. In less than three months
after this date, a very strange report was whispered about in secret
places of the village. And what, gentle reader, do you think it was?
“Why that Twattle was courting the widow Mitten.” No, that was
not it; but that the widow Mitten was courting Twattle!! It was a

-- 041 --

[figure description] Page 041.[end figure description]

slander, of course. The widow Mitten was not the woman to court
anybody—i. e., matrimonially.

About a month before the first term of Doctor Twattle's service
expired, he spent several evenings with Mrs. Glib, who, the reader
has long since discovered, (though I believe I forgot to tell him so,)
was a widow too. Her given name was Bridget; but not liking it as
she grew up, she added an “a” to it, so as to make it more romantic.
She was rich, and for her years remarkably handsome.

In these visits Mrs. Glib offered the Doctor many inducements to
close his contract with Mrs. Mitten at the end of his engagement,
and make a more advantageous one with her. How the Doctor received
her overtures is not known; but it is certain that Mrs. Glib
cherished the idea that after another short engagement with Mrs.
Mitten, he would be at her service; an idea that was strengthened
by the fact that when he came to renew his engagement he limited
it to only four months.

It was not without alarms that Mrs. Mitten observed the growing
intimacy of Mrs. Glib and Dr. Twattle; and when he limited the
time of his second engagement to four months, instead of a year or
more, as she had expected, her alarms were increased. No change,
however, was observed in the Doctor's conduct; and nothing of
higher interest occurred for the first two months, than, that Mrs.
Mitten in taking one of Master William's coats to mend, found a
pack of cards in one of the pockets, which discovery she reported to
his teacher, who promised to cure him of all love of cards by parental
reproof and kind counsels.

The third month of the second term had just passed, when a report
spread all over the village that Doctor Twattle and Mrs. Mitten
were certainly engaged to be married. It no sooner reached her
brother's ears than he hastened to her, to put her upon her guard,
lest in her well known admiration of the Doctor, she might say or do
something tending to encourage the report. To his surprise, he
found her unmoved by her brother's disclosure. “If people choose
to talk about me,” said she, “let them talk. It would be no discredit
to me to marry such a man as Doctor Twattle, I'm sure, for he
has every quality that any woman could desire in a husband, and not
a fault that I have been enabled to discover.”

“Where is he?” said the Captain, “I'll pack him off, if it costs
me my life.”

“And if we were going to be married, do you think that would
stop it? I assure you it would not.”

-- 042 --

[figure description] Page 042.[end figure description]

“Very well, take your course! I see plainly the report is
true. I have one piece of advice to give you, and it is the last that
I ever expect to give you. Have your property secured to yourself
and your children. If you don't, every shilling of it will go to him
as soon as you are married; and do not beggar yourself and them to
enrich a stranger.”

“Rest assured, if we get married, that will be done; and if it
were not, the good Doctor would not touch one dollar of it without
my consent. Of this I have the most satisfactory proof. But I
have heard him say, that if he should ever marry again, while he
would have no woman who would not trust her property, with her
person to his care, yet that when both were committed to his charge,
he would always consider the wife as his, but the property as hers;
and for fear of accidents, he would immediately afterwards settle her
property on her. Not before, because there would be no merit in
doing it then, and great demerit in his betrothed to request it.”

“Why, Anna, he's a scoundrel as sure as you are born, and I feel
strongly tempted to cut his throat. If you're bent upon marrying
him, as I see you are, let me bring a lawyer here and have your
property secured to you immediately.”

“What is the use of doing that, when it is certain that he'll make
no such contract?”

“And, therefore, you're going to marry him without one?”

“Yes, but I'm not going to lose my property for all that, brother.
I know Doctor Twattle much better than you know him; and if I
were at liberty to give you his history, you would not even ask me
to require a marriage-contract of him—I know you would not.”

Just here the young ladies, who had overheard the conversation,
made their appearance in tears.

“I would,” said Miss Jane, “rather Ma should marry Uncle
Twattle than anybody else, if she will marry, but I never can see
my poor dear father's place—”

“Hold your tongue!” said Mrs. M., sharply.

“Ma, you can't blame us,” said Miss Ann, “for not wishing to
see our dear departed father's—”

“Hush, I tell you! and speak when you're spoken to.”

“Oh, sister,” said the Captain, “do let the children have their
opinions: I should think they might express their opinions of even
Mr. Saint Twattle, without having their heads snapped off.”

Mrs. M. was in no humor for this retort just at this time, and she

-- 043 --

[figure description] Page 043.[end figure description]

showed more independence and temper than she had evinced for
many long years.

“Well,” said she, “I'm my own mistress, and I'll marry who I
please, if all the brothers and children in the world should oppose
it.” So saying she hurried from the room.

“Well, young ladies, I hope you've got a teacher to your liking
now!” said the Captain.

The girls each seized a hand of the Captain, and begged his forgiveness
for opposing his advice to their mother, and promised more
for the future than the Captain could have required. He withdrew
his right hand from Anna's embrace, and turned his eyes away from
them, as if looking for something that he did'nt wish to find, and with
his middle finger pressed something from both, that he manifestly
wished to conceal.

“Oh, my dearest, dearest uncle,” said Jane, “our father, our
only, our best counsellor! Will you not do something to stop this
match?”

“I don't know what I can do,” said the Captain, striving to dissipate
or hide his feelings by rough words, “unless it is to cut the
scoundrel's throat, to which I feel strongly tempted.”

“No, uncle, no. Use no violence—”

Here William came in whistling “Yankee Doodle.

“You young scoundrel!” said the Captain, “you've brought
things to a pretty pass! Would God you had died at your birth.”

“Why, what have I done, uncle?”

“You've filled your mother's heart with anguish ever since you
quit Markham's school; and you've brought into the house a man
who is going to beggar her and all her children.”

“I did'nt bring him, uncle. You know I was willing to go back
to Mr. Markham.”

“Well, to do you justice—but what have you been at ever since!
Disturbing prayer-meetinsg, you—little rascal, and running into
all manner of iniquities! You'll come to the gallows as sure as your
name's Bill Mitten, you young dog! Do you know your mother's
going to marry Twattle?”

“Yes, sir; he told me about it long ago; but said he would'nt do
it if I objected—”

“If you objected! If you objected. And I suppose your Royal
Majesty gave your consent?”

“I told him,” said Bill, with humility, for he had never seen his

-- 044 --

[figure description] Page 044.[end figure description]

uncle in such a terrific state of mind before, “that if he loved Ma,
and Ma loved him as much as he said they did—”

“Clear out of the house, you young rascal, or I'll—” (Bill
scampered.) “Don't you see the deep, designing knave and hypocrite,
in everything he does! Using a child—his pupil—. I'll
smoke the viper out of his hole!” so saying he rushed up to Twattle's
room amidst the screams of the girls.

He knocked at the door, but received no response.

“You may as well open the door, Mr. Hell-cat, for I'll come in if
I have to break it down.”

After a short pause, and no voice from within, he forced open the
door; and behold, the Doctor was not in! He went in search of
him, but luckily did not find him till his fury abated. He went
home and took his bed; for the excitement had brought on a smart
fever.

CHAPTER V.

At the close of the last chapter, the reader will remember that we
left Mrs. Mitten resolved to marry Twattle, against the wishes of
brother and daughters—Capt. Thompson sick in bed from over excitement—
his two nieces in tears—Billy comfortable, and his teacher
missing. How did Twattle happen to be out of his room in the day
time? Doubtless, Mrs. Mitten had advised him to take an airing,
while her brother was swelling. Current as was the report of the
intended marriage, and strengthened as it was by what had passed
between Capt. Thompson and his sister, Mrs. Glib did not believe it.

“Mark what I tell you,” she would say, with a great deal of selfcomplacency,
it will never take place.

Her visits to Mrs. Mitten had not entirely ceased from the last
which we have noticed; but they had become much less frequent,
and much less cordial than before. And when she heard of what had
passed between Thompson and his sister, at their last meeting, she
appeared rather pleased than pained by it.

Captain Thompson had kept his bed two days, when the Postmaster
of the village visited him with a letter in his hand, and
mystery in his face.

“I have come over,” said the Postmaster, “to make enquiries of
you concerning Mr. Twattle. Here is a letter from a Mr. Charter
Sanders, written at Athens, mailed at Lexington, and requesting an
immediate answer directed to Washington; enquiring, whether there

-- 045 --

[figure description] Page 045.[end figure description]

is not a man here by the name of Twattle; and whether he goes by
the name of John, Jacob, Joseph, James, Jeremiah, or any other
given name beginning with a `J;' and requesting a particular description
of him. The writer begs me to say nothing about this
letter; but as I hardly know Twattle, I have come to you for the
information required, as well as to let you know that there is probably
something wrong in this Twattle, whom report says your sister
is about to marry.”

“The dirty scoundrel!” exclaimed the Captain, “it now occurs
to me that every certificate which he produced, I believe without a
solitary exception, save two which Doctored him, was in behalf of
`J' Twattle; and the rogue's going through the country under every
name that `J' is the initial of. Set down here, and answer it immediately;
and don't whisper a word about that letter to any
one else.”

It was done accordingly; but unfortunately, the gentlemen had
not noticed a servant girl who was in attendance on the Captain;
during the conversation, and before the answer was finished, the
servant informed Miss Jane that Charter Sanders, “who lived in
Washington, had written about Mr. Twattle, and said his name was
John, Jim, and a heap more names, and that he was a dirty scoundrel.”
Miss Jane hastened home, and conveyed the information to
her mother, and her mother to Twattle.

He received it with a smile, mingled with a little indignation, and
observed:

“That worthless fourth cousin of mine, Mrs. Mitten! He keeps
me making explanations wherever I go. I hope Sanders will find
him, and bring him to justice. Now, I must post off to Washington,
to see Mr. Sanders, or lie under the suspicions of the town until he
comes here. Is your brother able to leave his bed yet?”

“No sir; but he is better, and I hope to see him out in two or
three days.”

This day, and the next, the Doctor was out more than usual;
and the day following he was missing.

About this time, the impression became general that the Doctor
had run away. Mrs. Mitten became very uneasy; and Mrs. Glib
came over to console her.

“Did he make no explanations to you?” said Mrs. Glib.

“None about leaving; though I know what took him away.”

“Why, he explained the whole matter to me.”

“That is very strange!”

-- 046 --

[figure description] Page 046.[end figure description]

“You may rest perfectly easy, Mrs. Mitten; he will return next
Thursday week.”

“Why, it should not take him that long to go to Washington and
back.”

“Washington! He's not gone to Washington; he's gone to
South Carolina to receive a valuable rice plantation, which his lawyer
writes he has recovered for him in that State.”

“How did he go?”

“I sold him a horse. I offered to loan him one; but he said he
never borrowed a horse for more than a day. He could have no
peace on a journey of a week, upon a borrowed horse, for fear of accidents
and delays that might injure the animal or incommode the
owner.”

“What did he give you for him?”

“More than I asked, by fifty dollars; and when I objected to receiving
more than my price, (which was up to the full value of the
horse,) he begged me to accept it, `as an earnest of further and
larger favors that he meant to show me;' so he gave me his note for
two hundred dollars.”

“His note! Why, he had money, I know.”

“Yes; he told me you had been kind enough to advance him
thirty-two dollars and a half since the last contract with him; but
that, he said, would hardly bear his expenses to Charleston; so I
loaned him three hundred dollars to pay his lawyer's fees.”

“Mrs. Glib, he's an imposter; and we have both been made the
dupes of his villainy, as sure as you live.”

“Now, how it would distress you if I were to tell the Doctor that,
on his return, cousin Mit.”

“No, it wouldn't in the least. He'll never return, unless he is
brought by Mr. Sanders.”

“What Mr. Sanders?”

“Why, haven't you heard of the letter from Mr. Sanders, inquiring
about him, and representing him as a scoundrel, and I know not
what all?”

“Why, no. Is there such a letter in town?”

“To be sure there is.”

“Well, if I had known of such a letter, Mrs. Mitten, I would
have told you of it.”

“I have had no opportunity of telling you of it.”

“But I can hardly think him an imposter, after all, Mrs. Mitten.
Have you any reason to think him so?”

-- 047 --

[figure description] Page 047.[end figure description]

“Yes, abundant reason. On the day he left, he borrowed two
hundred and fifty dollars of me—all I had—telling me that he
had just discovered where a distant relation of his was, who under
his name, was imposing upon people everywhere, and constantly
bringing him into discredit; and that, if he could borrow five hundred
dollars, he would conduct Mr. Sanders to the rogue, and take
all the expenses of prosecuting him on his own shoulders. As I had
a deep interest in the matter—that is, in seeing all rogues brought
to justice—I advanced him two hundred and fifty dollars, to get legal
advice, a horse, &c., that he might be prepared to set out with Mr.
Sanders, as soon as he arrived, in quest of his rascally fourth
cousin, of whose iniquities he had long before informed me. I concluded
he had gone to Washington to meet Mr. S.”

“Well, he told me about that cousin, too; and a long cock and
bull story about the death of his dear wife Bridgeta. I told him I
didn't think there was a woman in the world, besides myself, who
bore that name—”

“Did he say her name was Bridgeta? Why, he told me her
name was Anna.

“Why, the hypocritical, lying scoundrel! I'll make brother
John cut his ears off at sight, if he prove to be the villian I fear
he is.”

Brother John, nor brother David, will ever get sight of him.”

“Well, if he has taken my best horse, and choused me out of
three hundred dollars, I'll spend a thousand dollars but what I'll
bring him to justice.”

“Well, now, Mrs. Glib, we have both been imposed upon; our
best way will be to keep the whole matter to ourselves.”

“No; I am determined to expose him, and to seek legal redress.
I can't sit down quietly under a loss of a fine horse, and three hundred
dollars, without making some effort to save them. Let people
say what they may, I'll try and get hold of this rice plantation at
least.”

“Believe me, that story about the rice plantation is all a fabrication.
Did he tell you about the fund that he got by his dear
Bridgeta?”

“Oh, yes. It amounted to what he called the insignificant sum
of ten or twelve thousand dollars, and was held sacred, and all that
rigmarole; which, he said, nobody in the world knew about, but me;
and which he didn't wish to have known.”

“Precisely what he told me!”

-- 048 --

[figure description] Page 048.[end figure description]

“The infamous raseal! If I was near him, I'd claw his eyes out.
I'll pursue him to the end of the earth but what I'll have satisfaction!”
So saying she left in a great hurry and a great flurry.

In a few days, Mr. Sanders arrived. His report was that Twattle
had two wives then living, whose property he had squandered.
That he had courted many widows and old maids, all of whom he
had fleeced to a greater or less extent; and some of whom he had
treated even worse. That his title of Doctor was assumed by himself
for purposes of villainy. That he passed under every given
name that “J” would suit; with much more that need not be repeated.

Captain Thompson recovered rapidly after Mr. Sanders' letter
reached the village. As soon as the latter had told his story, the
Captain visited his sister, whom he saluted very pleasantly.

“Well, sister, have you heard Doctor Twattle's history?”

“As much of it as I wish to hear of.”

“When does the wedding come off?”

“When men cease to be scoundrels.”

“But surely you don't think `Good Doctor Twattle' a scoundrel;
you, who know him so much better than any body else knows him.”

“Well, brother David, if you men will be such infamous, hypocritical,
lying villains, how are we women to find it out?”

A very proper question, Mrs. Mitten! We can excuse Captain
Thompson for a little raillery, under the circumstances; but we cannot
excuse the indifference of mankind generally to the iniquities of
men, and their want of charity for the errors and weaknesses of
women. Many a man in high life is in the daily commission of
crimes which would blast a woman's reputation forever! By what
law is this distinction made between the sexes?

How comes it to pass, that men are not only indulged in their
own dereliction from virtue, but in laying siege to the virtue of the
better sex? And why is man allowed to avail himself of the most
lovely traits of woman's character—her warm affections, her unsuspecting
confidence, her generous hospitality, her admiration of what is
noble in human nature, and attractive in human conduct—to ruin or
to swindle her? If there be no better world than this, where more
even-handed justice is meted out, than this, God help the women!
But to return from this digression—

Mrs. Mitten's question stumped the Captain, and he turned the
subject:

“And what are you going to do with William, now?” said he.

-- 049 --

[figure description] Page 049.[end figure description]

“Heaven only knows, brother David. I regret my vow not to
send him to Mr. Markham; but it is out, and I must keep it.”

The Captain tried to convince her that her vow was not binding,
but without effect. Fortunately, a young man of liberal education
and good character opened a school in the village, within three days
after Twattle left, and William was sent to school to him.

William had just got into his new quarters, when the Captain
visited his sister, bearing with him a letter from the Post Office, to
her address.

“Anna,” said he, as he entered the house, “did you lend Twattle
two hundred and fifty dollars before he went away?”

“Yes,” said she, blushing blue, “but I've got his note.”

“Oh, well, if you've got his note, that will make you just as safe as
if you had got his tooth-pick. I do hope I'll come across the scoundrel
yet, before I die. You would do well to set down and calculate
how much your tenderness for Bill's legs have cost you in actual
cash, to say nothing of trouble. Who is your letter from?”

She opened and read as follows:

Augusta, March 4th, 18—
Mrs. A. Mitten:

“Having recently understood that you have procured a private
teacher, we have ventured to stop your advertisement, though ordered
to continue it until forbid,
under the impression that you have probably
forgotten to have it stopped. If, however, we have been misinformed,
we will promptly resume the publication of it. You will
find our account below; which as we are much in want of funds, you
will oblige us by settling as soon as convenient. Hoping your
teacher is all that you could desire in one,

“We remain, your ob't. serv'ts,
“H — & B —”
Mrs. A. Mitten to Augusta Herald, Dr.

“18—

“Mar'. 4th. To 47 insertions of advertisement for private
teacher from Mar. 4, 18—, to date, $1.00
for the first, and 75 cents each, for the remainder,.........
$35 50

Rec'd payment.

“Why, brother,” said Mrs. M., as she closed the letter, “I can't
surely be compelled to pay this bill, which has been running on for
nine months after I got my teacher.”

“Yes you can, sister; unless the stoppage of it in the village

-- 050 --

[figure description] Page 050.[end figure description]

paper, where it first appeared, required them, by the custom of
printers, to stop it. I stopt it here as soon as you got Twattle; but
I knew nothing of this advertisement; and don't remember seeing
any order, through this paper, to other papers to publish it.”

“No, I wrote to H. & B. to publish it in the Herald, and to Dr.
C. to publish it in the Argus.”

“Well, you'll have to pay both for publishing it until you order it
stopped. So put down seventy or eighty dollars more to account of
love for Bill's legs; and then hang him up by the legs, and whip
his back for a week, if you'll allow nobody else to do it.”

“Brother, how have you taken such a prejudice against my poor,
unfortunate child? If you'd talk to him kindly, and advise him, I
have no doubt he would do well; for he loves and fears you, both.”

“No, Anna; if you had let him follow my advice when he wished
to do it, he would ever after have done it, and in the end he would
have been an honor to the country; but he won't follow it now.”

“Well, brother, after all, I don't see that he is so very bad.”

“Well, I know him to be very bad, from men who would not deceive
me.”

“I've very little confidence in men.

“So have I; but there are some honest ones among them; and
even dishonest ones may be trusted when they tell of bad boys who
infest the village. I will go and stop the advertisement in the
Argus; and much as I sympathize with you, and regret your losses,
I am so rejoiced at the escape you have made from the clutches of
that rascal, and the ruin that threatened you, that they seem to me
almost nothing. It looks to me as if a kind Providence had interfered
in your behalf.”

“I have no doubt of it, brother; and I wish I could see you putting
your trust in Providence more than you do. I will endeavor to
live better than I have ever lived, do better than I have ever done,
and be more humble, than I have ever been for the balance of my
life.”

“Why, as to that matter, Anna, I don't see how you are to get any
better than you are. I wish I was half as good in moral character
as you are. Even your “faults lean to virtue's side”—but like all
women, you let your feelings get the better of your good judgment.
Your difficulties all spring out of your affections, which blind you to
defects in the objects of them, and make you the easy dupe of men,
women, and children, whom you love—. Why do you weep?
Now is the time you ought to rejoice—. I've left my pocket

-- 051 --

[figure description] Page 051.[end figure description]

handkerchief at home—Good morning I'll stop the advertisement,
and pay up both bills for you, and talk to William. He may do well
at the new school. Young Smith, his teacher, seems to be a fine
young man, and—good morning.”

CHAPTER VI.

We left William Mitten just after his introduction to Mr. Cosby
Smith, his fourth teacher. Smith, but recently from college, and
coming in competition with Mr. Markham, of course, did not receive
much patronage, though few men of his age better deserved
patronage than he did. He commenced with sixteen scholars, a
fourth of whom were entered by Mrs. Glib and Mrs. Mitten.
William, without trouble, and with little study, went immediately
to the head of this school; and he went there only to breed trouble
to his teacher, and mischief, vice, and insubordination among his
schoolmates. Of all the pests that can be thrown into a school, the
smart boy, without a rival in it for talents, and without principle, is
the greatest. His talents give a charm to his vices which is irresistible
to most of his young companions. School-boys make too
little distinction between virtue and vice, anyhow. They never
seem to think that their own character is involved in their association
with the wicked; nor that they are under any obligation to
discountenance sin, in any of its forms, provided it does not invade
their own rights. Hence, the vicious are admitted to all the rights,
privileges, and immunities of the little republic, as fully and freely
as the most virtuous. Look at the students of a school on the play-ground—
mark their intercourse with each other generally, and you
will find it impossible to discover from their conduct which of them
stands highest, or which stands lowest, in point of moral character.
But you will not find much difficulty in discovering who are the
master-spirits among them in their studies. To these there is a
marked deference and respect shown, even in their sports. For the
most part, their word is law, and whether it be on the side of good or
evil, it is equally authoritative. What can be worse than such lawgivers,
when their hearts are constantly set on mischief!

For some months before William had entered this school, his applications
to his mother, for money, had become alarmingly frequent;
but he always quieted her alarms by representing to her that the
funds desired were for some benevolent, or praise worthy object. His
representations brought from her many excellent lectures upon

-- 052 --

[figure description] Page 052.[end figure description]

indiscriminate charities, and the danger to which his benevolent nature
was exposed from imposters and worthless vagrants, who choose
rather to beg than to work—to which he generally gave substantially
the same reply, namely, “that he was always very particular in
seeing who he gave his money to.” In this he told the truth, at
least, since he generally gave his money to one of the Glibs, whom
he had become very particular in seeing too frequently at the card-table.
He had been at Smith's school but a few months, before
the fountains of his charity suddenly dried up; and what may seem
very strange to some, dried up just as he began to acquire the means
of more enlarged benevolence. His growing fortune first exhibited
itself in a profusion of pen-knives, which he carried about him, from
the most costly and elegant down to the cheapest and most worthless
kind.

“William,” said his mother, “where do you get those elegant
pen-knives?”

“This one was given to me by Mr. Jones; and this one I found;
and this one was given to me by one of the school-boys.” William
did not show his mother his whole assortment, by three or four.

“I hope, my son, that these gifts are but just returns for the many
acts of charity which you have recently done to the poor. One
never loses anything in the end by this kind of charity; but you
should have excused yourself from accepting the last, on the ground
that you had two elegant knives already; and that your young
friend needed it more than you did.”

“I did tell him so; but he said I must take it to remember
him by.”

“Well, my son, put that away as a sacred keepsake, and never
use it but in case of necessity.”

The next signs which William exhibited of his growing fortune,
were books, fishing-poles, shinny-sticks, bunches of quills, breast-pins,
and cakes of divers kinds.

“William,” said his mother, “where did you get those articles?”

“They were given to me by the boys for doing their sums for
them; and taking them over their lessons—”

“Oh my son! my son! You surely did not take pay for these
little kindnesses, from your school fellows! I am ashamed of you—
deeply mortified. Where did you learn that groveling sordid spirit?
I would rather have given you twenty dollars, to buy all these things
than to have seen you guilty of such ignoble acts.”

-- 053 --

[figure description] Page 053.[end figure description]

“Well, Ma, I didn't wish to take 'em; but they would make me
take them.”

“No matter what they said, you should not have received them.
As a gift you might have taken them; but as a reward for such little
favors as these to your young friends, you should have rejected
them.”

These were new lights to William; for he thought his mother
would be delighted to hear of his superiority over his schoolmates,
and that he was already turning his talents to good account.

“And where did you get the two breast-pins?”

“I sold one of my pen-knives, and bought this.”

“Not the one, I hope, that your friend gave you”

“Oh, no ma'am; the one I found!”

“Why, William, you surely have not sold a found knife! It was
not your property, but the property of him who lost it; and you
should have kept it, to restore it to him as soon as he could be discovered;
and you should have used your best exertions to find the
owner, in order that you might restore it to him. I am deeply mortified
at this act of yours; and if you have any regard for my feelings,
or your character, never do tho like again. It alarms me, and
pains me deeply to discover such principles in you. Where did you
learn them? Not from any who carries the blood of your father or
mother in his veins, I am sure. I fear your intimacy with the Glibs
is ruining you. Nothing but dire necessity could have induced me
to put you to the same school with them; but I charge you, as I
have often charged you before, to have as little to do with them as
possible.”

“Where did you get the other breast-pin?”

William was saved a great deal of trouble and mortification in
answering this question, by an exclamation of his sister Jane, who
no sooner cast her eyes upon the breast-pin, than she exclaimed:
“Why, Ma, that is Flora Glib's breast-pin. Let me look at it
William, yes, here are her initials on it: F. C. L. G.—Flora
Claudia Lavinia Glib.
I knew it as soon as I saw it; for I have
seen her wear it a hundred times.”

“William!” ejaculated his mother, with manifest alarm and indignation,
“where did you get that pin?”

“Jeff. Glib gave it to me!”

“Go immediately to him, and return it; and tell him to give it
back to his sister.”

The truth of the matter is that William had made such rapid

-- 054 --

[figure description] Page 054.[end figure description]

improvement in card-playing, that he had become an over-match for
the Glibs, and he was now indoctrinating as many of his school-mates
into the mysteries of the card table as he could find willing to
become his pupils; and for the reasons already given, he found nearly
the whole school ready to take lessons from him. Most of his articles
of merchandize, (and we have not named all of them) were the
fruits of his industry in this department of science; though some of
them were, as he said, rewards for his better services to his fellow
students. It would have been bad enough, had his evil influence
stop here; but it did not. He had already become mean enough to
tempt his school-fellows to sin in a hundred forms; and artful
enough to put them always forward to the post of danger in the
commission of it. The consequence was, that, while he got the
booty, they got the floggings and disgrace.

The iniquities of the school were most unrighteously visited upon
the head of the preceptor, who, at the end of year, was compelled
to quit the village, for want of patronage.

“And what,” said Captain Thompson, to his sister, “are you
going to do with your hopeful son now, Anna?”

“Heaven only knows! I fear he will bring my grey hairs with
sorrow to the grave. Brother David, why do you not talk to him?”

“Talk, the devil! I have talked to him, in all ways that I
can think of; and what good does it do? He has got so of late
that when I talk to him I can hardly keep my hands off of him. I
can see in the looks and actions of the young rascal, that nothing
but fear keeps him from laughing outright in my face.”

“Oh, brother, I think you judge him too harshly. I know he has
got into bad habits; but still, I am sure he respects and loves you.”

“And he respects and loves you, too, don't he?”

“He must be a brute if he does not.”

“Well I suppose he does love you; but I assure you he cares no
more for your counsels than he does for mine; and that hardly a day
goes over his head that he does not practice some deception, upon
you.”

“There, brother, I think you judge him a little too hardly again.
He generally does what I tell him.”

“Well, tell him to quit playing cards, pilfering from gardens and
orchards, cursing and swearing, smoking segars, drinking spirits,
frequenting kitch—

“Oh, mercy on me, brother David! what enemy of my child has
filled your ears with these calumnies? He is bad enough, I know,

-- 055 --

[figure description] Page 055.[end figure description]

but he is not a devil yet. I cannot believe he is near as base as you
represent him to be.”

“Very well; what are you going to do with him?”

“I do not know. Will you take him under your charge? for I
confess I fear he is getting into bad habits.”

“Yes, I'll take him, and clothe him and feed him at my own expense,
if you will only give me your word that you will not interfere
with my management of him. Will you do it? If you will, I'll
perhaps save your boy from ruin and you from a broken heart.”

“Where would you send him to school? To Mr. Markham?”

“I should prefer him; but as I know you object to him, I will
engage that Bill shall not be sent to Markham. Indeed, he must be
got out of this place; or forty bushels of salt, and as many pounds
of saltpetre wouldn't save him. I'll send him to Mr. Waddel.
He'll fetch him straight.”

“I'm told Mr. Waddel is very severe.”

“Not a whit more than he ought to be, I'll warrant you. I am
told his pupils generally like him, and improve wonderfully under
him. Now, Anna, if I take him, remember the terms. You are to
have nothing to do with him. You surely ought to know, that I can
have no object in taking charge of him, but his good and your peace.

If, therefore, my conduct seems unkind, or severe to him, don't
let your maternal partialities lead you to interfere in any manner
with my authority over him. By this time, you are surely convinced
of the utter futility of your mode of managing him, and that
if some new course of discipline be not adopted towards him, he will
bring himself and you to an untimely grave. You must not only
make up your mind to give me unlimited control over him, during
his pupilage, but you must pledge me your word, that you will show
me every letter that he writes to you during his absence from you at
school, or I will have nothing to do with him. Why do you weep,
Anna?”

“Brother,” said Mrs. M., “it is a hard thing for a mother to
wean herself from her own child—to tear him from her bosom, and
hand him over as property to another. I know, my dear brother,
that your intentions are good—that you have the interests of my
child deeply at heart, and that all your aims are for his good and
mine; but I fear that you have so often been provoked by William,
and have become so prejudiced and embittered against him, that you
cannot judge of his conduct impartially, you cannot make the due
allowances for his faults, and that you will lean as much too far on

-- 056 --

[figure description] Page 056.[end figure description]

the side of severity in your government as I have leaned on the side
of lenity in mine. Why cannot you act a father's part by him,
without usurping exclusive authority over him?”

“I had a long answer to what you have said, Anna; but your last
remark suggests a very brief one, which I think is conclusive. Now
all I ask is that you put me exactly in his father's place. Had his
father lived, he would have exercised absolute authority over William
in all matters touching his education. He would have demanded—
or rather you would have freely granted to him, the perusal of all
your son's letters to you. In all else you would have ruled the boy
conjointly. Now, give me the absolute control of him in the matter
of his education, let me see his letters to you, and in all else you
shall have unlimited control of him. I need not tell you why I
exact these terms of you. They are indispensable to the proper
management of your son.”

This reply brought Mrs. Mitten to a dead silence; and while she
was pondering upon it, very opportunely for its success, in steps
Master William, with his beautiful face “pretty considerably” disfigured
with bruises and scratches.

“Why, William!” exclaimed his mother, almost at the fainting
point, “who upon the earth has treated you in that manner?”

“Jim Fox,” muttered William.

“What did you fight about?”

“We were playing and he got mad, and insulted me, and I struck
him.”

This was strictly true, but not quite the whole truth. The playing
was with cards, and the insult was, “Bill Mitten, you're the
biggest cheat that ever played a card in this town.

Captain Thompson said nothing, peradventure, he might at this
critical period strengthen his sister's convictions that he was unduly
prejudiced and embittered against her son. With the promise
to call the next day for her decision upon his proposition, he left
rather abruptly.

As soon as he retired, Mrs. M. addressed her son as follows:
“William, I'll have to send you away from this village, or wicked
associates will be the ruin of you. I find that it is vain to counsel
you against keeping bad company, and the only alternative left me
is to remove you from it. I have concluded, therefore, to send you
to school to Mr. Waddel, an excellent—”

“I'll not go,” said Billy, crustily.

This was Bill's first indication, when sober, of open revolt against

-- 057 --

[figure description] Page 057.[end figure description]

the authority of his mother, and she met it with becoming spirit.

“Well, sir,” said she, “I see you are getting too stout for my
government, and, therefore, I will turn you over to your uncle, and
see whether he cannot make you go. Now, sir, my word is out, and
you know I'll keep it.”

“Ma,” said William, in a subdued tone, “I'll go any where else
but to Mr. Waddel's school. Everybody says that he is the severest
man that ever kept a school. He whips boys just for the fun of it,
for he laughs all the time he's doing it. You know Uncle David
hates me, and he'll put me there just to have me whipped.”

“No, William, it is unreasonable to suppose that any man can
take pleasure in punishing his pupils. Mr. Waddel's school has a
high reputation, which it could not have if he were the man you
take him to be. Your uncle does not hate you; but the town keeps
him constantly excited with reports of your misdeeds, and, therefore,
he sometimes seems cross to you; but he has a kind heart,
and desires nothing more than my happiness and your good. Oh!
that I had followed his advice sooner!”

“Well, Uncle may take me to Mr. Waddel's, but he'll not keep
me there; for I'll run away and come home as soon as his back's
turned.”

“That matter, sir, I'll leave to be settled between you and him.”

Here William saddened and wept; and his mother did likewise.

The next day the articles proposed were agreed to, without qualification,
save as to expenses of clothing and tuition, which were to
fall on the mother.

-- --

CHAPTER VII.

[figure description] Page 058.[end figure description]

The articles of capitulation having been ratified, as mentioned in
the last chapter, the Captain was anxious to set out immediately with
William, for Mr. Waddel's school; but Mrs. Mitten declared that it
would be impossible to prepare a suitable outfit for her son, short of
a fortnight. “Remember,” said she with a filling eye, “my poor
child is going among strangers, where he will find none to make or
mend for him. He is to be gone at least five months, even if you
will permit him to come home in the vacation; or if you will not,
then for a year, or it may be”—here Mrs. Mitten's swelling heart
stifled utterance. The Captain regarded her for a moment in silence,
in thoughtfulness, in petulance, in pity, and then said: “Well, if
there be a stranger thing on this green earth than a woman, I should
like to know what it is—at least a woman with a smart, pretty, good-for-nothing
son. I thought if there was anything in this world that
I did know, it was my own sister; but I find that I know nothing
about her. A woman! Let her be as good, as sensible, as amiable
as she may be, and give her a child, and forthwith her head is
turned topsy-turvey. She is as blind to her child's faults as a bat,
and she mistrusts everybody who is not as blind to them as she is.
I have come to the conclusion that a woman may have a soul before
she has a child, but never afterwards—that is, a sound one—a rational
one. After that, all is impulse or instinct with her—at least,
in all that touches her offspring. She may have a thousand proofs
that her indulgence is ruining her child, and she will indulge him
still. She will believe him before she will believe any one else;
and when his iniquities stand broadly out before her face, she will
find an apology for them all. He is `unfortunate,' or `he has been
tempted to vice by bad company,
' or `he is slandered,' or `he is the
victim of envy,
' or `prejudice,' or—”

“Why, dear me, brother David, I don't see what I've said or done
to call forth this harangue.”

“Why, you are talking and acting just as though I had taken your
child from you by force, and meant to afflict him in all forms possible.
`If you will permit him to come home in vacation, and if
not.
' Do you suppose that I ever dreamed of keeping him away
from you during the holidays? Do you suppose that I take charge
of him only to torment him?”

-- 059 --

[figure description] Page 059.[end figure description]

“My dear brother, don't be angry with me. I had not the most
distant idea of offending you in what I said. I never questioned for
a moment your kindly feelings towards me and my child; but have
some charity for a mother's love—folly, if you choose to call it so.
I never was separated from William a fortnight in my life. He is
not torn from me, but he is taken from me—with my consent—necessarily,
I grant, but it is a sore necessity. He is to be carried
among strangers, to be treated, I know not how. If sick, to suffer
for a mother's care—at least for a time—perchance to die for the
want of it. Now, when all these things crowd upon a mother's
heart, is it wonderful that it should be depressed?”

“I am not angry with you, Anna, that is—I—believe I am not.
I know I don't wish to be; but I am amazed at your want of firmness,
your want of resignation to necessities; your surrender of judgment
to feeling; your patience under present evils; and your distress
at imaginary ones. I am alarmed at the intimations you
already give, of the speedy blowing up of our arrangement—not
from a breach of your pledge, but from your anxieties, your griefs,
your fears, your yearning to be with your son, which will leave me
no alternative but to restore him to you, or to see you waste away
under their continual corrodings. I pray you nerve yourself up to
the exigencies of the case. That William can stay no longer here,
you know. That he is in the broad road to ruin here, I know, and
you ought to know. That he is getting beyond your control you
confess, and in a little time he will be beyond mine. Now, think of
these things, and let them reconcile you to any unpleasant issues of
our new arrangement. Let this reflection quiet, or at least solace all
future anxieties about your son. `It is impossible for things to be
worse than they are.
' Be cheerful, at least till evils come, and bear
them with fortitude when they do come.”

Mrs. Mitten promised to do her best, and the Captain continued:

“Don't consume time in gathering up an extensive wardrobe
for your son. Let us get him out of this place as soon as possible;
for he is rotting here faster than a dead rat in August—”

“Oh, brother! How can you speak of your sister's child in that
way?”

“Well, I would have used a more delicate comparison, for your
sake,
if I had thought of it; but as for Bill—however, get him
ready as soon as you can. A few changes of apparel is all that he
needs; and let them be plain and stout. Waddel's school is in the
woods, where nobody sees, and nobody cares how the boys are

-- 060 --

[figure description] Page 060.[end figure description]

dressed. It is made up, I hear, principally of hardy rustic youths,
most of whom, probably, never had a broadcloth coat, a linen shirt,
or a pair of store-stockings on in their lives. If therefore, you send
your son among them, dressed out in fine clothes, you will expose
him to ridicule from his young companions, and to other petty annoyances,
which will give him a distaste for the place even greater
than he now has. Better for you, and for him, that his clothing be
cheap, plain, and durable.” Mrs. Mitten promised to get him ready
as soon as she could, and the Captain left her.

In the meantime, William behaved himself uncommonly well. He
was too much saddened by the prospect before him to relish either
amusements or books. He spent most of his time at home in deep
despondency; for as soon as it was noised abroad that William Mitten
was going to Waddel's school, the reports of Waddel's severities
doubled in number, and quadrupled in exaggeration. Any one, to
have heard them, as passed among the young ones of the village,
might have supposed that he fried a pair of little boys for breakfast,
and roasted a big one for dinner every day.

William had heard these reports in all their variations, and they
filled him with horror. His mother offered him encouragements
with the tongue, but discouragements with the eye, every day, the
last, of course, neutralized the first. After twelve days of preparation,
Mrs. Mitten informed her brother that William would be ready
to take his departure the next day. The Captain visited his sister
that night, to make all preliminary arrangements for the commencement
of the journey, early the next morning. He found the family
alone, for the hour of William's departure had been purposely kept
secret, to avoid the intrusion of visitors on this solemn evening.
They were all seated around the fire silent and dejected. On the
candle-stand, by the mother's side, lay the family Bible open—next
to her, in the order of their ages, sat the two daughters, and William
rested his drooping head upon the pillar of the mantle-piece. The
servants stood around, with their eyes fixed upon him, as if for the
last time. They had all just risen from prayers, hurried a little from
fear of interruption. The tears which from every eye had accompanied
the mother's devotion, had just ceased to flow. A death-like
silence reigned throughout the group, broken only by sighs more or
less heavy, as they rose from hearts more or less depressed. As the
Captain entered, all burst into tears afresh.

“What!” said he, with a feigned indifference to the scene, which
he did not feel, “All this mourning at sending a little shaver to
school!”

-- 061 --

[figure description] Page 061.[end figure description]

The Captain was not a religious man, but he was almost persuaded
to be a christian;
and the sight of his sister at prayer always inspired
him with an instinctive philosophy upon “souls,” much more impressive,
if not more rational, than the impulsive philosophy which
he had recently delivered. He glanced his eye to the candle stand,
and took his seat in the circle as mute as the mutest. A minute or
more elapsed before another word was spoken; and the first, to the
surprise of all, fell from William.

“Uncle,” said he, in a grief-stricken, faltering voice, “Uncle—
you can—save me—from going to Mr. Waddel's school, if you will.
It isn't too late yet—If you please, Uncle, don't send me there—
I'll go any where else in the world that you choose to send me, and
not complain. If you will only not send me to that school, I never
will disobey you, or Ma again. I know I've done wrong”—Here
the elder sister interposed, kneeling: “Oh, my dear Uncle, you
cannot, you will not, resist that—no, your streaming eyes tell me
you will not—here on my knees before you, I beg you, I implore
you”—“And I, Uncle,” said the younger, dropping by her sister's
side, “We both beseech you for your dear, our only brother. Why
that school, in preference to all other schools in the world?—”

“Girls be seated!” said the Captain; and they obeyed him.

A long pause in the conversation emboldened even the servants to
drop a word in William's behalf.

There was but one of the group who did not; and she felt more
than all of them together. Under circumstances so trivial, no poor
heart ever ran through such a hurricane of turbulent emotions in a
few short moments, as did hers. She had never seen her child so
moved by fear before. She had never seen him an humble suppliant
before; and now, it was to her substitute, not to her! She
had never heard such accents of humility and contrition from his
lips before. She had hardly ever before seen the manly cheek of her
brother moistened with a tear, and never hoped to see it, by the eloquence
of her boy. Long sinking hopes rose buoyantly from the
scene before her; she “would yet see her first anticipations from her
gifted son fully realized”—“her brother's censures would soon be
turned into praises; his roughness, to kindness.” Anxiety crowded
in upon hope—anxiety for the issue of her son's appeal. If successful,
“what then? where then?” Alarms pressed upon anxiety.
“If he is foiled in this appeal, will he ever make another—will he
not be driven to desperation?”

All these conflicting emotions she bore with marvelous composure;

-- 062 --

[figure description] Page 062.[end figure description]

but when the first words of her brother's response fell upon her ear:
“God bless you, my dear, dear orphan boy!” her self command entirely
forsook her. She crossed her arms upon her Bible, dropt her
head upon them, cried “Amen! and Amen!” and sobbed convulsively,
loud and long.

“God bless you, my dear, dear orphan boy,” said the Captain,
“you are now in the right way, my son, and while you walk therein
your Uncle will be a father to you—he will love you, he will serve
you, he will do any and everything that he can, to make you happy.
If he deny you anything, be sure it is for your own good. And
now, if you or your Mother will tell me what other teacher I can
send you to, with any hope of having you well instructed, and your
morals well guarded, I will not send you to Mr. Waddel.”

“Can't you send me back to Mr. Markham?”

“Well, come, your Mother shall answer that question for me.”

“In an evil hour, son, I vowed you should never go back to Mr.
Markham,” said the mother.

“Well, Anna,” continued the Captain, “in the present state of
things, I think you are released from that vow; but supposing yourself
entirely released from it, would you be willing to keep William
longer in this town at any school?”

“Well, as he is penitent, and promises amendment, if I could
feel myself free from my vow, I believe I would be willing to see
him return to Mr. Markham. But it is not worth while to discuss
this subject; I cannot feel myself released from my vow. It is
known all over the village, and nobody will believe you put him
there without my consent; and every body will think I pretended to
turn William over to you, just to shuffle out of my vow. Be this as
it may, my conscience is involved in the matter, and I am not going
to expose it to any nice questions. If I err at all, let me err on
the safe side. I therefore, give no consent to his going to Mr. Markham,
and I would rather that you should not expose me to the suspicion
of having given my consent to it.”

“Well, William,” resumed the Captain, “that door's closed.
Now, hear me, my son. Don't you remember how sorry you were
that I did not have my way with you when you were taken from Mr.
Markham? Well, just so it will be by and by, if I do not have my
way with you now. You must get away from the bad boys of this
town. Haven't they often tempted you to do what you had fully resolved
not to do?”

“Yes, sir.”

-- 063 --

[figure description] Page 063.[end figure description]

“Now, I know you think you will never be led away by them
again, if I let you stay here; but you will be as you have been.
You have been alarmed by false and foolish reports about Mr. Waddel's
severity and cruelty. If they were true, his school could not
be as celebrated as it is. He could not have the number of scholars
he has. I am told he has largely over a hundred scholars, some of
them the sons of the first men in the State, and that thousands of
people from far and near attend his exhibitions. If you'll go there,
and get a premium (as I know you can, if you will,) it will be worth
having. It will be heard of in two or three States. Come, son, try
Uncle's advice this one time. All things are ready now—the time
appointed for us to go—if we let it slip, you'll be here doing nothing
and worse than nothing, for I know not how long. Cheer up, my
boy; you can surely stand a school of such renown, and if you will
do your best, you will stand ahead of these big men's sons. Now,
what say you, son; will you go or not?”

“I'll go, Uncle,” said William, with a promptness and a firmness
that astonished all present.

“That's a fine fellow,” said the Captain. “I wouldn't take a
thousand dollars for my part in you, this day.”

William's decision was conclusive upon the family; and the
Mother felt herself in duty bound not to disturb it by word, action,
or look. She therefore assumed to be pleased, though she was so
confident of William's entire and radical reform, from what had just
passed before her, that she would have preferred Markham to Waddel,
if conscience had been out of the way.

“Anna,” said the Captain, “Mary” (his wife,) “and the children
will come over with me in the morning to bid William good-bye,
and Mary will spend the day with you. I shall be here with the
chaise, after an early breakfast, and let all things be ready.”

The Captain had anticipated some such scene as that which he
had just passed through, and to lighten the burden of it, he would
not allow his family to accompany him that night.

-- 064 --

CHAPTER VIII.

[figure description] Page 064.[end figure description]

The eventful morning came, and at an early hour Captain Thompson's
chaise was at his sister's door. His family had anticipated his
advent some eight or ten minutes. Tom came out to hold his horse,
while he went in. “No, I won't light, Tom,” said he. “Go and
bring out William's trunk, and let us be off, for we have no time to
lose.” The Captain had no idea of witnessing the parting scene.
He waited and shivered for it was cold. “Come on, William, my
brave boy—come on; we've a long road and a bad road to travel;”
bawled out the Captain to the vacant entry.

No response came, but sobs and blowing of noses.

“Tom! Tom!” cried the Captain.

Tom was waiting his turn to bid “mas' William” good-by, and
mingling his tears with those of the two families, of course, he had
forgotten the trunk. The wind began to rise a little, and the Captain
began to backslide rapidly from his conversion of the evening
before.

“John!” cried the Captain. No answer.

“Sal!” “Lotty!” “Nance!”

They were all around “mas' William;” nothing doubting but
that the saturnal of the preceding evening would be extended to the
catastrophe of the occurrence which produced it. The wind rose a
little higher, and the Captain's impatience rose a great deal higher.
At length, it gave way entirely; and, lighting from the vehicle, he
bolted into the mourning-hall, with a step, and a tongue, and a passion,
exceedingly unbecoming the solemnities of the occasion, and
exceedingly opposite to his recent experience. The first object that
met his eye was Tom, repeating precisely the part he played the
night before, when the Captain was so much affected, i. e. with
swimming eyes, and mellowed heart, contemplating William. “You
black rascal,” vociferated the Captain; “what do you stand sniveling
here for? (John, go to my horse!”) Didn't I order you to bring
out the trunk?”

“Kigh, mas' David!” said Tom, retiring a little briskly; “Nigger
got feeling well as white folks!” You feel, too, sometimes.”

“You impertinent scoundrel! if you aint off for that trunk pretty
quick, I'll make you feel worse than white folks.”

There was a lurking comparison in this reply of Tom, between

-- 065 --

[figure description] Page 065.[end figure description]

himself and “mas' David,” decidedly favorable to himself; and a
plain intimation in it that he regarded the Captain as a clear case of
apostacy or inconsistency. But the Captain was in too great a hurry
to analyze, argue, or resent. “I have been out there for a quarter
of an hour,” continued he, “freezing, and bawling, and squalling
for every negro on the plantation, and not one could I find.”
(Excunt blacks, as from patrol.) “I have now hardly time to reach
old Smith's, before night; and to be caught in the night, on such
roads, will be awful. Anna, is William ready?”

“Just a moment, brother, till I tie this handkerchief over his ears;
the weather's bitter cold.”

While the Captain was awaiting this process, ten distinct thumps
from the stair-case fell upon his ear, and then a harsh, raking sound
of terrible import, when Tom announced: “Here's the trunk, mas'
David.” The Captain turned, and beheld one of the biggest trunks
of the day. He ran to it and hefted it, as the Yankees say, and
grunted furiously.

“Anna,” said he, “that trunk can't go on the chaise—it's impossible.”

“It is the very smallest I could get to hold the boy's things,
brother.”

“What have you got in it?”

“Nothing, but William's clothes, and a few little nick-knacks.”

“Well, you'll have to divide them, and put them in two small
trunks—one to be lashed on behind, and the other to go in the foot;
and it's a pretty time to begin that work!”

The Captain was too snappish to be reasoned with; so, by contributions
from the girls, the small trunks were soon furnished, and the
unpacking and re-packing commenced.

We will not detain the reader with a detail of the wardrobe. Suffice
it to say, that after stopping in transitu three shirts, three pair
of stockings, two under-shirts, one full winter suit, and two summer
suits, the Captain saw the two small trunks filled to their utmost capacity
with hard pressing; and yet there was a thin layer of clothing
on the ceiling of the basement story of the large trunk; we must
explain. Mrs. Mitten, with Tom's help had placed two blocks of
wood in the bottom of the trunk, upon which she laid a nice, clean,
thin white-pine board, that was so neatly adjusted to the measure of
the trunk, that it divided it into two apartments. The board was
lifted, and disclosed one pound cake, one dozen sugar-biscuits, one
ditto doughnuts, two pounds raisins, two ditto almonds, (shelled,) one
ditto prunes, with chinking of sugar-plums innumerable.

-- 066 --

[figure description] Page 066.[end figure description]

“William, son,” said his mother, “I reckon you'll have to leave
these; I don't know how you can carry them.”

It seemed to be a hopeless case to all, and Bill surrendered with
a long deep sigh, which touched the Captain's heart a little; and
casting his eyes to William, who looked like a week's washing of
clothes piled together, he said, with a slight smirk: “There's nothing
in the chaise-box but a snack, and a little bundle of under-clothing
for myself; you can put as many of these things in that as it will
hold; but be quick about it!”

This was refreshing. It was regarded as a full atonement for all the
petulance, impatience, and crustiness that the Captain had exhibited.
One of the girls bounced into the chaise; and by the aid of the rest
of the company, she was soon enabled to stow away in the box a
goodly portion of all the varieties of nick-knacks just mentioned. In
the meantime the trunks took their places, the final kisses were disposed
of, and a minute more found the Captain and William on their
way. Nothing of special interest occurred on the journey. The
Captain gave William much encouragement and good advice, and
fretted a little at having to travel a half hour in the night to make
his first stage, but, as no accident occurred, he was easily reconciled
to it. Four o'clock the next day (Saturday,) found them at the
public house, or rather boarding house, of Mr. Nelson Newby, Abbeville
District, South Carolina. It was a rude log-house, with two
rooms, about sixteen feet square each, and an entry nearly as large,
between them. In the rear of it was another building of the same
material, somewhat shorter and narrower than the first. This was
the dining room. Six or seven small edifices of the same kind scattered
around, with little order, served as students' lodges. A rail
fence (or rather the remains of one,) three feet high, enclosed the
whole. About twenty boys of various sizes, were busily engaged in
cutting, splitting, and piling wood, at the doors of their respective
tenements—the roughest looking set of students that ever repeated
the notes of Homer and Virgil since the world began. The prospect
looked gloomy, even to the Captain, and terrific to William.

“Uncle,” whispered he, “these can't be big people's sons!”

“Well—don't know—they're pretty rough looking fellows—but—
they seem to be very industrious boys.” Poor comfort to William.
The Captain and his landlord, of course, soon became acquainted;
and the first expressing a wish to see Mr. Waddel, the last kindly
offered to escort him to the teacher's residence.

“It is not far out of the way to go by the Academy; would you
like to see it?” said Mr. Newby.

-- 067 --

[figure description] Page 067.[end figure description]

“Very much,” replied the Captain.

They set forward, and at the distance of about two hundred and
fifty yards from Mr. Newby's premises, they entered a street, shaded
by majestic oaks, and composed entirely of log huts, varying in size
from six to sixteen feet square. The truth of history demands that
we should say, that there was but one of the smallest size just indicated,
and that was the whimsical structure of a very whimsical fellow,
by the name of Dredzel Pace. It was endangered from fire
once, and four stout students took it up by the corners, and removed
it to a place of safety.

The street was about forty yards wide, and its length was perhaps
double its width; and yet the houses on either side did not number
more than ten or twelve; of course, therefore they stood generally in
very open order. They were all built by the students themselves, or
by architects of their hiring. They served for study-houses in cold
or rainy weather, though the students were allowed to study where
they pleased within convenient reach of the monitors. The common
price of a building, on front row, water proof, and easily chinked,
was five dollars—the chinking was generally removed in summer for
ventilation. In the suburbs, were several other buildings of the
same kind, erected by literary recluses, we suppose, who could not
endure the din of the city at play-time—at play-time we say, for
there was no din in it in study hours. At the head of the street,
eastward, stood the Academy, differing in nothing from the other
buildings but in size and the number of its rooms. It had two; the
smaller devoted to a primary school of a few boys and girls, over
which Moses Wadded Dobbins, a nephew of the Rector, presided.
These soon left, and Mr. Dobbins became assistant-general to his
uncle. The larger, was the recitation room of Mr. Waddel himself,
the prayer room, court room, (see infra) and general convocation
room for all matters concerning the school. It was without seats,
and just large enough to contain one hundred and fifty boys standing
erect, close pressed, and leave a circle of six feet diameter at the
door, for jigs and cotillons at the teacher's regular soirees, every
Monday morning.

A delightful spring gushed from the foot of the hill on which the
school-house stood; and at the distance of but a few paces, poured
its waters into a lovely brook, which wound through a narrow plain,
covered with stately beeches.—Venerable old chroniclers of revered
names and happy days, where are ye!—It was under the canopy of
these beautiful ornaments of the forest, by the side of that whisper

-- 068 --

[figure description] Page 068.[end figure description]

ing brook, that we felt the first gleam of pleasure that we ever derived
from anything in Latin. And here are the words which
awakened it:



Tityre tu patulœ recubans sub tegmine fagi,
Silvestrem tenui musam meditaris avena.

Our party having taken a hasty survey of these things bent their
way to Castle Carberry. As they journeyed on, Mr. Newby pointed
out the ground over which Sam Shanklin and Mr. Waddel had a
notable race. Sam had offended “Old Moses” (so he were called,
even in his prime which he had now hardly left,) and as the latter
approached him whip in hand, Sam, took to his heels, not dreaming
that old Moses would follow him. But he was mistaken; he did
follow him, and gained upon him at every step, a little—Sam, finding
his pursuer too fleet for him sought safety in lofty leaping; so he
made for a brush heap. Just as he reached it, old Moses fetched
him a wipe upon the legs that energized his activity to unmatchable
achievement, and he cleared the brush heap at a bound. Here the
race ended. The Captain laughed heartily at the story; but William
saw no fun in it.

Castle Carberry stood on the highway leading from Augusta,
Georgia, to Abbeville Court House, South Carolina, and about equi-distant
from Mr. Newby's and the Academy. By whom it was
erected, we are not informed; probably, by Samuel Shields, an assistant
of Mr. Waddel, who had occupied it for two years, previous
to the time of which we are speaking, and who was just now gathering
up his goods and chattels for his final departure from the place,
and for a much more interesting engagement.* Its name was doubtless
derived from Maria Roche's novel—The Children of the Abby,
which had a great run in that day; but to tell wherein the two
Castle Carberry's were alike, would puzzle the greatest connundrumsolver
that ever lived. Upon the retirement of Mr. Shields, Alexander
B. Linton succeeded to his possessions, and James L. Petigru
to his office (not as some have most erroneously supposed, the Mr.
Pentigall, of the `Georgia Scenes,') though it was in this very castle
that the great question was discussed: “Whether at public elections
should the votes of faction predominate by internal suggestions or
the bias of jurisprudence?” Mr. Petigru had been in Columbia
College, a year or more before the discussion came off.

Some two or three students always boarded themselves at Castle

-- 069 --

[figure description] Page 069.[end figure description]

Carberry. It served as a nucleus around which other edifices of like
kind and for like purposes gathered, all built of the common material.
We think its tenants were, in Mitten's day, Alex. B. Linton,
Henry Rasenel, Samuel Weir, and William D. Martin.

At Castle Carberry the promenaders re-entered the big road which
they had left at Newby's, having now seen all of Willington proper;
Willington common embraced every house within three miles of the
Academy. As they entered the road, a messenger called for Mr.
Newby to return home on some special business. He gave the Captain
directions to Mr. Waddel's, and returned. The directions were
simply to keep the road to the next house. A walk of a quarter of a
mile, or a little over, brought the Captain and his charge to the residence
of the renowned teacher. It was a comfortable, framed
building, two stories high, neatly, but plainly paled in—very rare
things in that vicinity.

Some six or eight more boys, like the Newbyites, were differently
employed about the premises.

“Do you know, my son,” said the Captain, addressing one of
them, “whether Mr. Waddel is at home?”

“Yes sir,” said the youth, springing to the door, and opening it,
“Walk in, take seats, and I will call him.”

He disappeared, and in a moment returned with Mr. Waddel.

“Mr. Waddel, I presume,” said the Captain.

“Yes, sir.”

“Thompson, sir, is my name, and this is my nephew, William
Mitten, whom I have brought to place under your instruction.”

“It is rather chilly, here,” said the teacher, shaking their hands
cordially, “walk into my study, where I have a good fire.” Won't
you go in, David?” added he to the guide, who was about retiring.

“No, I thank you, sir, said David.

“That's a sprightly youth,” said the Captain, as he moved towards
the study, “and he is a namesake of mine.”

“Yes,” said the teacher, “he is a clever boy—the son of the celebrated
Doctor Ramsay.”

“What! Doctor Ramsay, the patriot, statesman, and historian—
who married the accomplished daughter of the renowned Henry
Laurens, President of the first Congress of the United States, Minister
to Holland, and father of the gallant John Laurens, the beloved
of Washington?”

-- 070 --

[figure description] Page 070.[end figure description]

This was a clear splurge* for William's benefit.

“The same,” said Mr. Waddel.

“Well, I feel myself honored in bearing the boy's name.

Before this conversation ended, all were seated in the teacher's
study. It was crowded with books—partly the teacher's private
library—partly, books laid in for the students which he furnished at
cost and charges on Philadelphia prices.

“Have you studied Latin, William?” enquired Mr. Waddel.

“Yes, sir.”

“How far have you gone?”

“I was reading Virgil, when I quit school.”

“Well, I have a large Virgil class, which will be divided on
Monday. I have found that some of them are keeping others back;
and I have ordered them to get as long a lesson as they can for
Monday morning. Those who get the most and recite the best, will
be put in one class and the rest in another. Now, you can take
either division of this class that you may be found qualified for, or
you may enter the Selectœ class, which will commence Virgil in two
or three months. Meet me at the Academy on Monday morning,
and we will see what will be best.”

“How many pupils have you, Mr. Waddel?” inquired the Captain.

“About one hundred and fifty.”

“Where do they board?”

“Just where they please, among the neighbors around. They all
take boarders, and reside at different distances from the academy,
varying from a few hundred yards to three miles.”

“Have the students to cut and haul their own firewood, and make
their own fires?”

“Not always. At some of the boarding houses the landlords
have these things done for them, and at all, they may hire servants
to perform them, if they will, or, rather, if they can; but, as at
every house there is at least a truck-wagon and horse at the service
of the students, and wood is convenient and abundant, and to be had
without stint or charge, they generally supply themselves, and make
their own fires.”

During this conversation, which from the beginning to end, was
of the most alarming interest to William, his eyes wide open, were
fixed on Mr. Waddel, who was an object of still more alarming

-- 071 --

[figure description] Page 071.[end figure description]

interest to him. He had never seen—we have never seen—a man of
sterner features than Mr. Waddel bore. From the time that William
entered the house to the time that he left it, “shadows, clouds, and
darkness” were gathering and deepening upon his mind; relieved
only by one faint gleam of light from young Ramsay, whom he regarded
as the concentrated extract of all that was august, and great,
and gifted, and good in the United States, if not in the world; and
an ample verification per se of all that his uncle had told him about
“big men's sons.”

William was entered in due form a student of Mr. Waddel's
school; and the Captain having enquired of the post office at which
the students received their letters, and pressed Mr. Waddel to give
him early information of William's conduct, standing, and progress,
he left with his charge for Mr. Newby's. A long silence ensued.
At length it was broken by William.

“Mr. Waddel is the grummest looking man I ever saw.”

“Pretty sour,” said the Captain. “But I don't reckon he is as
bad as he looks to be. The boys seem cheerful around him; and
David Ramsay seemed perfectly easy in his presence.”

The truth is, the Captain was sore pressed for encouragements
himself, and it was the luckiest thing in the world for him that he
happened to fall in with young Ramsay just when he did.

“I had an idea,” continued the Captain, “of proposing to Mr.
Waddel to take you to board with him; but it occurred to me that
you might prefer to board somewhere else; and I am perfectly willing
to accommodate you in this matter.”

“Uncle, I wouldn't board with him for five hundred thousand
dollars!”

“Well, my son, I will not place you with him. I think the best
way will be for you to board at Mr. Newby's, for the present. After
you become acquainted with the other boarding houses, you can take
your choice among them.”

Silence ensued, which we fill up with a more particular account
of Mr. Waddel. As he was made a Doctor of Divinity soon after
the time at which we are speaking of him, we will anticipate a little,
and call him henceforth Doctor Waddel.

He was about five feet nine inches high; of stout muscular frame,
and a little inclined to corpulency. In limb, nearly perfect. His head
was uncommonly large, and covered with a thick coat of dark hair.
His forehead was projecting, and in nothing else more remarkable.
His eyes were grey and overshadowed by thick, heavy eye-brows,

-- 072 --

[figure description] Page 072.[end figure description]

always closely knit in his calmest hours, and almost over-lapping in
his angry moods. His nose was bluntly acquiline. His lips were
rather thick, and generally closely compressed. His complexion
was slightly adust. His tout ensemble was, as we have said, extremely
austere; but it was false to his heart; for he was benevolent,
affectionate, charitable, hospitable, and kind. He was cheerful, and
even playful, in his disposition. Good boys felt at perfect ease in
his presence, and even bad ones could, and did, approach him with
the utmost freedom. He never whipt in a passion—indeed, he
seemed to be in his most pleasant moods when he administered correction,
and hence, a stranger to him would naturally suppose that he
took pleasure in flogging. It was not so, however. He hardly ever
whipt, but upon the report of a monitor; and after a year or two
from Master Mitten's introduction to him, very rarely, but upon a
verdict of a jury of students. His government was one of touching
“moral suasion;” but he administered it in a new way. Instead of
infusing it gently into the head and heart, and letting it percolate
through the system, and slowly neutralize the ill humors with which
it came in contact, he applied it to the extremities, and drove it
right up into the head and heart by percussion. He seemed to regard
vices as consuming fires, and he adopted the engine process of
extinguishing them. One would suppose that moral reforms, so
hastily produced could not last; but we have living cases to prove
that they have lasted for fifty-three years, and are still fresh and vigorous.
It is a very remarkable fact that Doctor Waddel never
flogged a boy for a deficient lesson. To be “turned off,” as it was
called—that is, to have to get a lesson over a second time, was considered
such a disgrace by the students, that if this did not cure the
fault, whipping, he well knew, would not. He would often mount
his horse at eight o'clock at night, and visit the students at their
boarding houses. Sometimes he would visit them incognito, and recount
his observations the next day to the whole school, commending
such youths as he found well employed, and censuring such as he
found ill employed. And what were the fruits of this rigid but
equitable discipline? From under the teachings of this man have
gone forth one Vice President, and many Foreign and Cabinet Ministers;
and Senators, Congressmen, Governors, Judges, Presidents,
and Professors of Colleges, eminent Divines, Barristers, Jurists, Legislators,
Physicians, Scholars, Military and Naval officers, innumerable.

Captain Thompson returned to Mr. Newby's. His name had been

-- 073 --

[figure description] Page 073.[end figure description]

made known to the boys during his absence. One of them introduced
himself to him as the son of Doctor Hay, a near and dear
friend of the Captain, in times gone by. The youth was made acquainted
with William—offered him a part of his bed and study,
which were accepted. Before retiring to rest, the Captain paid a
hasty visit to William's new dormitory. He found him at a table,
with three others, who were studying their lessons before a rousing
fire. They seemed very cheerful and happy. After a few questions,
he withdrew, and left them to their studies. An early hour the
next morning found him on his way homeward.

eaf460n1

* He soon after married a young lady of Vienna.

eaf460n2

* A splurge is a moral cavort. Both are embraced in the generic term, cutting
shines. Ga. Vocab.

CHAPTER IX.

Monday morning came, and William moved sadly to the Academy.
Soon the students of every size began to pour in from every quarter;
and soon the whole school was in commotion. George Cary had got
a thousand lines in Virgil! He was to leave his class, of course; for
such a lesson had never been heard of before, even in Dr. Waddel's
school, where the students seemed to take in Latin and Greek by absorption.
* As his classmates came in, they compared notes, and not
one of them had got more than three hundred lines. “I didn't get
but two hundred and ten,” said one; “I didn't get but two hundred,”
said another. “Well, I'm at the foot of all,” said a third, “I
didn't get but a hundred and fifty; so I'm double distanced, and
left, of course.”

William heard these reports with overwhelming amazement. The
largest lesson he had ever recited was thirty-five lines, and the largest
he had ever heard of being recited was one hundred. He had
been led to believe that his native village was the very focus of intellectual
illumination and mental vigor, and that he himself was the
centre-beam of the focus. He did not suppose that Latin and Greek
were made for country folks at all, much less for poor folks; and behold,
there stood before him homespun, Gilbo-shod, potato-fed chaps,

-- 074 --

[figure description] Page 074.[end figure description]

even smaller than himself, who had mastered one hundred and fifty
lines in Virgil, acknowledging themselves the fag-end of their class,
and “double distanced!” His mind was immediately made up to
take the selectæ class, mortifying as it was to a gentleman of his calibre
to have it known at home that he had retrograded; but could he
keep up with this class? He had little hope of doing so; but so
shocking was the idea of falling two classes below his home stand,
that he resolved to try it at all events. He had one consolation, at
least, and that was, that none of the school-boys knew of his advancement
before he came hither. Withal, he concluded that there must
be a something about Doctor Waddel's school that made all the boys
who came to it smart, and whatever that something might be, he surely
would catch it in a short time. The Doctor soon made his appearance;
and William signified to him his choice of classes.

The school was summoned to prayer, and at the conclusion of this
service the monitors' bills were handed in, and the dancing room
cleared. The Doctor read over to himself the bills, with an affected
seriousness, while a death-like silence reigned around him; his countenance
meantime assuming all varieties of expressions. It was very
easy for those well acquainted with him, to collect from these indications
the general character of the bills in hand; and the signs this
morning were of things grave, novel, funny and common.

The reading finished, the Doctor began: “Pretty heavy bills!
some things new even to me. Garrett Sandige, go and get the
change to settle off these bills, and see that it is such as has the
genuine ring!” To a correct understanding of the first case on the
docket, it is necessary to premise a little. John Freeman had been
exalted for the first time to the dignity of Monitor on the preceding
week, and he had over-acted his part a little; he was rather too
vigilant and authoritative.

To economise time, while Garrett Sandige was collecting the
change, the Doctor sounded the docket in a humorously emphatic and
pompous style:

Austin B. Overstreet, for being idle repeatedly! What say you,
Austin?”

“I deny it, sir,” said Overstreet.

“Monitor, speak!”

“Doctor Waddel, almost every day in the week he follows me all
about with his Greek grammar in his hand, and goes on in this way:
tupto, tupteis, tuptei, (of all the monitors) tupteton, tupteton, (that I
ever saw in my life) tuptomen, tuptete, (John Freeman takes the

-- 075 --

[figure description] Page 075.[end figure description]

lead) tuptousi, (rather rousy.) I told him I'd spunk him, (report
him) if he didn't quit it, and he wouldn't, so I spunked him.”

During these pleadings the Doctor's face put on all sorts of expressions;
to maintain the dignity of the Monitor's character, it was of
the first importance that he should hear him with the profoundest
respect and gravity; and yet there was something so novel and farcical
in this case, that he could with difficulty suppress open laughter.
He drew his eyebrows to their closest, pressed his lips forcibly to-gether
for a moment, and then passed judgment:

“This is a new case—I confess it perplexes me not a little. It
seems to be a case in which study and idleness are so equally and intimately
blended, that you can't hit idleness without at least grazing
study, nor indulge study without indulging idleness. If, as soon as
Overstreet began to make up his compound, you had informed me,
Mr. Monitor, of his experiment, I could have given you a recipe that
would have precipitated the feculent matter so entirely from the pure,
that we might have dealt with it this morning without danger of disturbing
the pure; but as it is, with no antecedent law to meet such a
case, and under the maxim that it is best to err on the safe side—the
side of mercy—if we err at all, I will let the matter pass for this
time; but if you come up again, Austin, with such a mixture of
Greek and English in the presence of a monitor, I'll teach you the
first future tense of your Greek verb in such a style that you'll never
think of mingling English with it again while you live, unless it be
the true English.”

Before this case was disposed of, Sandige had returned with about
a half dozen hickories beautifully trimmed. The Doctor took one,
drew it through his left hand, found it knotless, gave it an experimental
flourish, liked the ring, and proceeded:

Garry-Osko-Sapling, for being idle repeatedly!

Garry stepped into the ring without defence.

The Doctor gave him one cut and paused—“Garry,” said he, very
good humoredly, “that doesn't sound right. My ear don't often deceive
me.” So saying he stooped down and raised up the pants of
the left leg, pulled down the stocking, and discovered a tasteful and
most artistic binding of the calf and its appurtenances, with long
narrow strips of old shirt. The Doctor manifested not the least surprise
at this, but very deliberately commenced unwinding. At about
every yard detached, he would pause and look up to the school with
an expression of countenance which seemed to say, “boys needn't try
to fool me.” Having unrolled about four yards and a half of

-- 076 --

[figure description] Page 076.[end figure description]

swathing from this leg, he proceeded to the other, and did the like. During
the whole process the school was a roar of laughter, and few
laughed more heartily than Garry himself. Having returned the
stockings and pants to their places, “let us have fair play, Garry,”
said the Doctor! “Fair play is a jewel. Now stockings are fair,
and pants are fair, thick or thin. If I can't get through them, why,
that's my fault, not yours.” So saying, he let Garry have the remaining
six with a brilliancy that fully compensated for the lost
pleiad.

“Why, Neddy, this is an awful account for one week. Monitor,
are any of these charges upon your own observation but the first?”

“None, sir. They are all by order of the boys whose names are
to them.”

“Explain, James Freer, what is meant by knocking by your nose.”

“He came by me, and struck his fist as hard as he could, as close
to my nose as he could drive it to miss my nose.”

“Did you tell him to quit?”

“Yes, sir.”

“And did he afterwards repeat the blow?”

“No, sir, but he went knocking by the noses of twenty boys in the
same way.”

“How was your case, Thomas Murray?”

“Exactly the same as Jim Freer's, sir.”

“What have you to say to all this, Neddy?”

“Why, Doctor Waddel, I was just playing with them. I quit as
soon as I saw they didn't like it. None of the other boys got mad
at it.”

“And what's your case, Malory Rivers?”—Malory was the smallest
boy in school, save one.

“He come up to me, sah—he came up to me, sah—an' he put his
face mos' touchin' mine, and he opened his mouth and eyes jus' as
wide as he could stretch 'em—putti'n out his arms over me, too, like
he was tryin' to scare me.”

“What do you say to that, Brace?”

“I just did it for a little fun—I wanted to see what he would do—
and I got the worst of it, too, for he butted me on the nose, and I
did n't set him down for it.”

“Did you butt him on the nose, Malory?”

“I give him a little butt.”

“Oh well, the case is easily settled; if you take justice into your
own hands, you must not appeal to me. I regard a little butt full pay
for a big look.

-- 077 --

[figure description] Page 077.[end figure description]

“And what have you to say, James Collier, against the defendant?
`Plagning with a dead cat' is a new offence. Explain!”

“He took a long forked stick,” said Collier, “and stuck an old
dead cat's neck on it, and swung her up by the head, and swung the
stick on his shoulder, and went all about among the boys like he
did'nt see 'em, stinkin' 'em up. Sometimes he'd meet a boy, and
when he got close up to him, he'd wheel off another way, as if he
just thought of something, and swung the dead cat by 'em almost
touch'n 'em. I, and Andrew Govan, and Jim Tinsley, and Sam
McGraw, and Alfred Hobby, were talking, and I saw Brace coming
with his cat, and I hollo'd to him and said: `Now, Brace, I've seen
you scatter two or three parcels of boys with that cat; and if you
come here with it, I'll spunk you. He pretended he did'nt hear
what I said, and kept coming up, asking me all the time what I said;
and he knew what I said well enough. All the other boys run, but
I wouldn't run; and he comes to me, and says: `Jimmey, I've
been hunting all over the school to find somebody to help me bury
this poor cat: but they are the hard-heartedest set of boys that I
ever saw; wont you help me, Jimmey?' So without saying anything
to him, I went off and spunked him; and just as I started off
he turned round as quick as he could, and whirled his cat almost
all round me. And I don't b'lieve there's another boy in the world
that could have stood that cat as long as he did, just to have his fun
out of the other boys.”

“What do you say to all this, Neddy?”

“Doctor Waddel, twenty boys will tell you I did ask them to go
with me to bury the cat. I don't think Jim Collier had a right to
order me away from the other boys he was talking to. If he didn't
like the cat and my company, why didn't he go off as the other boys
did? They all thought the cat smelt bad, but it didn't. It didn't
smell one bit.” Here the Doctor opened his eyes, and showed signs
of light which materially changed the aspect of the case. It immediately
flashed upon his mind, that the weather had been very cold
for a week, and that, perchance, the cat was not offensive.

“James,” continued he, “did you smell the cat?”

“I didn't stay long enough to smell it.”

“But you say he whirled it round you as you went off; did you
smell it then?”

“I think I would have smelt it if I hadn't held my breath.”

“Doctor Waddel,” said Brace, “he couldn't have smelt it to save
his life. Call every boy he says I went to with it, and not one of
them will say that he smelt it.”

-- 078 --

[figure description] Page 078.[end figure description]

A number of witnesses were called, and not one testified that
he smelt the cat. Most of them had kept out of smell of it; some
held their noses; and others, by whom it had been whipt, remembered
nothing about it.

“The case is certainly wonderfully changed,” said the Doctor.
“Had a single witness testified positively that he smelt the cat, I
would not have held you altogether guiltless, Brace; not that I deny
your right to shoulder as many dead cats as you please, and to carry
them where you please, provided you do not push yourself, with
your charge, into the company of others, and to their annoyance.
But you have no right to constrain a student to leave his company,
or his place, or to endure a stench. As to your pretending to want
help to bury the cat, I understand all that perfectly; you wanted no
such thing.”

“What have you to say, Gilbert Hay, against Brace?”

“He threw a lightwood knot on my foot, on purpose, and hurt it
so that I haven't got over it yet.”

“Why did you do that, Brace?”

“I declare, Dr. Waddel, I didn't mean to drop it on his foot.”

“Yes you did, sir—”

“Address me, Gilbert—not him,” said the Doctor.

“Well, Doctor Waddel, he kept carrying his lightwood knot
about among the boys, and as soon as he'd come near one, he'd pretend
to let it slip off his shoulder, and pretend to be trying to catch
it; and halloo, `take care of your toes—I can't hold it,' and let it
fall right by the boy's foot, just to make him jump. He did two or
three boys so, 'fore he came to me, and when he came to me, he let
it fall on my foot, sure enough.”

“Is all this so, Neddy?”

“Yes, sir; but he shows himself I didn't go to do it.”

“No, sir, `you didn't go to do it,' but you went to do what you
knew was very apt to do it. So if James Freer, or Thomas Murray,
had happened to lean suddenly forward, or been accidently pushed
forward just as you were striking by their noses, he would have got
a very severe blow; and you wouldn't have went to do that, either.
You have no right to sport with the feelings of others, for your fun.
So I'll give you a little for your nose-fun, and two or three littles for
your foot-fun, and the usual price of idleness unrepeated.”

Ned had a pair of breeches which he called his Monday morning
breeches.
They were very full in the legs—trousers, in fact. In
their natural position, they hung tangent to the calves of his legs, or

-- 079 --

[figure description] Page 079.[end figure description]

nearly so; but, by catching them near the hips, and pulling them
backward, and a little upward, they pressed tight upon the shins,
and swung entirely clear of the calves, by at least an inch. Ned
had acquired such skill in directing the play of these trowsers, that
he had brought his calves through several penal Mondays almost, or
entirely, intact. He knew the velocity of the switch, and he gave
his twitch just at the instant of its reaching the leg; and at the
crack, hands off! the pants were back to their place.

Ned stept into the ring, and received the first cut with his usual
success. It was a clear flash. The Doctor, without pausing, went
through the motions of the second, but arrested it in its descent, and
saw, with a smile, the pants fly back to receive it. “I thought,”
said he, “that lick made a false report. How was that done, Neddy?
You keep your hands a little too much akimbo for the occasion.
Hands off, and fair play, Neddy! Big breeches are perfectly
fair; but no pulling!” The remaining nine told (as an officer said
of a park of artillery in battle,) “with beautiful effect!”

David Murray, for throwing a chew of tobacco in James Nephew's
eye!

David, commonly called Long David, was the tallest, and, for his
height, the slimmest student in the school. He stood full six feet in
his stocking.

“How was that, David?” said the Doctor.

“He asked me,” said David, “to throw him down a chaw o' tobacco,
and I done it, and it hit him in the eye.”

“Where were you, David? Where did you throw it down from?”

“I wasn't anywhere, sir. Because I am tall, all these little fellows
are constantly running up to me, and askin' me to throw 'em down a
chaw o' tobacco, jus' like I was 'way up in a tree.”

“Well, David,” said the Doctor, chuckling in spite of himself,
“if a boy asks you to throw him down `a chaw o' tobacco,' I don't
think you are responsible for where it falls.”

“What!” the reader may be disposed to ask, “did he ever whip
grown up young men?” Not within our recollection, because we
never knew but one who rendered himself liable to this kind of correction,
and that one left the school in quick time after the commission
of his offence; but tradition said that he had done that thing;
and he used to flourish his hickory with graceful, but terrific vigor of
arm, when a little fretted with matters and things in general, and
thunder forth, “I'll whip you, sirs, from Robert Pettigrew down to

-- 080 --

[figure description] Page 080.[end figure description]

James Scriven, inclusive.” The first was the largest, the last the
smallest student in the school.

A number of other cases, besides those mentioned, were disposed
of; but there was nothing remarkable in them. They were chiefly
cases of idleness in which judgment was confessed; but the sessions
closed with a case of contempt of court, which deserves to be reported,
first, because it is the only case of the kind, we believe, that
ever occurred during the instructorship of Doctor Waddel; and,
secondly, because it shows how he disposed of cases which demanded
immediate notice, but which he could not visit with the usual penalty,
without violating his fixed rule, never to flog in a passion. The
last case on docket was just disposed of, when something that the
Doctor said or did, now forgotten, led Brace to exclaim pretty rudely,
Doctor Waddel, that's partial!” “What, sir!” thundered the
Doctor from a hurricane countenance. He paused a second—then
dropt the switch he had in his hand, and seizing Ned by all the apparel
that covered his breast, he shook him tremendously. He lifted
him high and sat him down emphatically, but not injuriously. He
now waltzed him round the ring in the quickest possible time. He
then made a path with him, five feet deep, through the boys—brought
him back with a double-jerk—took another turn with him as before,
and dismissed him at the door with a push that sent him off at a “half
hammond.
” As soon as the impetus had spent itself, Ned stopt,
looked back, looked up, looked around, like a man in delirum tremens,
and then set off at a tip-toe, at a rather brisk gait, like one creeping
to catch a butterfly, and discoursing, as he went, in a sort of half whisper:
The man's mad! The ma-a-ns mad! He's made me drunk,
turning me round. If I didn't think he'd kill me, I'll never budge!

The morning's exercises were exceedingly interesting to Master
Mitten, of course, and he was allowed half a day to muse upon them;
for he was without the text book of his class, and could not be supplied
until Doctor Waddel went home to his dinner. The forenoon
of the day was employed chiefly in taking observations of the costumes,
manners, and conduct of the boys; but part of the time was
spent with young Hay and three of his classmates, with whom he
studied during that day. They construed alternately a sentence
aloud, and if the version of the reader was corrected by some one of
the listeners, it was considered as properly rendered, and adopted by
all. Occasionally, a dispute would arise between them as to the case
of a noun, the mood and tense of a verb, or the application of some
rule of syntax, and the dispute was invariably settled by an appeal

-- 081 --

[figure description] Page 081.[end figure description]

to the grammar, which each one kept always by him in studying his
lessons. Herein, he found one clue to a solution of the mystery
which had astonished him so, at the opening of school—the prodigious
lessons which the boys recited—and before the next day he discovered
another which solved the mystery entirely; it was, that the
very idlest of the boys studied twice as much as any school-boys he
had ever seen. In the afternoon his selectæ was furnished him, and
he set in regularly with his class. He begged to be excused from
reading in his turn, as the author was new to him. He was indulged;
and thus he was virtually carried over his first lesson. One reading
of it, to him, was enough to make him as perfect in it as any in the
class, and consequently he recited it creditably. He had hardly concluded
his first recitation, when the signal for evening prayer was
given; the students were assembled, prayer was held, and they were
dismissed for the night. Thus ended the most terrific day of William's
pupilage. We have been particular in giving its history, not
only for its effect upon Master Mitten, but that the reader might have
a practical exhibition of Doctor Waddel's government. Terrific as
the day was to William, it was the first of a long series of days pregnant
with good luck.

eaf460n3

* George McDuffie afterwards overtopt Cary, for he recited twelve hundred
and twelve lines, in Horace, for a Monday morning's lesson.

eaf460n4

† We give this name as it was pronounced. We think it was spelled Guillebou.
He was shoemaker-general for the school, and one of the best that ever
lived. The soles of his shoes were about half an inch thick, and the heels three-quarters.
The upper leather in exact proportion with the soles. In short, they
were brogans in all respects, of the stoutest sort. It took them about a month
to show outward signs of an inward foot. Then they began to wrinkle down to
something like foot-shape; with only a tolerable greasing, they were good for a
year, certain.

CHAPTER X.

By reason of detention at the river, and an accident to his vehicle
on the way, Captain Thompson did not reach home until near eight
o'clock on Monday night; and at his request the tidings of his return
were kept from his sister until the next morning. As soon as they
reached her, she hastened over to him, to hear his report from Dr.
Waddel's school. “How did you find things, brother?” said she;
“I hope you got a good boarding-house, and a comfortable room for
William this cold weather; and that before you left, you saw him
well provided with bedding, fire-wood, and all the other little conveniences
that he needs; for you know he has no idea of providing for
himself. Did he seem satisfied with his new school? What sort of
a man is Mr. Waddel? Is he as severe a man as he is represented
to be?”

“Bless me, Anna!” said the Captain. “What time have I had
to prepare answers for all these questions? I got there at four
o'clock on Saturday afternoon, and left a little after sunrise on Sunday,
so that I had no time to learn much about Mr. Waddel or his
school. Oh, Anna, who do you think was the first boy I got

-- 082 --

[figure description] Page 082.[end figure description]

acquainted with there! David Ramsay, son of Doctor Ramsay, who
married Miss Laurens, daughter of Henry Laurens, President of the
first Congress, and Minister to Holland. He seemed to be very well
satisfied there—quite cheerful and happy—fine boy.”

“Couldn't you have got William into a room with him?”

“Well—I didn't try—he boards with Mr. Waddel, and I
thought—”

“Oh! brother! I wish you had placed him with young Ramsay,
immediately under Mr. Waddel's eye. I should have no fears, then,
of his getting into bad habits.”

“Well, he can board there yet, if he wishes to, for I only paid his
board at Mr. Newby's for one quarter, and I told him to visit the
other boarding houses and select the one he liked best, and I would
place him at it. I am determined to make him just as comfortable
and happy as I can, at Mr. Waddel's. His room-mate is a son of
our old friend, Dr. Hay, of Washington—nice youth—fine school,
I've no doubt—one hundred and fifty scholars! Industrious, hearty
looking fellows, of all sizes! Willington is the finest town in the
world, for boys. Anna, I'm a little pressed with business this morning;
come over another time, and we will talk the matter over more
leisurely.” So saying, he retired.

“Sister Mary,” said Mrs. Mitten to Mrs. Thompson, “did brother
David give you any of the particulars of his trip to Mr. Waddel's?
Did he tell you how William liked the school and his teacher?”

“No,” said Mrs. T.; “I asked him how William liked the school,
and he said he hadn't seen the school, when he came away. I asked
him how he liked Mr. Waddel, and he said William thought Mr.
Waddel a very grum looking man; but that he had had no opportunity
of getting acquainted with him before he left. But he (Mr. Thompson,)
said that it seemed to him that the man and the place were
made for William—that Willington was the most quiet, peaceful little
village he ever saw; in a healthy region, with delightful water,
beautiful study-grounds—industrious, hard-working, orderly boys,
&c., &c.”

“Sister Mary, you may depend upon it, brother David was disappointed
in the school, or William is dissatisfied with it, or both are
dissatisfied with the teacher, or the board, or something else, or he
would not put us off with these general remarks. As sure as you're
born, there is something there that he knows will not please me. If
all had been to his liking and mine, he wouldn't have waited for
questions from me, knowing my solicitude about the boy. He would

-- 083 --

[figure description] Page 083.[end figure description]

have spoken in raptures about everything. How agreeably disappointed
William had been—what a charming family, and what comfortable
quarters he had got in—what an accomplished, agreeable,
fascinating man Mr. Waddel is, &c., &c. What is the use of his
trying to conceal these things from me? As soon as I get a letter
from William, he will tell me all about them, and brother David had
as well let me know about them at once.”

“No, sister Anna, he cannot be dissatisfied with the teacher or the
school, as is plain from what he has said to both of us. I reckon
the living is rather rough up there, for he said it was the cheapest
board that he ever paid. Just think of it, sister Anna; ten dollars
a month for board, washing, lodging, and firewood! The kindest
man in the world couldn't supply boys with dainties at these rates.
And all this without making any allowance for damage to room, furniture,
bedsteads, bedding, breaking window glasses, plastering, and
the like, which is sure to occur in students' rooms; for boys are
certain to get into romps and frolies at times, and then everything
flies before them. Now, I reckon husband found the boys' fare very
plain at Mr. Newby's, and thought, maybe, that it would distress you
to know this fact, as William has never been used to such living.
As for accomplished, agreeable, fascinating school-masters —”

“Well, sister Mary, it may be so; I hope it is no worse. Learn
all you can about the school from brother David, and report to me.
Good morning!”

Mrs. Mitten went home, and immediately addressed to her son a
letter, wherein, among other things, she said “As yet, I have learned
but very little about the school or your teacher from your uncle; but
as he seemed to think it promises every thing good to you, I ought to
be satisfied. I have always been under the impression that Mr. Waddel's
school was in the woods, but your uncle informs us that it is in
the lovely, quiet little village of Willington. I have looked for it on
the map of South Carolina, but I cannot find it put down there.
Now, I charge you, my dear boy, not to be running about the streets
of nights, to the disturbance of the villagers. You are now, thank
Heaven! away from the G — boys, and I hope you never will
again fall into such company. I am happy to learn that you have
had the good fortune to become the room-mate of Dr. Hay's son. It
is a long time since we had the pleasure of the Doctor's society, but
we never can forget it, and we take it for granted that the son of such
a man must be all that a son should be. But even the best boys will
occasionally have their romps and frolics, and then they are very apt

-- 084 --

[figure description] Page 084.[end figure description]

forget their duty to their hostess. I do not forbid you these little
pastimes; but I strictly enjoin it upon you, if they occur in your
room, and any injury results to bed, bedding, bureau, table, washstand,
basin, pitcher, looking-glass, window-glass, or any thing else, to
go immediately to Mr. Newby, and insist upon his charging the whole
damage to you, assuring him that I will pay it promptly and cheerfully.
So cheap is the board, that I know he cannot afford to bear
the expense of breakage.

“There is another thing upon which I would repeat a caution already
given you; you will often be applied to, as you have been, to
carry some of your less gifted schoolmates over their lessons. Do
these little kindnesses for them cheerfully, and for the honor of your
name, do not think of charging or receiving anything for them.
Study neatness and cleanliness of person. Before you left me, I told
you to change your linen every day, but as the number of your shirts
were reduced at your departure, and more especially in mercy to
Mrs. Newby's wash-woman, and her mistress, I will revoke that order,
and say to you, change only three times a week. Eat what is set before
you, asking no questions.

Mrs. Mitten added a great many other wise and pious counsels,
but as they would be of but little interest to the reader, we suppress
them. She concluded her letter, folded it, addressed it to “Master
William Mitten, Willington, Abbeville District, South Carolina,”
and sent it to the post office. As there was no post office at that time
in Willington, the letter went to Abbeville Court House, where it remained
three weeks from its date before it was called for. At the
end of that time it was reported to Dr. Waddel, who took it from the
office, and the same day delivered it to William.

Three days passed away before Captain Thompson found it convenient
to give his sister a circumstantial detail of matters and things
at Willington; and on the fourth he set out for Augusta on business
of importance. As soon as he was gone, Mrs. Mitten called on his
wife.

“Sister Mary,” said she, “have you picked up anything from
brother David about Willington?”

“Not a word, sister Ann. He's always too busy, or too sleepy, to
talk upon this subject. Whenever I bring it up, like old Jenkins in
the Vicar of Wakefield, with his one sentence of learning, he begins
to run on about young Ramsey, as he did to you, but with this difference:
that he was serious when he delivered his harangue to you,
and he chuckles every time he repeats it—or begins to repeat it—to

-- 085 --

[figure description] Page 085.[end figure description]

me. I believe you are right, sister Anna; there is something about
Mr. Waddel's school which he doesn't wish us to know; and as for my
part, he may keep it to himself till doomsday, for aught I care; I
shall ask him no more about it.”

“Well, sister Mary, he can't keep us long in suspense, for I have
written to William, and I shall get a letter from him in a week or so
that will explain everything.”

At Augusta chance threw Captain Thompson and Thomas M.
Gilmer in the same room of a public house, for two nights. They
were made acquainted, and among various other topics of conversation,
Doctor Waddel's school came upon the tapis. “That school,”
said Mr. Gilmer, “just fills my notion of what a boy's school ought
to be. Plain dressing, plain eating, hard working, close studying,
close watching—and, when needful, good whipping.”

“You are well acquainted with the school, then.”

“Well, not so much from my own observation as from what my
boys and my neighbors' boys tell me; for I'm so clumsy, as you see,
that I go no where but where I'm obliged to; but every body says
the same thing about the school—that it is the best school in the
United States.”

“Mr. Waddel is said to be very severe with his pupils.”

“I reckon not. No doubt, if they don't walk straight he gives
them the timber, as he ought to do; but all his scholars that I know
like him very much, and they seem to consider all other schools as
very small affairs, compared with his.”

Captain Thompson after making a sufficient apology for his inquisitiveness,
fished out of Mr. Gilmer that Governor Mathews had
three or four grandsons at Doctor Waddel's. That Senator Bibb had
two brothers-in-law there—that Congressman Early had a brother
there—that Judge Tait had a son there. That Congressman Meriwether
(David) had a son there. And before the Captain loft Augusta,
he learned that Senator, Governor Milledge had a nephew
there. And last, (and best known of all, among men, women, and
children, throughout the State,) that William J. Hobby had a son
there. This gentleman was the Editor of the Augusta Herald, and
in the use of all the implements of editorial warfare unsurpassed by
any journalist of his day. A story was current about this time, that
a lady, expressing a wish to a female friend to have her infant daughter
bear the greatest name in the world—“name her,” said the
friend, “William J. Hobby.” Should the reader be disposed to
enquire how Mr. Gilmer came to know so many of the grandee

-- 086 --

[figure description] Page 086.[end figure description]

patrons of Dr. Waddel's school, we answer, that he was connected by
blood, or marriage, with all but two of them; and one of the two
lived in the same county with him, was as intimate with him as a
connection, and had rescued his son George and other boys of this
very school from a falling house under which they had taken shelter
in a storm; and the other resided in an adjoining county, and was
well known to him, and a Judge of the circuit which embraced his
county.

The Captain, fully charged with these woman-cooling facts, wended
his way homeward in high spirits. His exultation was increased
upon reaching home by finding a letter waiting him from Doctor
Waddel.

As soon as he had reached his dwelling, and had taken refreshment—
“come,” said he, “Mary, let's go over to Anna's, and have our
too long postponed conference about Mr. Waddel's.”

“If you are going to talk seriously to your sister, to relieve her
from her anxiety about her child, I'll go with you; but if you are
going to run on with all that stuff about the whole breed of Ramsays,
who seem to have turned your head, I will not go one foot.”

“Well, I am going to be serious, and to give Anna a full statement
of things at Mr. Waddel's as they are. I know it will distress
her, and I want you to help me reconcile her to them.”

They went, and after the usual salutations, the Captain began:

“Well, Anna, I have come over to tell you fully how matters stand
at Mr. Waddel's. My reason for postponing the disclosure was,
that I was in hopes of receiving a letter from Mr. Waddel that would
help to reconcile you to tho state of things at Willington. So brief
was my stay at that place, that I really learned but little of the particulars
in which you are most interested; but I saw enough to satisfy
me, that to all who would have their sons removed from vice,
well instructed, invigorated in mind and body, and early taught selfreliance,
there was no better school than this. But all things about
it are of the very cheapest, plainest, and roughest kind. There is one
framed house in Willington, and that is the head teacher's; all the
rest are of logs, and open at that.” (Mrs. M. turned pale.) “William's
study and bed room are of this kind. He occupies it with
young Hay and two others. Its only furniture is two mattresses,
(on the floor,) a table, and four split bottomed chairs. The boys cut
and haul their own wood and make their own fires.” (Mrs. T. turns
pale.) “The fare is very plain—necessarily so, from the price of
board. Mr. Waddel is a very rigid disciplinarian,” (they both turn

-- 087 --

[figure description] Page 087.[end figure description]

paler,) “but not tyrannical. His government is strictly equitable.
Among all the boys that I saw at Newby's and Waddel's, I did not
see one who was as well dressed as your Tom. Even Doctor Ram—
however, we'll pass him over. This is as it should be. Boys who
cut wood and carry lightwood knots have no use for fine clothes.
I need hardly tell you that your boy, among them, looks like a bird
of Paradise among so many crows. I wish you had taken my advice
in laying in his wardrobe, for I am sure his finery will bring upon
him the taunts of his school-fellows. And now I have told you the
worst—the very worst. But I have something to brighten this picture
a little. And first, read this letter from Mr. Waddel.”

“You read it, brother,” said Mrs. Mitten with swimming eyes
and tremulous voice.

The Captain reads:

WILLINGTON, &c., &c.

Dear Sir: On taking leave of me, you requested me to give
you early information of the standing, conduct, and progress of your
nephew; and, as my letter will reach you through the kindness of
Mr. Jones, the bearer, nearly or quite a week sooner than it would
by regular—or rather irregular—course of mail, I avail myself
of the opportunity to comply with your request. William has been
under my instruction just a week to-day; and though I would not
venture confident predictions of him, upon so short an acquaintance,
I will give you my present estimate of him, for what it is worth. If
I am not grossly deceived in him, he is destined to a most brilliant
future. He was a little rusty in the principles of construction at
first—no, in the application of them—for of the principles themselves,
he is master, and he improves in the application of them
with every lesson. His class was a week ahead of him in the Greek
grammar, when he entered it. He has already made up the deficiency,
and now stands fully equal to the best in his class in this
study—indeed, in all their studies. He is moral, orderly, and studious,
and if he will only do half as much for himself as nature has
done for him, he will be the pride of his kindred and the boast of
his country. You will not be much more delighted at receiving this
intelligence, than I am in communicating it.

“Yours very respectfully,
Moses Waddel.

“There,” said the Captain, bouncing up in transports and throwing
the letter in his sister's lap, “there, sis, what do you think of
that? Now, as you are a good christian, play Methodist for one

-- 088 --

[figure description] Page 088.[end figure description]

time, and go to shouting. I begin to believe in shouting, if religion
is what it is cracked up to be.”

“Brother,” said she, “I am just as happy as a mother can be at
such tidings; but what do they signify, when my poor child may be
brought home to me in less than a month, a corpse? William's constitution
can never stand the hardships to which he is exposed. A
hard mattress on the floor, in an open hut, this bitter cold weather!
Cutting wood!—the boy never raised an axe in his life—
carrying lightwood knots! He never brought a turn of wood in the
house in his life. Taunted by rude school-mates for being decently
dressed! My child is worse off than my negroes.”

“Don't you suppose there are fifty in that school who have been
brought up as tenderly as your boy has?”

“No, I do not. They are all poor boys and country boys who have
been brought up to hard work. I may have erred in bringing him
up so daintily; but it is done, and he is now unable to bear hard
usage.”

“Do you reckon General Senator Governor Mathew's grand-children
are poor boys?—that the Honorable Peter Early's brother is a
poor boy?—that Senator Merriwether's son is a poor boy?—that
Senator Bibb's brothers-in-law are poor boys?—that Judge Tait's
son is a poor boy? Is young Hay a poor boy?”

“How do you know that all these men have sons there?”

“I learned it from a bigger man than any of them, who is kin
to them, and knows all about them, and their sons.”

“Well, I suppose all their sons were raised in the country and
raised to work.”

“Do you suppose that Senator Governor Milledge's nephew was
raised in the country and to work? That William J. Hobby's son
was raised in the country, and to work?—that Doctor Ramsay's son
was raised in the country and to work? It is high time your dainty,
cake-fed boy was set to work, if you expect him to live out half his
days. And when a better time than now? or where a better place
than among his school-mates of rank, who all work?”

“He is under your-control, brother,” said Mrs. Mitten, burying
her face in her handkerchief; “but surely, surely, he is the most
unfortunate child that ever was born.”

“Yes, he is one of the most unfortunate children ever born, in
having a mother whose sympathy for his body makes her forget the
interest of his soul—who to save his hide, will ruin his head—However,
what's the use of talking to a woman.”

-- 089 --

[figure description] Page 089.[end figure description]

“Husband,” said Mrs. Thompson, “youdon't know how to make
the proper allowances for a mother's love. I've told you so a hundred
times. That is your greatest fault—almost your only fault—
that, and refusing your children little innocent indulgences that
every other father allows to his children. I have been mortified to
death to see my children along side of their cousins. Because men
have no feelings themselves, they think women have none—or ought
to have none—”

“Ph-e-e-e-ew! what a gust! what did you come over for, Mrs.
Bildad?”

“I came over to comfort sister Anna, who has most as much to
bear as Job had.”

“I don't think Sarah suffers much by comparison with Ann and
Jane—at least if you'd look at one of Sanford's bills you'd think
she ought not to.”

“Well, I manage to keep her a little decent by enduring a month's
grumbling at the end of every year; but compare George and William
will you. Till last year and the year before, when did he ever
have a new coat—a decent one—to his back? I've been cutting
down your old coats and pants for him ever since he was born—”

“He must have gone into pants early.”

“That's very witty, I confess; but you know that every word I
say is true. What pleasure it can be to any one to be always mortifying
and cowing their children, I can't conceive. You're always
talking about making boys work, work, and giving 'em fine constitutions,
and George has done no more work than William has, and his
constitution's no better. Now, husband, what will the world say to
see you sending off your sister's child into slavery, and keeping your
own son at home, with all the comforts of life about him?”

“I thought he was in a dreadful pickle at home.”

“Well, so far as his feelings—his sensibilities are concerned he
is; but he's not a mean-fed, mean-clothed, ridiculed slave; he's not
tumbled down on a hard mattress, on the bare floor, in a negro
house, this pinching, freezing weather. I wouldn't expose George
to such hardships and insults, if he never got an education during
ash and oak.”

“I think that very likely.”

“Surely, upon the face of the whole earth there can be found
some school as good as old Waddel's where boys can be taught without
being made niggers of.”

“Mr. Waddel is not old, precious; and it would distress him
mightily if he knew that you didn't like his school.”

-- 090 --

[figure description] Page 090.[end figure description]

“I don't care whether he's old or young, nor what he likes or dislikes.
One thing is certain, and that is that George never goes to
him—with my consent.”

“Well, come darling, let's go home! you have comforted Anna
more in a few minutes than I could have done in a month; for you
have dried up her tears and actually drawn two or three smiles from
her. My purpose is fully answered. Old as I am, I never knew
how to comfort women before.”

“Brother, I thought you said Willington was a village!”

“So it is, but nobody lives in it but students and one tavernkeeper.”

“I sent my letter there.”

“Well, maybe it will go there. You should have sent it to Vienna.
Come, sweetest, let's be going!”

“Go on, sweetest; and I'll come when I'm ready.”

CHAPTER XI.

Few men living, have a higher respect for the “American fair”
than we have. We regard them as a thousand times better than
men, and do not feel that we pay them a very extravagant compliment
at that. Nor are we blind to the virtues of the men. There
are many splendid specimens of humanity among them; but, as a
class they do not equal the other sex in any thing, that tends to ennoble
the human race. As good as women are, they would be better
still, if it were not for the men; and yet, with this confession
on our lips, we are constrained to say that after all, woman is a very
curious thing. In proof of this assertion, “let facts be submitted
to a candid world!”

The reader has seen with what spirit and dignity Mrs. Thompson
reduced her husband to order as soon as he began to cast reflections
upon women generally—how he opened a whole volume of family secrets,
that the world would have never known but for his over-latudinarian
outgivings—with what independence she spoke of “old
Waddel,” and his “likes and dislikes”—how sweetly she dismissed
her husband—and how his sister was comforted by all these things.
Now, after the Captain had retired, and the two ladies were left
alone, what think you, gentle reader, was the strain in which she
continued to her husband's sister? Why, of course: “Sister, you
are to patient—too weak—too submissive. Be independent. If we
don't show some spirit men will make slaves of us. Resume your

-- 091 --

[figure description] Page 091.[end figure description]

authority over your child, and take him away from that horrible
monster, old Waddel, and his one hundred and fifty white slaves.”
You are mistaken, kind reader. After a pause, long enough to let
the Captain get out of hearing, thus it ran:

“Sister, that is a sweet letter of Mr. Waddel's. How kind it
was in him to write so soon. However severe he may be, my life
on it, he is a kind man at heart, and takes great pleasure in seeing
the advancement of his scholars. It is very hard for a child raised
as William has been, to be exposed to such rough usage; but, after
all it may turn out for the best. Every day that I live I become
more and more satisfied, that after a certain age boys should be subjected
entirely to a father's government. As you knew, husband and
I have had many disputes about the proper management of George,
and I have always found that in the end he was right and I was
wrong. We are too apt to let our love get the better of our judgment
in the management of our children, especially our sons. I
reckon it is a wise arrangement of Providence, that men should not
have much love and sympathy—that is, as much as we have—that
they may not be led off by their affections into too much indulgence.
So much better satisfied am I with David's judgment, than I am
with mine, in ruling boys, that I don't pretend to oppose him in
any thing concerning them, except in the little matter of dress; and
besides you know him well enough to know that when he once sets
his head upon a thing, and puts his foot down, you'd just as well
undertake to turn over the Court House with your little finger, as to
move him. Now, I see he has made up his mind to keep William
at Waddel's, and nowhere but Waddel's, and he is the more bent
upon it, because he wants him to contend with those—what was
that biggest man of all, that told him so much about Governor's,
and Senators, and Judges, and all that?”

“Gilmer?”

“I never heard of him; did you?”

“No.”

“Well, it's very strange that we never heard of him—we've heard
of all the rest of them. But as I was saying: David thinks there
never was such a boy born for mind as William. I tell him I think
George has quite as good a mind as William—not such a sprightly
mind, but more solid. Don't you think so, sister?”

“George is a sweet, good boy, sister; a boy to be proud of, and
of fine mind. I've no doubt but that he will make a more solid,
practical, useful man than William; but—”

-- 092 --

[figure description] Page 092.[end figure description]

“Well, I've told my husband so; but he says as for talent, for
genuine, native talent, George won't do to be named in the same year
with William. And that's another very strange thing in men;
have you never noticed it? They always think every body else's
children smarter and better than their own. What was I saying?
Oh—David's head is set upon showing off William to those great
folks, in that large school, and have his way he will; so I think, my
dear Anna, you'd best try to reconcile yourself to it. Don't let it
distress you. Surely, if other people's children, raised as tenderly
as he has been, can live through it, he can.”

“Oh, I could bear it all with becoming fortitude, my dear sister,
if I could be sure that William would live through it—that his constitution
would not be undermined by it. But the change is so sudden—
in everything: If he lives through it, his spirit will be
broken down—he will be cowed—his ambition be stifled. I know
William's disposition better than any body else in the world knows
it. He can be led by kindness, stimulated by praise, and won by
words, but he cannot bear harshness, censure, and, least of all, chastisement.
Now, is it not strange, my dear Mary—is it not unaccountable,
that of all the schools in the world that is the one my
poor child should be doomed to at last? When, and where, will his
misfortunes end? And now, what shall I do? What am I to do?
I have given my child up to brother David's control, and I know his
inflexibility where he thinks he is right. There is one thing I know,
and but one thing, that will overcome, him, and that is my grief;
but I do not wish to afflict him with my anguish of heart. What
trouble have I given him! What brotherly kindness has he shown
me! How prophetic has been his forecast! How proud he is of
my son! How rejoiced when he does well! It is cruel in me to
pain him. And yet, when I think of my poor boy, how can I help
it? Yes, I will, sister Mary—I will strive to suppress my feelings;
at least, to hide them from brother David. I am greatly delighted
with Mr. Waddel's letter. I am sure he is not the cruel, merciless
man he has been represented to be.”

“Well that is right, sister Anna. You be happy, and husband
will be happy, and I will be happy, and we'll all be happy. At
least, hope for the best, till you hear from William. It will be time
enough to grieve when you hear that William is unhappy.” With
these words, and two emphatic kisses, moistened with the tears of
both, the sisters parted.

Now, we could moralize as long, and quite as profitably, upon the

-- 093 --

[figure description] Page 093.[end figure description]

character of Mrs. Thompson, as Dickens does upon the characters
which he dreams out; but as we detest the repeated interruptions
of a story by long dry homilies from the author, we will take it for
granted that when we faithfully delineate a character, the reader
can draw his lessons of morality from it as well as we can; but as it
would be doing great injustice to the character of Mrs. Thompson to
rest it with the reader upon an occasional interview with her nearest
and dearest friends, we are sure that we will be indulged in a word
explanatory of her seeming inconsistency in the conversations just
detailed.

After long and careful observation of human nature, in all its
phases, we are strongly impressed with the idea that there are many
women in the world—good women, sensible women, good wives, and
good mothers, who are a little impulsive—liable, under very trying
circumstances, such as masculine wit at femine expense, he slurs at
she sense, man's snuffing at woman's loving, and the like, to become
slightly excited; and then, as they feel themselves called upon to extemporize
without a moment's preparation, or a moment's pause, they,
of course, do not deliver themselves with a due regard to logical
precision, or methodical arrangement. Constrained in their hurry
to snatch up any implement of warfare that presents itself, they have
no time to consider its fitness, or unfitness, for the contest; consequently,
they sometimes seize a battle-axe, with handle so long, that
while the blade hits the enemy, the handle knocks down two or
three friends at the same time. They send off a petard so maladroitly,
that, while it only singes the foe, it blows up whole platoons
of allies. It should be remembered, likewise, that they fight
only “to restore the equilibrium”—never for permanent conquest.
It would be very strange, therefore, if, under these circumstances,
they did not at times seem inconsistent in their words and ways.
Now, Mrs. Thompson was one of this class, and one of the very best
of this class. While upon this head, let me disabuse the reader's
mind of another false impression that he may, perchance, receive
from the scene of consolations which he has just witnessed. He
may suppose from the Captain's sudden change of note, as soon as
his wife took up the soothing harpsichord, that, except in the matter
of George, and upon a few very rare occasions, when “he put
his foot down,” he was under pretty rigid petticoat government.
Not so. Foot down, or foot up, whenever a material issue occurred
between the heads of the family, his judgment was final and conclusive;
but in matters of minor import both acted independently.

-- 094 --

[figure description] Page 094.[end figure description]

The jurisdictions of each were early defined after the marriage;
to the madam was assigned the house, the kitchen, the smoke house,
and the garden, in absolute sovereignty; to himself, all other interests
were accorded. After children were born to them, all fell under
her jurisdiction up to the age of six; then, the Captain assumed
a little authority over the males, up to ten, when he reversed the
order of things, he becoming principal and she secondary. As to
the females, he claimed no privileges, but the very humble ones of
grunting and turning up his nose occasionally at their flounces, and
of grumbling annually (vide supra,) at their store bills. Small as
these things were, they were unconstitutional encroachments, for
which he received the due retributions, to which he submitted with
no other signs of impatience than perpetrating a joke, or a witticism,
in the midst of them, always under the pain of double punishment—
yes, he was guilty at times of other encroachments in the way of
certain significant “Humphs!” at pale coffee, undone biscuits,
burnt meat, and the like, at meals; to which she responded in the
following apologetic terms:

When your negroes cease to be masters and mistresses of the family,
maybe you'll get something fit to eat.
” To which, at the earliest
convenient opportunity, she added an amendment, in manner
and form following, to-wit:

I suppose you (little Sueky,) think that because the grown niggers
are allowed to run over me, and do as they please,
YOU can do so
too; but I'll teach you better Miss. I can manage you, myself, Miss
Empress Catherine!
” Meaning, thereby, that the aforesaid David
Thompson had been guilty of crassa negligentia, and divers nonfeasances,
to the great detriment of the said Mary, and highly unbecoming
the Chief Executive officer of the Thompsonian Government.
By means whereof the most insignificant subjects of said
Government had come to regard themselves Emperors and Empresses,
and to deport themselves to the said Mary accordingly.

To these impeachments, the Captain filed no plea; “sometimes
pretending” that he was too deaf, and at others too busy to hear
them.

Nor did the madam always keep within her legitimate domain.
She would, with malice aforethought, stop a plow to send Sarah to a
quilting, and then, the Captain's foot would come down in earnest,
and he'd “wonder whether there was a woman in the world that
wouldn't lose a crop to give her daughter a sugar-tit!” All which,
and much more like it, Mrs. T. bore with lamb-like meekness, and

-- 095 --

[figure description] Page 095.[end figure description]

speechless submission, her eyes looking out meantime as though she
was contemplating evening clouds. The equilibrium was beautifully
preserved in the Captain's family.

From all this, it appears that Thompson was no farther under petti
coat government than all husbands are, and all good husbands ought
to be. He was a very happy man in his family, and his wife was as
happy as he was.

Before his wife returned from the visit of consolations, the Captain
had finished a short letter to William, reporting Doctor Waddel's
opinion of him, the gratification it afforded his mother in particular,
and his connections in general—urging him not to disappoint
the high expectations which had been raised of him—to be studious—
not to mind the taunts of the boys about his fine clothes—to wear
them out as quick as possible with lightwood knots, and get plain,
coarse ones. “Let the boys see,” said the Captain, “that if
you do not know how to work, you can soon learn. Beat them in
every thing. Beat them in learning, in working, in running, in
jumping, in wrestling, in athletic sports of every kind. That is the
way to make them respect you.” We must not let the reader suppose
that the Captain omitted the important matter of diet, though
he expressed himself upon it in very coarse terms—withal, they are
characteristic: “Don't let your head be always running upon what
is to go into your paunch.”

The Captain was just folding his letter, when his wife returned.
“Well, Mary,” said he, “and how did Anna seem when you left
her?”

“Why, poor dear soul, it's enough to make one's heart bleed to
see her. She does try her very best to become reconciled to William's
lot, but it seems impossible. If you could have heard her
when she talked about your kindness to her, and how it increased
her griefs to know how they afflicted you, it would have filled your
eyes with tears. Do, my dear husband, be as kind and tender to
her as you can. She says that she will strive to overcome her feelings
for your sake—”

“Well, that is all I can expect of her,” said the Captain, with
suffused eyes—“visit her every day, Mary, and keep her as much as
possible from brooding over William's fate. See if you can't persuade
her to take a trip of a month or two from home, as soon as
the weather breaks—I must away to the post office.”

-- --

CHAPTER XII.

[figure description] Page 096.[end figure description]

At the very time when Doctor Waddel was penning his letter to
Captain Thompson, teeming with compliments to William Mitten,
the same William Mitten was writing another to his mother teeming
with phillippies against Doctor Waddel; but as good luck would
have it William's letter was about a month in reaching his mother.
This may seem strange to the reader of the present day, when communications
pass between New York and New Orleans in a few minutes
and letters pass between them by the due course of mail in five
or six days. But the matter is easily explained. In the good old
days of President Jefferson, people were not as much like the Athenians
as they are now—that is, so greedy of news that they could
think of nothing else; and had they been, they would have deemed
it utterly impracticable to send a letter by public conveyance over
sixty miles, in less than two days, excluding stoppages. And if
Dogfight post office lay on the way, and rain fell between times, the
post-boy was commended if he came up to schedule time. But if
Dogfight and Possum-town post offices both lay on the way, and a
storm intervened, three days to sixty miles was considered but a
scant allowance. No mails were carried in Georgia by vehicles, but
the mails between Augusta and Savannah; none in South Carolina,
we believe, but between Charleston and Columbia. All others were
horse mails, commonly in charge of boys under nineteen years of age.
These took their rest at night, and took shelter from rain in the day,
as their health required. The vehicles called stages carried passengers
as well as mails. They, too, stopt for the night, and well for
the passengers that they did; for Waddel's shaking of Brace was a
comfort compared to the shaking and bouncing of passengers in
these vehicles, when going over rooty, rutty, and stony ground.

The facetious Oliver H. Prince, who was toothless in front, upon
being asked how he lost his teeth, replied, “that they were jolted
out by traveling over Georgia roads in a stick sulky.” If this were
true, teeth must have been scarce among the stage passengers between
Augusta and Savannah, sandy as the road was for the most part.*

Besides the tardiness of the mails, there was another more serious

-- 097 --

[figure description] Page 097.[end figure description]

obstacle to ready communication between the students and their parents
at a distance. The nearest post office to Willington was, as we
have intimated, at Vienna, six miles from the Academy; and in all
Willington proper or common there was but one horse that could always
be had for hire, and that was Southerland's old Botherem.
Now, for a student to wait the revolution of fifty or sixty Saturdays
before his turn to hire old Botherem rolled round, would have been
distressingly dilatory. Withal, to hire him just to mail a letter, was
rather fatiguing to the finances” of the youth of this Institution,
which were exceedingly reduced in those days. To walk six miles to
mail a letter, was out of the question. The only alternative left,
and that which was universally adopted, was to take the chance of a
visitor to the village on business, or pleasure, and the chance of hearing
of his intended departure before it occurred, and the chance of
seeing the visitor ad interim, and the chance of his being willing to
bear the letter, and the chance of his not forgetting to mail it after he
took charge of it. It might be, therefore, especially with a new
comer to the school, several weeks before all these contingencies
would result favorably to the writer, and so it was with William.
His letter to his mother made his fare even worse than it was, by a
total omission of wheat biscuit at least once in three weeks, and
sometimes oftener, and butter “semi-occasionally,” and fresh pork
for middling, every now and then; chicken pie twice or thrice a
year; and turkey as often as old Maner* could kill a wild one, which
happened about once in two years; and venison as often as old Maner
could kill a deer,
which happened once in three years. Of course,
master Mitten was not to blame for omitting all these things, for
even biscuit-time had not rolled round when he wrote; but it is due
to the kind-hearted landlord and landlady, that Mitten's report
should receive the just qualifications. After descanting upon his
board and lodging, he proceeded as follows: “All I ever heard about
old Waddel, is true. He whips ten times as much as Mr. Markham
does, and twice as hard, and laughs and chuckles all the time he is
doing it, like it made his heart glad to cut boys' legs all to pieces.

“Last Monday morning, one boy named Ned Brace made him
mad, and he caught him by the throat with both hands, and lifted
him up, and slammed him down, and jerked him all about among
the boys, till I thought he would have killed him; and I wish he
had, for he does nothing but torment me every chance he gets.
Uncle had hardly left here, before he came up to me, and asked me

-- 098 --

[figure description] Page 098.[end figure description]

how long I thought it would be before I would blossom? I told him
I did not know what he meant. `I mean,' says he, `how long will
it be before your shirt begins to peep out of your breeches and
jacket?' Then he tells me I am the prettiest boy he ever laid his
eyes on, and have got the prettiest little hands and feet that he ever
did see, and that it almost makes him cry his eyes out to think that
my pretty hands will have to touch lightwood knots; and that I never
shall do it, for he will get a nice little pair of tongs for me to pick
up the knots with, and a pretty little band-box for me to carry them
in. The other day he squalled out to me, right before all the boys,
`Oh, Bill Mitten, I have found you out, have I? I suspected it as
soon as I saw you, but I thought nobody would do such a thing.'

“`What do you mean?' said I. `What have I done?'

“`Why,' says he, `you have come here in boy's clothes, and you
know very well that you are a girl; and I believe you are the very
girl that looked so hard at me in church last vacation. I knew you
loved me, but I never thought you would follow me here in that
plight. What do you expect me to do? Do you think I would
marry any girl in the world that acts that way?'

“Here, I ordered the monitor to set him down for making game
of me, and telling lies; and I do hope old Waddel will give him
twice the choking and jerking he gave him last Monday. He is
everlastingly tormenting me, and setting all the boys to laughing at
me. * * * * * The boys here are the smartest boys I ever
saw; and they study the hardest of any boys I ever saw; but they
do not seem to like me, and, therefore, I keep away from them, except
a few good boys, who are very kind to me. All their amusements
are running, jumping, wrestling, playing town ball, and bull-pen.
The big boys hunt squirrels, turkeys, &c., of Saturdays, and'
possums and coons of nights. Mr. Waddel does not require them
to study at their boarding-houses, though they almost all do it.”

This was true from 1805 to 1808, but about the latter period, a
shoal of city youths entered the school, who abused their privileges
so much that they were curtailed one by one, until at length the
students were forbidden the use of fire-arms, were required to retire
to rest at 9 o'clock P. M., if not engaged in study beyond that hour,
to consume but fifteen minutes at their meals, and to rise with the
sun every morning. It is a remarkable fact, that, with two or three
exceptions, no student who entered this school between the years
1806 and 1810, from the largest cities of Georgia and South Carolina,
ever became greatly distinguished; while the period including

-- 099 --

[figure description] Page 099.[end figure description]

those dates was the most fruitful of great men of any of the same
length, during the whole time of Doctor Waddel's instructorship.*

Master Mitten closed his letter with a most earnest appeal to his
mother “to do all that she could to get his uncle to remove him from
this school.” She forthwith dispatched a messenger to the Captain,
who was soon at her side. He found her weeping, of course. The letter
was handed to him, and he commenced reading it gravely; but
when he reached the complaints against Ned Brace, he began to
laugh, and laughed more and more immoderately as he progressed.

“Brother David,” said his sister, “what do you find in the letter
to amuse you so much?”

“Why, this odd fish, Ned Brace!”

“It seems to me very strange that you can find anything laughable
in such vulgar, unprovoked rudeness as he shows to your
nephew.”

“Oh, Anna, I wouldn't mind these little boyish frolics. There
are always some Braces in a school, whom the boys soon get used to,
and become amused with rather than angry with. As soon as Bill
blossoms, no doubt Ned will let him alone—”

“Brother David, I shall take it as a great favor, if you will not
obtrude the refined Mr. Brace's wit on my ear, how much soever you
may relish it.”

“Well, now, Anna, you have a great deal of the blame of all this
to take to yourself. You have raised your child in a band-box—
Oh, come back Anna! I give you my word and honor I had no allusion
to Brace's fun. I told you not to rig William out in finery for
that school; but you would; and now, he is verifying my prediction.
But do not take such trifles so much to heart. William tells you the
boys there are the smartest and the most studious boys he ever saw;
and Waddel tells you that he is among the most promising of them
all. Now, think of these things, and do not let the fun or folly of
his schoolmates distress you. He seems to have a fine protector from
Brace, at least, in Mr. Waddel. If William does his duty he will
soon command the respect of all his school-fellows, even of Brace

-- 100 --

[figure description] Page 100.[end figure description]

himself. As to his leaving that school, it is out of the question.
There are but two contingencies upon which it can be done. His
sickness is one, and the other, I shall keep to myself, for the present,
at least.”

“Did you not say that you left it optional with him to board at
Mr. Newby's or elsewhere?”

“I did, and so he may. By going to another boarding house, he
will get rid of Brace of nights and mornings, but not of noons. I
have no idea that the fare is any better at the other houses than it is
at Newby's. He is now convenient to the `Academy,' with pleasant
room-mates, acquainted with the boarders, his landlord and landlady,
and, doubtless, better satisfied upon the whole than he will be any
where else. Now, would you put him among strangers, with what
kind of a room-mate you know not, and have him walk from one to
three miles every night and morning, through winter storm, and
summer heat, just to have him a little better fed than he is, and to
remove him from the taunts of one waggish boy?”

Mrs. Mitten pondered over these sayings sadly for a time, and
then rejoined: “Now, brother, you're always ascribing William's
misfortunes to my folly or weakness; tell me candidly, isn't it bad
luck, and nothing but bad luck, that Mr. Waddel's school happens
to fall in the woods? That William should be compelled to endure
such rough fare? And that he should have fallen into the same
boarding house with that tantalizing Ned Brace?”

“Well, as Bill is—that is, as you have made him—I don't know
but that his falling in with Brace may be considered rather unlucky;
but if he had been raised as he should have been, he would probably
have been able to stop Brace's mouth without appealing to Mr.
Waddel. But as he is, why doesn't he give Brace as good as he sends?
If Brace ridicules his fine clothes, why doesn't he ridicule Brace's
coarse and dirty ones! If he admires Bill's pretty face, why does
not Bill laugh at his ugly one! If he calls Bill a pretty girl, why
does not Bill call him an ugly wench! That's the way to meet such
larks as Brace; not to play the girl before him, sure enough.

“As to the fare, I consider that sheer good luck. It's high time
that Bill had the cakes, and the sugar-plums with which you have
been stuffing him all his life purged out of him—”

“Why, brother! where did you learn your coarse language? Not
from your father or mother, I know.”

“I learned it from William's bringing up; the like of which you
never saw in your mother's family, I know. She taught me, God

-- 101 --

[figure description] Page 101.[end figure description]

bless her! to work, to move quick at her bidding, to eat just what
was set before me—and she generally set before me for breakfast, as
you know, a pewter-basin of clabber, and a pone of corn-bread, a pewter-tumbler
of milk or butter-milk, and a pewter plate of fried apples,'
most floating in sop, with three little pieces of clear, curled middling
perched up on top of them, like dried bean-pods. My dinner was
just the same, with an occasional change of meat to squirrel, 'possum,
venison, and very rarely beef. For super, I had wind and water,
and nothing else. When I was thirteen or fourteen years old, I have
no doubt I should have considered Newby's fare perfectly luxurious—
certainly, it is quite as good as I was raised on.”

“You surely don't think of what you are saying, brother. Mother
had both china and crockery ware, and some silver ware; and she
was one of the nicest house-keepers and best pastry-cooks in the
world.”

“Oh, yes, she had a set of china; I remember it well; though I
never got but three fair looks at it in all my life; and I remember
quite as well having got twice three fair licks, when about seven years
old, for trying to climb up to the upper story of the old buffet,* to
ascertain what those shining things were that peeped out of the dark
garret every time that mother opened the door of the buffet. How
many pieces there were at this period I do not know; but I know that
just seven (counting a cup and saucer as one) survived the Revolution.
They came in full view before me, when three officers of the
army stopt at our house for a night. The supper: I had not the pleasure
of secing, as mother invited me over to Uncle, John's to spend
the evening; but the breakfast was prodigious! First, there was a
table cloth spread on the table. This was amazing; and I ventured
to foel it, at the expense of a back-handed lick right here! (pointing
to the back of his ear.) Then came forth six crockery plates, laid
bottom upwards, with knives and forks by their sides, which I had
never seen before. Then was placed at the head of the table a large
waiter with something on it covered over with a shining white napkin.

-- 102 --

[figure description] Page 102.[end figure description]

(Here I got lick No. 2, for peeping under the napkin.) There was
set in the centre of the table a papper-box, and a salt-cellar, the last
after the fashion of a morning-glory on the footof a wine-glass. On
either side of said salt-cellar, and equi-distant from it—say nine inches—
two table-spoons of solid silver crossed each other, bowls downward,
and two more lay, the one at father's piate, and the other where
the fried chicken was to be; on mother's side of the first brace, was
placed a little glass bucket, like a doctor's mortar, full of rich yellow
butter, frizzled all over, pine-burr fashion. Now came in a plate of
beautiful biscuit; then an equally beautiful Ioaf of light-bread; then
a plate of new-fashioned corn bread, parceled out by the spoonful,
and baked in the shape that the spoon gave it. Then came in a dish
of nice fried ham—then another of fried chicken, dressed off with
cream, and flour doings, and parsley; then another of broiled chicken,
put up as now, with wings akimbo, and legs booted in its own
skin; then came two bowls of boiled eggs, the one hard and the other
soft—not the bowls, but the eggs. All this accomplished, the napkin
was removed, and oh! what a sight was there! A china tea-pot, six
cups and six saucers, all real china, and all with red pictures on them,
of things I had never seen, and have never since seen! A proud,
dandyish, pot-bellied, narrow-neeked, big-mouthed, thin-skinned silver
cream-pot, strutted out among the china, and turned down its only
lip, at everything it faced, most insultingly. A silver sugar-dish,
shaped like the half of a small muskmelon, stood modestly by the
dapper cream-pot. Mother picks up the little dandy, and turns him
bottom upwards, to make him disgorge six silver tea-spoons that he
had swallowed. The handles appear, but the bowls stick in his
throat. She rights him, gives his seat a pat on the table, and turns
him up again; but he can't deliver. She therefore picks out of him
one spoon at a time, and lays it in a saucer by the side of a cup. She
now orders Silvy to bring in “the little pitcher of cream.” The little
pitcher appears (pure crockery) with half its lip bit off, and the handle
gone, and an ugly crack meandering from the upper foot of the
handle towards the disfigured lip. The little gentleman is carefully
filled from the pitcher, his mouth is wiped clean, and he is set up to
make mouths at me till the company comes. The pitcher goes back
to the dairy privately. Dick is ordered to bring in the coffee, and it
appears in a large in coffee-pot. The tea-pot is filled out of it, and
it is ordered back to the fire in the kitchen. All things are now in
order, and I am directed to inform the company that breakfast is
ready. And now, Mrs. Anna Mitten, you have had a full display of

-- 103 --

[figure description] Page 103.[end figure description]

all the crockery, china, and silver, that your mother possessed from
the year 1773 to the year 1787, when the whole disappeared with
sister Jane, upon her marriage.”

“You surely mistake some things, brother,” said Mrs. Mitten,
smiling, “and, therefore, it is quite likely you mistake the amount and
kind of mother's table-ware. Mother never let us saunter about the
table when she was fixing for company. She never sent you in your
coarse clothing to call American officers to breakfast—”

“Just stop there a moment, sister, and I'll explain matters to your
entire satisfaction. When mother invited me over to uncle's for the
evening, she invited me home again at day break the next morning. I
accepted the invitation, and was prompt to the time, knowing that
ladies always get in a pucker when fixing for company, especially for
`the Quality,' and that it would have been very undutiful in me to
add a scruple's weight to mother's disturbance of mind upon such
occasions. I know I should have reflected upon it with pain, as soon
as the company retired. `Go,' said mother, on meeting me, `to the
spring, and fetch a keeler of water, and take it up in the loft, and
wash and dress yourself, and come down to my room; you will find
your clean clothes on the bag of dried apples.' I did as I was bidden,
and came down in my Sunday suit, and walked into mother's
room. She ran her eyes over me, pulled up my breeches, pulled
down my jacket, spread out my shirt collar, looked for dirt on my
neck and behind my ears, didn't find any, clasped my shoes a little
tighter, combed my head, powdered it, and bade me take my seat
in the dining room. All this was done, doubtless, that I might have
it to say, in after times, that I had seen General Greene, Colonel
Washington, and Colonel Williams; that they had supped and slept,
and breakfasted, at my father's house; and (perchance,) that I had
actually spoken to them, and been spoken to by them. It may be, too,
that the good lady, finding me getting a little boorish, was disposed to
give me some knowledge of nice entertainments and genteel society. If
my improvement was her object—if she designed to inspire me with
military order, she missed it. When the officers first took their seats
at the table, I was deeply interested in their looks and conversation;
but when I saw all the luxuries of the table going under their voracious
appetites with a perfect rush, alarm entirely suffocated admiration.
The vanishing ham, I didn't care so much about; but as piece
after piece of chicken disappeared, and egg after egg, and biscuit after
biscuit, till all were gone but two chicken-necks, one hard egg,
two slices of ham and three-quarters of the loaf of bread, I became

-- 104 --

[figure description] Page 104.[end figure description]

perfectly furious, and a Tory outright; and I said to myself, `if these
are the sort of fellows who are fighting for our liberties, I wish that
Cornwallis and Tarleton (they talked mostly of them) would catch
and hang every rascal of them.'

“The same breakfast set was paraded again, near the same time;
when Colonel Lee supped with us, and never again until Jane's marriage.

“And now, sister, raised as we have been, where did you get your
refinement in love and maternal indulgence from?”

“In your zeal to display all mother's crockery, you put one plate
too many on the table, brother.”

“No, I didn't; Uncle John was expected to breakfast, and prevented
from coming by a shaking ague that very morning.”

Mrs. Mitten had her tears turned to smiles, at least by the Captain's
account of “the old folks at home,” and this was more than he
hoped for, after reading William's letter. He begged his sister to
give William no encouragement to hope for a removal from Waddel's,
promised to write to him himself, and left her.

eaf460n5

* Post Coaches were introduced in South Carolina and Georgia by Eleazer
Early, in 1825, we think; and we know that the first passengers in one of them
were Gen. Thomas Glascock, Major Freeman Walker, and the writer, of Georgia,
and Col. Christian Breithaupt, of South Carolina.

eaf460n6

* A fancy shoemaker and great hunter, who boarded at Newby's.

eaf460n7

* We name the following: Wm. D. Martin, M. C., Judge Circuit Court, S. C.;
Eldred Simkins, M. C., S. C.; James L. Pettigrn, Attorney General and District
Judge, S. C.; Andrew Govan, M. C., S. C.; Hugh S. Legare, Attorney General
U. S., S. C.; George McDuffie, M. C., and Governor of S. C.; Lewis Wardlaw,
Judge Superior Court, S. C.; Francis Wardlaw, Chancellor S. C.; George R.
Gilmer, M. C., and Governor, Ga.; George Cary, M. C., Ga.; John Walker, M. C.,
Ala.; Henry W. Collier, Governor and Chancellor, Ala.; and many others of
lower rank. John C. Calhoun and William H. Crawford were Waddel's pupils,
of earlier date.

eaf460n8

* The buffet, often called the bofat, was a triangular cupboard, exact-fitted to
the corner of a room, and extending from the floor nearly to the ceiling. The
first shelf in it was about two and a half feet from the bottom, and the space
was closed by a door, or folding doors, with lock and key. This was the depository
of the family groceries. Then, came another shelf, and another, and another,
to the top. These were all closed by glass doors, or a single door, after the
manner of a window shutter. The first division was appropriated to the lighter
pewter-ware. The second to the liquors for the day, with their needful accompaniments
of honey, sometimes sugar, mint, bowls, mugs, spoons, and occasionally
glass tumblers. The third contained the crockery, and the fourth, half-concealed
by the cornice of the buffet, the china and silver ware, if any.

CHAPTER XIII.

Captain Thompson's design was to keep his nephew at Doctor
Waddel's school long enough to wean him from his old associates,
and his old habits, to put at least seventeen years upon his head before
he entered College, to prepare him so thoroughly for the sophomore
class, that he might enter it with credit, and in the meantime
to give him the strength and vigor of constitution, that would sustain
him through any amount of mental labor that he might find it
necessary to undergo in order to stand at the head of his classes in
College. All this was as well planned as it could be. College is no
place for a youth given to bad habits. It sometimes happens, that
religion finds such an one there, and reforms him; but it much
oftener happens, that he makes shipwreck of the religion of all his
College companions who associate with him. Nor should a youth be
sent to College until he has acquired some little stability of character
and self-control; and seventeen is the earliest age at which these
can be hoped for, in youths generally. Well for them if even at
that age they have the moral firmness needful to resist the temptations
to vice, which are found in all Colleges. One of the best securities
against these temptations is a high reputation for talents and
scholarship, acquired immediately on entering College. Students

-- 105 --

[figure description] Page 105.[end figure description]

will commonly struggle harder to maintain, than to gain a high position
in their classes.

But to the success of Captain Thompson's plans, it was indispensable
that William Mitten should become reconciled to this school;
otherwise he would keep his mother in such a state of mental excitement,
that her health must soon give way under it, when no alternative
would be left him, but to save the life of the mother, by indulgence
of the son. He flattered himself that time would reconcile
William to the school, and the sooner, when he saw all hope of leaving
it cut off. He knew that the worst must soon be told, and he
supposed that if he could carry his sister safely through the successive
developments of the first month or two, his ultimate designs
would be accomplished. His policy was, therefore, to lighten the
first shock of each unpleasant discovery, by diverting her mind from
it, with something amusing, flattering, or harmlessly controversial.
The critical reader will have learned his tactics from what has been
recorded specially in the last Chapter. Having allayed the mother's
anxieties for a moment at least, he turned to the son, and addressed
to him a letter, in which, with much good advice, he administered to
him a stern rebuke for afflicting his mother with his complaints.
“Are you,” said he, “so inhuman, so brutish, as to try to win me
over to your wishes, through your mother's tortures? Are you not
well enough acquainted with her to know that she never forfeits her
word—that she would sooner die, now, than reclaim you from me
until your education is completed? Why, then, do you croak to
her? Why do you not make your wants and discontents known to
me? I am the only one that can appcase them.

“And you are grumbling about your fare already! Why, I carried
cakes and sugar things enough with you to last you one week
surely; and pray get unstuffed of them, before you begin to grumble
about your next cramming. If you had seen your father and me
when we were of your age, gulping down ash-pone and cracklings,
you would, for the honor of the stock at least, keep your daintiness
to yourself. I don't know what Newoy gives you to eat; but I have
no doubt it would have been a feast to us in our day. What apology
have you for grumbling at your diet, when you have the privilege of
boarding where you please? If you don't like Newby's, go somewhere
else. What better are you than the hundred and fifty boys
around you? This much you may take for settled: that I never will
take you away from Mr. Waddel's, just to accommodate your belly.

So quit your grunting about what you are to eat; and if you must
grunt, grunt to me, and not to your mother.

-- 106 --

[figure description] Page 106.[end figure description]

“And what does it signify to you, who or how `old Waddel,' as
you call him, whips, so long as he does not whip you? `Old Waddel!'
That is a pretty way for such a chap as you are to speak of a
man of Mr. Waddel's age and rank, now is it not? Pray, Master
Mitten, where did you learn your manners? From `uncle Twal,'
or uncle Sot? In the parlor, or in the kitchen? Now mark me,
young man! The next time you write that name in that way to
your mother, or me, I will cut it out and send it to Mr. Waddel, and
ask him whether he allows his pupils to speak of him after this
manner. I lose all patience, when I think that at the very time
when you were speaking thus rudely of him, he was penning a letter
filled with the most flattering compliments to you—”

While the Captain was thus writing to his nephew, Mrs. Mitten
was busily engaged devising means to raise her son above want and
ridicule. She resolved that William never should “blossom,” and
that in this matter, at least, she would disappoint Mr. Brace. Accordingly
she set to work with all dispatch to make him up two new
suits; and that they might not attract attention from their fineness,
she chose for them the coarsest material that her heart would consent
to William's wearing. “Let my son,” sighed she, “look like a negro,
rather than suffer worse than one!” She taxed her mind to
find some decent substitute for a shirt, but failing here, she made
him up three cotton shirts, of Mrs. Thurlow's spinning and weaving—
that is to say—of the best quality of home manufacture. To
these she added three pairs of stockings of Mrs. Figg's knitting.
All these, with three blankets, and two pairs of cotton sheets, were
packed in one box; but as they did not quite fill it, she slipped into
it one tumbler of plum jelly, and one of raspberry jam. These
being nicely surrounded and covered with cotton, the box was closed.
Another was replenished with biscuit, crackers, cheese, tongue, sliced
ham, sausages, &c., &c., to a large extent; and this too, like the
other, was closed rather carelessly. The whole process was kept a
profound secret from the Captain; and indeed, from everybody else,
but Tom, upon whom secrecy was strictly enjoined. As there was
no hope of meeting with a convenient opportunity of sending these
cumbrous stores to William, by one going to Willington, Mrs. Mitten
determined to forward them without delay per cart, in charge of
her most intelligent and trusty servant. The reader immediately
conjectures who this servant was. But a very ugly difficulty lay between
the plan and its execution. Tom did not know the first mile
of the way to Willington, and to get directions from the Captain,

-- 107 --

[figure description] Page 107.[end figure description]

was just to blow the whole project sky high. Mrs. Mitten took the
rounds of the stores, therefore, in quest of the desired information.
But few of the merchants or citizens of whom she made inquiry,
had ever heard of Willington; and, when she told them that Willington
was the place where Mr. Waddel kept his school, they
looked at her as if doubting whether she was in her right mind; for
every body knew that her son was at Mr. Waddel's school, and that
her brother had carried him there. All were too polite, however,
to ask explanations of her. From Mr. West, she got a little light.
He told her that when her brother went off with William, he met
them near Mr. Ellison's, on the Washington road. This was
enough to start by, at least; and she knew that Mr. Smith's was
the first stage; but she was well aware that it would never do to
dispatch Tom upon this information alone. She was constrained,
therefore, to resort to her brother at last. She went over to his
house early in the afternoon, and found that he had gone to his farm.
She awaited his return; and in the meantime made a confidant of
Mrs. Thompson, and bespoke her assistance in extracting from her
husband such directions, as would guide Tom surely and speedily to
Willington. The Captain reached home just at supper time. His
sister greeted him with a radiance of countenance and gaiety of manner,
that really transported him.

“Oh, my dear sis,” said he, “how happy I am to see you so
cheerful—so much like your own dear, sweet, former self! What good
news have you heard?”

“None, brother. My cheerfulness is not altogether real; but I
hope it soon will be so; and perhaps the best way to make it so, is to
assume it when I can.”

So went the conversation, as they went to the table. When seated,
Mrs. Mitten actually began a playful conversation with Mrs. Thompson,
by enquiring whether she had heard lately of “David Ramsay,
son of Dr. Ramsay, the Historian, &c., &c., &c.”

“No,” said Mary, “I don't think he'll ever say `Ramsay' to me
again, as long as he lives.”

The Captain roared, and all laughed.

“Well, Moll,” said he, “if I could always see you and sis in such
fine spirits, I believe I should be the happiest man living.”

“Well husband,” said Mary, “we ought both of us always to be in
fine spirits, for after all your teasing and wilfulness, I don't think any
woman ever had a better husband than I have, or a better brother
than Anna has.”

“I can say `amen' to that with all my heart,” said Anna.

-- 108 --

[figure description] Page 108.[end figure description]

“Well, done, ladies!” cried the Captain, pretending to take it all
as a joke, “what project have you now on foot? Where are the girls
going? How many horses will they want, and for how long? How
much money will it take to rig them out, and bear their expenses. It
can't be that either of the girls are going to get married: the oldest
is a little too young for that.”

“Nothing of the kind, husband; nothing of the kind. It just
came in the way, and I spoke out the honest sentiments of my heart.”

“And so did I, brother, I assure you.”

“Well, ladies, I can only say that I wish from the very bottom of
my heart, that all this would `just come in the way' every day. It
would make me the happiest man in the United States, I'm sure.”

“Brother, have you answered William's letter?”

“Oh, yes, long ago,” said the Captain, looking as if he thought
something was about to come in the way” that was not quite so comfortable.

“Husband, how far is it to Mr. Waddel's?”

“About sixty miles—maybe a little under or over.”

“Which way do you go to get there, brother?”

“I went the Barkesdale Ferry Road, because it is a little nearer
than the upper road by Lisbon, Petersburg, and Vienna. Look
here, good women, what do all these questions mean? Anna, you
surely have no notion of going to Mr. Waddel's, have you?”

“Oh, no, not the most distant idea of it—at least till the weather
becomes milder.”

“You're not going to send for William to come home, surely!”

“No, no, my dear brother, no. Did you ever know me to violate
my word? And if I were disposed to do it, do you suppose that I
would do it stealthily?”

“That would be quite out of character with you, sister, I confess.
But there is something so strange in this catechising from you and
Mary, and it goes on with such quizzical looks between you, right
upon the heel of a loving fit, that I am constrained to think that
there is something in the wind that I am not to be suffered to understand.”

“How do you know husband, but that we are paying you back in
your own coin? It is fine sport for you to trifle with our curiosity.”

“I should expect such pay from you, but not from Anna.

“Well, sister Mary, as we can't please him either by being serious
or pleasant, suppose we go over to my house for the remainder of the
evening.”

-- 109 --

[figure description] Page 109.[end figure description]

“Oh, no, my dear wife, and my dear sister, don't go away and leave
me while you are in such a pleasant mood. I have not had such a
refreshing, for two years. Stay, and you may ask me as many questions
as you please, and I will answer them with pleasure.”

“Stay a moment, Anna, and let's try him,” said Mrs. Thompson.
“What is the given name of the Smith whom you stayed with the
first night?”

“John.”

“How far does he live this side of Washington?”

“About three miles—perhaps a little less.”

“After you pass through Washington, what is the next town that
you come to?”

“No town. But there are two places that bear the names of towns—
or names which a traveller, would take for the names of towns, though
there are not six houses in both of them put together; the first is
Rehoboth and the second is Goshen.”

“Well, you have said your lesson so well that we will not examine
you any more to-night. And now, sister Anna, he has been such a
good boy that I think you ought to sit down and spend the evening
with him.”

“I would with all my heart, sister, if I could, but business that
must be attended to-night, calls me home. Remember, I have
been here nearly all the afternoon.”

“Well, if you must go, I'll go with you.”

“What in the mischief can these women be after?” mused the
Captain as they left the house. “If Waddel was a widower, and
didn't whip so joyfully, I should think that Anna was going over to
lay siege to his heart.” The Captain being fatigued, retired early to
rest.

As soon as the ladies entered the house, Tom was summoned.

“Tom,” said Mrs. Mitten, “I want you to take old Ball and the
cart, and carry those boxes to your mas' William. He is going to
school to Mr. Waddel, in Willington, over in South Carolina—is Ball
shod?”

“Yes, ma'am, new shod, day before yesterday.”

“I want you to start at the peep of day in the morning. And now
listen well to what I'm going to tell you. You take the Washington
road, the road by Mr. Ellison's, and keep it till you come to Mr. John
Smith's. He lives only two or three miles this side of Washington.
There you will stop for the night, no matter what time you get there.

-- 110 --

[figure description] Page 110.[end figure description]

The next morning, make an early start, and when you get to Washington,
enquire for Rehoboth—”

“Stop, Mis'ess—call that name 'gin!”

Rehoboth—Re-ho-both.”

“I got him!” said Tom, with one ear up and the other down, his
eyes looking on the ground six feet off, and listening, most vigorously.

“When you get to Rehoboth, inquire for Goshen, and when you
get to Goshen, enquire for Barkesdale's ferry; and when you get to
Barkesdale's ferry, enquire for Willington, or Mr. Waddel's either;
and when you get to Willington, ask for Mr. Newby's, where you will
find William—I believe that's all right, isn't it, Mary?”

“Exactly.”

“Here is your pass, Tom, in which I have stated where you are
going, and for what. If you get out of the way, show that to any
one you meet, and he will set you right. And here are ten dollars;
take five to bear your expenses, and give the other five, with this letter,
to William. Now, do be particular, Tom, for if anything goes
wrong, we shall never hear the last of it. I want you to get back
before brother David finds out that you have ever been.”

“I'll go it, mis'ess, like a streak o' lightnin'.”

Mrs. Thompson returned home and slipped into bed without waking
her husband. The next morning he watched her very closely,
but could discover nothing unusual in her conduct or conversation.
After breakfast, he re-visited his farm, and returned to dinner. Having
dined, he sauntered down to the business part of the town, where
he joined a group of gentlemen in front of Mr. West's store. They
gave him a somewhat distant salutation, and eyed him with rather a
solemn interest, saying nothing.

“Why, gentlemen,” said the Captain, “what makes you all look so
serious?”

“Captain,” said Mr. West, “have you heard from your nephew,
William Mitten, lately?”

“Not very,” said the Captain, turning pale. “Has anything happened
to him?”

“Not that I know of, but his mother asked me the way to Mr.
Waddel's yesterday, with some auxiety, and I didn't know but that
something had happened.”

“She asked me, too,” said a second. “And me, too,” said a third.
“And me,” said a fourth.

“Why,” resumed the Captain, “it is the strangest thing in the

-- 111 --

[figure description] Page 111.[end figure description]

world! Nothing can be the matter with William, for his mother was
at my house last night, and I hardly ever saw her more cheerful than
she was, all the time she stayed. And, what was unaccountable to
me, then, and is more so now, she and my wife were pumping me all
the time about the road to Waddel's.”

“I thought it very strange,” continued West, “that she did not go
to you for information.”

“I was not at home in the forenoon.”

“Oh, well, that accounts for it.”

It was sheer good luck on Mrs. Mitten's side that none of the party
knew but that she had gone to consult her brother in the first instance.
While the whole company were standing amazed, Mr. Houghton
came up, smiling—

“Captain,” said he, “as I came into town this morning, I met your
sister's Tom about two miles this side of my house, in a cart, with
two boxes in it, and about two feeds of fodder and corn. Why,
Tom, said I, “where are you going?”

“I'm gwine,” says he, “to Mr. Wodden's, who keeps school at Mr.
Williston's, in Car'lina.”

“Well,” said I, “Tom, you'll never get to Car'lina this way, till you
pass through Augusta.”

“Why, ain't this the Washington road, Mas' Josh?” said he.

“No, Tom, you left the Washington road three or four miles
back.”

“Emp-e-e-eh!” says Tom. “My sign fail me this time, that's sartain!”

“What sign, Tom?”

“Why, you see, Mas' Josh, when I come to the fork of a road, and
don't know which to take, I spit in my hand and hit 'um with my
fore-finger, so; and which way the mos' spit fly, I take that road.
But, bless the Lor', the spit cheat me this time, that's sartain.”

A peal of laughter followed this narrative, loud enough to be heard
over half the village; but the Captain did not swell it much. He
disguised his wrath, however, pretty well.

“I put him in the right road again,” continued Mr. Houghton,
“and for fear the spit wouldn't fly right, I advised him of all the
forks between my road and the Washington road.”

“The mystery is explained,” said the Captain. “Anna has sent off
a cart load of comforts to her son, which she did not wish me to know
about; and now I'll have to go after Tom, for he'll never find the way
to Waddel's during ash and oak.”

-- 112 --

[figure description] Page 112.[end figure description]

“What did he mean, Captain,” inquired Houghton, “by Waddel's
keeping school at Mr. Williston's?

“The place where Waddel's school is kept, is called Willington,
and Tom has mistaken it for a man's name.”

As the Captain's feelings were not in tune with those of the company,
and as every question made the discord more and more grating
to his refined sensibilities, he concluded to retire; so putting on an
air of perfect indifference to the whole matter, and saying carelessly
“I must see Anna,” he withdrew very leisurely; but one who saw
how his face reddened, and his pace quickened with every step towards
his sisters after he turned the nearest corner, might with truth have
exclaimed, “The ma-an's mad!”

CHAPTER XIV.

Captain Thompson had ample cooling time before he reached his
sister's residence, for it was full two hundred yards from Mr. West's
store; “but contrary to the law in such case made and provided,” instead
of cooling, he got hotter and hotter with every step of the way.
Business at home demanded his attention just at this time—the
weather was still cold, and might in a day or two turn much colder.
When and where he should overtake Tom, and how he should dispose
of him and his load when overtaken, were perplexing considerations.
Then his sister's unconquerable indulgence of her son, with its probable
consequences, coming upon the raw places of his mind which it had
already produced, was quite irritating. Nor was he entirely forgetful
of the fun of the village already enjoyed at his expense, and likely
to be renewed on his return. All these things pressing upon a
mind naturally excitable, were not calculated to lull it into repose.
The reader therefore will not be surprised to learn that they so completely
absorbed the Captain's attention, that he became wholly forgetful
of the claims of dignity, and “the poetry of motion,” and that
he reached his sister's steps in a palpable trot.

As soon as his sister saw him she showed signs of great alarm, for
she observed that he was in a state of very unusual excitement. Her
alarms had a good effect upon the Captain; they reduced his feelings
instantly to a little above temperate.

“What,” said he, “was in those boxes you sent off by Tom, this
morning?”

“One contained some clothing for William, and—”

“More finery, I suppose!”

“No, not a stitch of finery.”

“What then?”

-- 113 --

[figure description] Page 113.[end figure description]

“Two suits of coarse negro cloth, (I may call it) some cotton
homespun shirts, and a few home-knit stockings.”

This was refreshing to the Captain. “Well, I rejoice,” continued
he, “that your love for your boy is beginning to show itself in the
right way at last. And what was in the other box?”

“Some refreshments—”

“More cakes, raisins, almonds, sugar-pums, &c., &c., of course?”

“No, not a single one of either.”

“What then?

She named the contents of the box.

“Well, if he must be crammed, better this than the first lot. Now
I've got to pack off after that fool negro, pressed as I am with business,
just at this time; for he'll never find the way to Waddel's
while the world stands—”

“Brother, I am sure you need not take upon yourself that trouble.
Tom is a very intelligent negro—”

“Humph!”

“— And I have no doubt but that he will go straight to Mr.
Waddel's without a blunder. I give him such particular directions
that he can't miss the way—”

You gave him directions! Why, there never was a woman—
a town woman—on the face of the earth, who could find the way to
a house fifteen miles from her own, after going to it twenty times;
and there never was one who could direct Solomon to a place tem
miles off, so that he could find it; and here you've sent off a stupid
jackass of a negro to go sixty miles under your directions, and to a
place that you've never been to yourself!”

“Well, if he doesn't find the way, it will be all your fault—”

“How the devil will it be my fault?”

“I got the directions from you, and I gave them to Tom just precisely
as I received them from you, and sister Mary will prove it.”

“I didn't pretend to go into the details, for I did not know what
you and Mary were fishing for; and if I had given them, there is
not a Tom in the world that could have followed them.”

“I think, brother, you underrate the negro character, as you are
too apt to do with all character, except that of the `lords of creation.'
I must think that there is a little sense in the world that does not
belong to them. Perhaps, however, I am mistaken.”

“Well, what directions did you give Tom?”

She repeated them.

“And you think Tom can't miss the way under these directions?”

-- 114 --

[figure description] Page 114.[end figure description]

“I am sure he will not, for I have proved him to be uncommonly
shrewd at finding roads.”

“Well, he did not get ten miles from town before he got lost—
took the Augusta road, and told Joshua Houghton that he was going
to Mr. Wodden's who kept school at Mr. Williston's, in Carolina!”

“Oh! Mr. Houghton must have misunderstood him. He couldn't
have miscalled Mr. Waddel's name, for it has been repeated in his
hearing over and over, and over again. Isn't Burke's Meeting-house
on the Washington road?”

“Near it.”

“And isn't it more than ten miles off?”

“Yes.”

“Well, he knows the way to Burke's Meeting-house, for he has
taken me there repeatedly.”

“Yes, and if you had told him to go by Burke's Meeting-house,
he would have gone that far straight, at least.”

“I couldn't have told him that, for I didn't know that Burke's
Meeting-house road and the Washington road were the same myself.”

“I suppose not. But it is not worth while to stand talking about
it. I know that he will not find the way to Waddel's in a week, if
ever, and I must go after him. Was old Ball shod or bare-foot
when he set out?”

“Newly shod.”

“Did you give him any money to bear his expenses?”

“I gave Tom money.”

“Did you understand me to ask whether you gave old Ball money
to pay his expenses?”

The Captain, without waiting for an answer to his last question,
went home with his “foot down,” and of course his wife was all meekness
and obsequiousness. He did not speak to her at all, but called
out in her presence to Dick, “to have his horse ready at the peep of
day, for him to pack off after Anna's Tom.”

“Master, is Tom runaway?”

“Ask your mistress there—she can tell you.”

“Miss'ess is Tom—”

“Go about your business, you black rascal,” said Mrs. Thompson,
in an undertone.”

“Kigh!” whispered Dick, “some 'en wrong here!”

The Captain fell to writing letters furiously—jumped up and ordered
Dick to grease the chaise—resumed his pen, and jumped up

-- 115 --

[figure description] Page 115.[end figure description]

again and felt in his breeches' pockets—wrote sometime, and jumped
up again and jerked open a drawer, looked in and shut it up again—
folded up a letter and commenced another—jumped up and ordered
Delphy to get him some warm water to shave—wrote again—stopped,
punched the fire, and told Suckey to tell Dick to bring in some wood,
“plenty of it, for I don't know that I shall go to bed to night.” Wrote
again—rose, went out and stayed a little while, and came in again.
Folded another letter or note, and went to writing again. Finished
another note, and called for the water to shave. Just here, Mrs.
Thompson, in a very subdued tone, informed him that supper was
ready. It consisted of tea, biscuit, butter, cheese, sliced ham, cold
tongue, and a few cold sausages. The Captain took his seat, and
looked at them as if they were all laughing at him, and then fell to
work upon them, as if he were fighting them for their rudeness.

“What clothes shall I put up for you, husband?” said Mrs. Thompson,
tenderly.

“I reckon you'd best put up all I've got, for I expect to wear them
all out before I find Tom, and get him safely home again. It will be
at the very least, four days before this can be accomplished. Upon
this hint the good lady stocked him for a week.

After supper, the Captain shaved, went to the stable to see that
old Roan was in travelling order, returned, handed the letters to his
wife, and went to bed. The letters were all left open, from which
the wife understood prefectly, that her duty concerning them was to
be learned from their contents.

And now having put the Captain quietly to bed, we beg leave to
indulge in a few reflections upon his conduct towards his sister and
wife. We can find it in our heart to palliate, if not wholly excuse
his gusts of temper before his lovely sister. The heat of his mind
would not cool, even in cooling time. But how can we justify him,
in a direct issue between them upon the capacity of the negro race
generally, and of Tom, in particular, for ascribing his blunder wholly
to stupidity, when he knew and must have remembered, that negro
stupidity had nothing to do with it! It was the result, as the
reader has seen, of a symbolical delusion (if we may be allowed the
expression) and not of mental imbecility. It was not in keeping
with the Captain's usual candor to suppress this important fact.

Nor can we find a single apology for the Captain's long protracted
crustiness to his wife. He had relieved himself at his sister's of his
redundant steam, there was nothing to raise it again on his way
home, her playful “fishing” frolic was certainly no offence, and her

-- 116 --

[figure description] Page 116.[end figure description]

meekness in his presence should have reduced him instantly to tenderness
and kindness. But so it is with these “lords of creation;”
they must not only be allowed to become furious, but they must be
allowed to spend their wrath upon the dearest object they have on
earth. Is it likely that women will continue to marry if such eonduct
be persisted in? And what is to become of the world when
they cease to marry?

Having made no allowance for the six or eight miles that he had
lost on the Augusta road, Tom concluded, at the end of seventeen
miles from home that he must not be far distant from John Smith's;
and that he might not pass his stopping place from ignorance of its
location, he determined to keep himself well advised of his approaches
to it, from such travellers as he might meet. His mind
was no sooner made up to seek light, than an opportunity was afforded
him in the person of one who entered his road but a few
yards ahead of him.

“Master,” said he to the stranger, “how far is it to Mr.
Smith's?”

“Which Smith?”

“John Smith.”

Parson John Smith?”

“Well, I reckon he's a Parson, for Mis'ess is a mighty good
Christian, and she told me I must be sure to stay at his house to-night,
any how, day or night.”

“That's the road to Parson Smith's,” said the traveller, pointing
to the road he had just left. “It's just three miles to his house.”

Tom took the road and went on his way rejoicing. He soon
reached the Parson's, and without introduction, or question, to the
good man, he commenced ungearing. Mr. Smith, noticing him from
his window, walked out and asked him what he was doing.

“Ain't this Parson Smith's?” enquired Tom.

“Yes.”

“Mis'ess told me I must stay here any how, no matter what time
I got here.”

“Who is your Mistress, my boy?”

“Mrs. Mitten—mighty good woman.”

“I don't know her—I reckon there's some mistake—Have you
any paper?”

“Yes sir,” said Tom, handing his pass.

The Parson read it, and said, “Tommy, my boy you've come out

-- 117 --

[figure description] Page 117.[end figure description]

of your way. I'm not the John Smith you are seeking. He lives
right on the road you left, just this side of Washington.”

“Emp-e-e-e-eh! How far is it Master?”

“Why, if you go back to the Washington road it is about fourteen
miles, but if you'll take that road that turns around the horse
lot, you will save near two miles.” Tom took it, fell again into the
Washington road and reached Smith's an hour or two in the night.

The next morning the Captain and Tom had au even start; they
both left their respective stations as soon as they could see to drive.
As it was next to impossible for Tom to miss his way after being set
right by Houghton, until he passed little River, the Captain made
no inquiries for him up to this point, but employed himself in a
close look-out for the tracks of the cart wheels, and of old Ball.
Every now and then he would espy traces of a two wheeled vehicle,
drawn by a new-shod horse, which he felt pretty sure was the equipage
he was in pursuit of; but still he was far from certainty upon
this head. He stopped at the first house he came to after he passed
the river, and enquired whether a negro, driving a large bald-faced
sorrel, in a blue cart, with two boxes in it, had passed that way.
“Yes,” said the man whom he accosted, “I met him yesterday at
the forks of the road up here, axing for Parson Smith's, and I put
him in the road to the Parson's.”

Parson Smith! who the devil made him a parson? A month
or two ago, he was one of the profanest men I ever saw.”

“You don't know the man, sir. Brother Smith is one of the most
religiousist men in all this country.”

“What! John Smith, just this side of Washington?”

“Oh no, not him! Parson Smith, who lives over here by Bethesda
Meeting House.”

Here the Captain, contrary to his habit, let fall a very bad word
against Tom, and proceeded:

“What could have put it into the head of that addled-brained
goose to quit the plain beaten road and run off into by-ways to hunt
up Parsons and Meeting-houses!”

“Stranger, I don't know but that I am to blame for that. He
axed for John Smith; I axed him if he meant Parson John Smith;
and he said he reckoned he was a Parson, for his Mistress was a
mighty good woman, and told him he must stay all night—”

“Well, please direct me the way to Parson Smith's.”

“Stranger, I hope you won't think hard of me—”

“Oh, no sir, no! I don't blame you the least in the world.

-- 118 --

[figure description] Page 118.[end figure description]

Direct me the way to Parson Smith's if you please, for I am in a great
hurry.”

“I'm mighty sorry if I turned him out of the way; but he axed
me—”

“I give you my word and honor I don't blame you at all—but I
shall blame you if you don't tell me the way to Smith's as you did
the negro.”

“Oh, yes, well I will with a great deal of pleasure. Go on till
you pass a little old field to your left, and you'll come to a road winding
round the fur edge of it; take that, and it will lead you straight
to Parson Smith's.”

As the Captain turned off, the other continued:

“Stop one minute stranger!”

The Captain stopped.

“Have you ever thought, stranger, of the sin of profane swearing?”

“Yes,” said the Captain, cutting up old Roan. “I never do it
unless I am very angry.”

The Captain had no difficulty in finding the road to Parson
Smith's, but he had great difficulty in solving a mystery which presented
itself to him as soon as he reached it. As the road was but
little traveled, the tracks of the cart wheels and of old Bald remained
entirely unobliterated. They proved to be the same that he
had caught glimpses of on the way, and supposed to be Tom's tracing;
but while they showed plainly that he had gone to the Parson's,
there was no sign that he had returned to the direct road from
the Parson's. This perplexed him seriously, and made him wonder
whether Tom had not gone to a camp meeting with the Parson.
There was no alternative, so he determined to go to the Parson's
even at the hazard of getting a more serious lecture from him than
he had already received from one of his flock. He soon reached
the house, and saw a lady standing in the door. He called to her to
know “whether Parson John Smith lived there?” The lady looked
at him intently, but gave him no answer. He repeated the question,
but still received no response. “Why what upon earth does the
woman mean?” muttered he. “If there was a fatal disease on this
earth called `The Woman,' I should die of it, to a dead certainty.”
At length the kind woman broke silence:

“Light and come in, and warm yourself.”

“No, I thank you, madam, I am not cold, and am in a great hurry.
Did a negro man stop here with a cart and a blaze-faced horse,
yesterday?”

-- 119 --

[figure description] Page 119.[end figure description]

The lady made no answer, but advanced slowly towards him. Coming
near the chaise she said: “You'll have to speak a little loud to
me; I'm a little hard of hearing.”

“Is this Parson Smith's?” asked the Captain in a pretty loud
tone.

“Yes, sir.”

“Where is he?”

“He's at the pig pen, sp— 'tending to his pigs.”

“Did a negro man and blaze-faced horse stop here yesterday?”

“You'll have to speak a little loud to me; I'm a little hard of
hearing.”

The Captain repeated the question louder.

“I think he did.”

“Which way did he go?”

“Sir?”

“Which-way did-the-negro-boy-go?” balwed the Captain to the
top of his voice.

“Well, I'm not so deaf as all that comes to—I think he went
round the lot there.”

The Captain wheeled off, soon struck the trail, and “opened on
it” loudly.

At the true John Smith's, he learned the history of Tom for the
preceding night. Smith told him that he had given Tom such directions
as would carry him on his way through Washington.

The Captain pushed on through the village, struck the trail on the
Petersburg road, followed it for two miles, and stopped for the night
at Mr. Brown's. Brown told him that Tom had passed there early
on the preceding morning, and that this was all the information he
could give of him, except that he seemed to be getting along very
well. A little after night-fall another gentleman stopped at Brown's,
whom the landlord greeted with all the cordiality of intimate friendship,
under the name of Col. White. “Here's a man,” said Brown,
“who can probably tell you something about your boy; he lives
right on the road about five miles this side of Petersburg. “A
boy,” continued Brown to White, “in a cart, with a balled sorrell
in it.”

“Oh yes,” said White, “he stopped at my house and enquired
for `the Hobot,' but I understood him and put him in the road to
Rehoboth.”

At Col. White's Tom was much nearer to Doctor Waddel's than
he was to “the Hobot;” but he had promised “to go like a streak
of lightning,” and he was verifying his pledge.

-- 120 --

[figure description] Page 120.[end figure description]

As his game had “doubled,” the Captain determined to quit the
trail and push directly for Rehoboth. By this movement he had
gained greatly upon Tom; but not enough to overtake him that day.
We will not detain the reader with further particulars of the chaise,
suffice it to say that about two hours by sun on the third day, in a
rugged by-way, about two hundred yards from the highway leading
from Augusta to Barkesdale's Ferry, and about three miles from the
ferry, he came up with Tom under very interesting circumstances.
On a washed hill side, Tom, as a classic reader is reported to have
said, “in trying to avoid Skilly he had rushed upon Caribogus”—
or (leaving the classics) in trying to avoid a deep gully on the one
hand he had run over a log on the other; and though he did not
quite upset his cart, he tilted it far enough to pour out both boxes
in the gully. The top of one of the boxes was so far opened by the
fall, that it discharged four biscuits and two crackers in the gully.
The top of the other burst entirely off, and the tumblers of preserves
were broken, having delivered a part of their contents to the
top of the box, part to the package, part to the road, and having retained
a part. As the biscuit and crackers were too dirty to be replaced,
as the jelly and jam were irretrievably lost to William, and
as Tom, from fatigue and long fasting, was very hungry, he rightly
conceived that he could make no better use of them than to eat
them. As well as he could with a biscuit, he cleaned the package,
then the board, (which happened to rest bottom upward) then skimmed
the top off what was on the ground, and topped off with what
was left in the tumblers. As he did not observe the rule of proportion
in eating, his biscuit and crackers gave out before he had dispatched
the last tumbler, and he was just wiping it out with his fore-finger,
and sucking it, when the Captain came up with him.

“Lor gor' a' mighty, Mas David!” exclaimed Tom, as the Captain
approached him, “I never was so glad to see anybody in all my
born days. These people 'bout here been 'foolin' me all day long—”

“How did you get here, you wooly-headed scoundrel?”

“One man told me I'd save three miles by comin' this way.”

As the Captain got to saying bad words again early in the interview,
notwithstanding; the lecture he had received, and as what
farther passed between him and Tom was of little interest, we omit it.
They were now but about six miles from Willington and the Captain,
very reluctantly, concluded to pilot Tom himself for the remainder
of the way. The idea of appearing at Willington, with a cart load
of provisions for his nephew, was very annoying; but the thought

-- 121 --

[figure description] Page 121.[end figure description]

of lugging them all the way home again, and disappointing his sister,
was still more annoying; so he chose the least painful alternative.

Things were righted, and the two set out for the ferry. They
reached it and found a wagon waiting the return of the flat from the
South Carolina side. His heart leaped at this good fortune, for he
knew that the wagon could hardly cross without going through Willington.
He was not disappointed. The wagoner lived but five
miles from Willington, was going through it, and knew everybody
who lived within six miles of it. The Captain took his name, placed
the boxes and Mrs. Mitten's letter in his charge, offered to pay
freight, but the wagoner would receive nothing, placed Tom's unexpended
cash (seven dollars) in his hands for William, dropped a
line in pencil to Newby explaining things, and set his face homeward
rejoicing. Nothing of interest occurred on the way back.
The Captain's good fortune prepared him for receiving Tom's account
of his adventures which were wonderful indeed, and which Tom
never got done recounting during his life. The moral of it, as drawn
by himself, may perchance be of service to the reader: “If I had
forty thousand niggers, I'd never sen' one so far from home by
he'self 'less he know de road firs' chop.”

The Captain reached home early on the fifth day from his departure.
He gave the particulars of his trip to his wife and sister by
snatches, as he happened to be in the humor, until they were all
told. The fate of the jelly and jam was very provoking to Mrs.
Mitten who was “sure if she had been there, she could have saved
some of it.” The Captain was too busy to visit the public square
for more than a week after his return; and his visits were very brief
for more than a fortnight. But Tom became for a long while a distinguished
character on the square.

-- 122 --

CHAPTER XV.

[figure description] Page 122.[end figure description]

The incidents of the last chapter were, upon the whole, fortunate.
They cured Mrs. Mitten of sending delicacies to her son, cured William
of his complaints for many months, improved his style when
speaking of his Preceptor, brought him out in suitable apparel for
his place and associates, and sprung all the energies of his mother to
reconcile herself to his lot. When so much is said, the reader need
not be told that Captain Thompson was also a great gainer by them.
Things now went on more smoothly than they had for years. William
soon stood a head and shoulders above any member of his class.
The Georgians began to brag on him, the Carolinians to emulate him.
He began to mingle in the active sports of his fellows, to be cheerful,
if not forward, in sharing his part in providing fuel and making fires.
His new clothes, to be sure, did not quite reach him before he “blossomed,”
for he kept the changes of his first supply as long out of
sight as possible; but he was far from being in full bloom when “the
fruits of home industry reached him. Immediately upon their arrival,
he appeared in the handy work of Mrs. Thurlow and Mrs. Figgs,
and Brace's lips were closed to all further sarcasm upon his dress.
In short, he followed his uncle's advice as well as he could, and
forthwith began to experience the practical benefits of it. His new
clothes “scratched him mightily at first, but he had got use to
them,” as he wrote to his mother; but he thanked her for them.
The change in his dress was not much more remarkable than the
change in his physical constitution.

From a weakly, puny, cowering, retiring, say-nothing boy, he became
a muscular, active, sprightly, vigorous youth, who was nearly a
match for any of his age, in running, jumping, wrestling, and the
active sports of the school; and for loud clamoring at bull-pen, and
town-ball, he had no superior. There was but one South Carolinian
in the school who could throw him down, and that one was Andrew
Govan; there was not one in the school who could match him in
running. From fifty lips the exclamation would come: “Did you
ever see a fellow come out of the kinks as Bill Mitten has?” By
the time it came to his turn to make fires in the Academy, (one of
the duties of every student,) he was as prompt and skillful in this
work as most of his associates. Sweeping out the Academy (another
duty) of course was easy. Beyond all this, there was nothing remarkable
in his history until the annual examination and exhibition

-- 123 --

[figure description] Page 123.[end figure description]

came on. These exercises continued for several days, and they were
attended by multitudes—more, by many, than usually attend our
College Commencements in these days. The order was as follows:
First, the examination of all the classes; which was invariably conducted
by the visitors, except when they declined the task, and this
rarely occurred. Then speaking, for which prizes were awarded.
And lastly, the performance of one or two dramatic pieces, usually a
comedy and farce: but these were discontinued after the first and
only public exhibition in which William Mitten took part, and the
reading of compositions was substituted for them. The speakers
were divided into three classes, according to their age and advancement;
the first class being composed generally of the oldest students
in the school; the second, of those next in years; and the third, of
the youngest, excluding those in the elementary studies. This arrangement
was not always observed, however. Sometimes the larger
and less advanced were put in the first class, and the smaller and more
advanced, in the second class. William's age flung him in the lowest,
though his advancement would have entitled him to a place in
the second. The examination approached, and William wrote pressingly
to his mother and uncle to attend. They did so, and reached
Newby's the day before the exercises commenced. William recognized
them at the fence, and ran out to meet them. Neither of them
knew him, till he greeted them, any more than if they had never
seen him. His fine face was there, a little tanned, but that was all
of William Mitten that was left. He had grown like a weed, and
developed as we have said. The Captain looked at him in triumph—
the mother in tears. Mr. Newby was soon at the chaise and introduced
to Mrs. M. Five or six ladies were standing at his door, observing
the new comers.

“I fear, Mr. Newby,” said Captain Thompson, “that you will
not be able to accommodate us.”

“Oh, very easy, if you can rough it a little for a few days.”

“Why, where will you put us? Your house seems full already.”

“Oh, we've plenty of houses, as you see.”

“But those are the students' houses; what are you going to do with
them?”

“Oh, we cotton them upon such occasions as this, if necessary.”

Cotton them?”

“Yes; put 'em all in one hole and ram them tight together. However,
I don't think that will be necessary. We've two large rooms
in the house, in one of which we will put the ladies, and in the other
the gentlemen.”

-- 124 --

[figure description] Page 124.[end figure description]

“Well, that will answer very well,” said the Captain. “Do you
take charge of Mrs. Mitten, and William and Tom and I will attend
to the horses and baggage.”

“Why, this is a new horse, Tom,” said William, as he sprung to
unsaddle a horse which Tom had led up. “Whose is he?”

“He's Mas' David's. He say if you do well while he's up here,
he gwine to give him to you. He's a tip top hos.”

“Well, I've got him safe,” said Bill. “What's his name?”

“He name Snap Draggum.” (Snap Dragon.)

“Here, Tom,” said the Captain, “take this trunk in the house—”

“I'll take it,” uncle, said William.

“You can't carry it, my son; it's pretty heavy.”

Let me try it,” said Bill; so saying, he flung it on his shoulder,
and marched off with it, with perfect ease.

“Look ya-a-nder!” exclaimed Tom, as he moved off. “Bless de
Lor', Mas' William done got a man 'ready.”

The Captain saw him near the door with his burden without a totter,
then turned, wiped his eyes twice, and was just blowing his nose
the third time, when William leaped the fence, to assist Tom in leading
the horses to the horse lot.

“Why, Bill,” said the Captain, “I never saw a boy improve as
you have in all my life.”

The ladies gathered at Mr. Newby's were all of the first respectability.
They soon made Mrs. Mitten easy, and before they parted, several
of them and Mrs. Mitten promised to interchange visits most
certainly “if ever they came our way.” (They never came our way.)

The night shut in and the woods were vocal in all directions with
rehearsals of speeches and parts of plays. A very comfortable supper
was provided for the guests, (increased by several, after the Captain's
arrival) the mattresses were spread, all laid down, the gentlemen
talked till twelve, the ladies till two, and all was hush—save
here and there “the bubbling cry of some strong” snorer “in his agony.”
They were all, of necessity, up betimes the next morning,
when they declared generally that they had “had a most delightful
night's rest.” Thus passed a wonderful night for Mrs. Mitten.

The next morning exhibited a complete metamorphosis of the students.
It was easy now to distinguish the sons of the Patricians
from those of the Plebs, though turkey-red and indigo-blue predominated
largely over nankeen and gingham still.

From seven o'clock till nine, people of all ranks, ages, sexes and
sizes, might be seen wending their way to the school house, or rather

-- 125 --

[figure description] Page 125.[end figure description]

to the area in front of it—for the examination was conducted under
the stately oaks of the campus. Some of the first men of the two
States were there. At nine the examination commenced. The students,
with very few exceptions, acquitted themselves admirably. In
all the studies of his class, William distinguished himself. On this day
an incident occurred which was absolutely luxurious to all who disliked
Brace. The reader need hardly be told that however bright in
wit, or ingenious in teazing Brace might be, he was not very bright in
his studies. He was in one of the Virgil classes, and he had caught
from a student, given to spouting poetry aloud, whenever he had any
in store to spout, the four first lines of Dryden's translation of the
second book of the ænead. Doctor John Casey was conducting the
examination, flanked on his right and left with an imposing row of
dignitaries. “Begin,” said the Doctor to Ned, who was at one extreme
of the class in more senses than one, “at the second book of
the ænead, and read the Latin first.” Ned did so to the extent of
six or eight lines.

“Now translate.”

Ned proceeded:



“All were attentive to the God-like man,
When from his lofty couch he thus began.”

A roar of laughter burst from every one—loudest from the boys;
for two reasons, first, because they gloried in Brace's mortification;
and second, because they wished the company to understand from
this token that they were thoroughly versed in the poetry of all languages
under the sun.

“Give us the translation in prose, if you please,” said the Doctor.

Ned continued:



“Great Queen, what you command me to relate,
Renews the sad remembrance of our fate.”

The laugh was repeated, but the Doctor had no occasion to repeat
his request; for Ned had exhausted his stock of poetry. His debut
was doubly unfortunate; for besides exposing him to ridicule, it left
him wholly in the dark as to how much of the Latin his version had
covered. So he began his literal translation two lines back of what
he had already rendered; and Dryden would have been amazed to
discover how he had butchered the Mantuan Bard, according to
Brace's translation.

This day and the next were consumed in like manner. On the
third day the speaking commenced.

A stage of rough plank was erected adjoining the school-house.

-- 126 --

[figure description] Page 126.[end figure description]

On this sat the Judges, of whom William H. Crawford, John C. Calhoun,
and William W. Bibb were three. These hardly ever failed
to attend the public exercises of Dr. Waddel's school. The two first
had been his pupils, and the reader will excuse the digression, to
learn that the first wife of the Doctor was the sister of the second.

In front of the stage, large logs were laid parallel to each other on
which planks were placed at convenient distances apart, for seats.
The whole was covered over with a bush-arbor. It was but a scant
provision for the throng that attended upon this occasion; but what
provision could accommodate all, when the number fell little, if any,
short of two thousand people? The ladies, several hundreds in number,
occupied all the seats.

Without going through the details of the exercises, suffice it to
say that Mitten took the premium in his class by the award of the
judges, approved of by every man, woman and student present at the
exhibition. He had a part in both the dramatic pieces; and here
he acquitted himself, if possible, with more credit than in declamation.
When Mr. Calhoun, with a few complimentary words, presented
him the prize, the whole assembly applauded loudly and cordially.
One pretty little girl, beautifully dressed, quite forgot herself,
and kept on clapping after everybody else had done, till her
mother, laughing most heartily, stopped her. “Mitten, Mitten,
Mitten!” was on every lip. All the ladies, old and young, wanted
to kiss him; all the little girls fell in love with him. A thousand
compliments saluted the ear of Mrs. Mitten from lips that she knew
not. Through Captain Thompson, she had been made acquainted
with Doctor Waddel, before the exercises commenced, and through
him, with most of the gentlemen who sat as judges, and her acquaintance
was still farther extended by the sojourners at Mr. Newby's;
but now everybody sought an introduction to her, and everybody
congratulated her upon the performance of her son.

Most of the judges waited upon her, and all of them had something
flattering to say of William, or to him in her presence, for he
was always at her side.

“Master Mitten,” said Mr. Crawford, “I am proud to claim you
as a Georgian. Cultivate your brilliant talents as a duty and an
honor to the State that gave you birth.”

“Master Mitten,” said Mr. Calhoun, “the United States have an
interest in you; and should I live to see you in the prime of life, I
shall be sorely disappointed if I do not see you the admiration of
them all.”

-- 127 --

[figure description] Page 127.[end figure description]

As for Captain Thompson, he was in danger of going off by explosion.
He had been filling up with joy, from the first sight of
Bill, to the close of the exhibition; and now to find him so far surpassing
his most sanguine expectations in everything, to see him
standing at the head of his classes in scholarship, and declamation,
and ahead of the whole school in dramatic talent, to hear him applauded
by all, and specially by Messrs. Crawford and Calhoun, and
(though last not least,) to see his sister almost in transports, was
really perilous to the good Captain. He had tried to quench the
volcano that was in him with rain; that is to say, he had cried six
times, twice secretly, and four times publicly; but this gave him
only momentary relief. Besides, the fire kept kindling all the time,
and he could not keep crying all the time. Whithersoever he cast
his eyes he saw something to inflame his ecstacy, and what would
have been the consequence it were hard to tell, had not David Ramsay
sauntered near him just at the critical moment—“Why, David,
my young pilot, how do you do?” said the Captain. “Come here,
my son, and let me introduce you to Mrs. Mitten, my sister, mother
of William. Anna, this is David Ramsay, of whom you heard me
speak!” “How do you do, Master Ramsay?” said Mrs. Mitten,
smiling almost to a laugh. “I am very familiar with your name, for
my brother could talk of no one else for some time after his return
from his first visit to this place.”

“I remember Captain Thompson very well; but I cannot call to
mind anything that I said or did to make him remember me.”

Here the Captain was a little at fault, but he soon rallied, and replied:

“It was your prompt courtesy to us as strangers, David, the coincidence
of our names, but most of all, your connections, who are
known to all, that impressed you so permanently upon my memory.
I no sooner asked if Mr. Waddel was at home than you answered in
the affirmative, sprang to the door, invited me in, and brought Mr.
Waddel out to see me. This was but common politeness, to be sure,
but I did not see any of your playmates offer to do the same thing.
But for your kindness I might have had to knock long at the door,
and sit long in the cold parlor, before Mr. Waddel would have come
to my relief.”

This interview was an admirable safety valve to the Captain. It
set his thoughts to running back to times and incidents, well calculated
to relieve him from over-pressure of joy.

The conversation with young Ramsay was but just ended, when

-- 128 --

[figure description] Page 128.[end figure description]

Doctor Hay stepped up and greeted the Captain and his sister with a
fervor which showed plainly that time had not abated his friendship
for them in the least. The greeting was returned with equal
warmth. The Doctor expressed his regret that he had been detained
by professional business at home until the last day of the exhibition;
but added, that he had been amply compensated for his trouble in
coming, by the rich entertainment he had just enjoyed—“An entertainment,
Mrs. Mitten,” continued he, “to which your son was
the largest contributor. I deem myself fortunate in having my son
in the close connection of class-mate and room-mate with him.”

Mrs. Mitten returned the compliment, by repeating what she said
upon hearing that her son had fallen into the same room and class
with the Doctor's son, only changing the terms of the compliment so
far as to accommodate it to the Doctor's ear.

“And now,” continued Dr. Hay, “you must tarry with me to-morrow
night on your way home. Let us go over to Petersburg this
afternoon, stay there to-night, take an early start in the morning, and
(barring accidents) we will reach my house by dinner time or a
little after. There rest until the next morning, when, if I can't
prevail on you to stay louger, I will give you an early breakfast, and
set you on your way in time to get home, without traveling much in
the heat of the day.”

The invitation was cordially accepted, and as soon as one of William's
small trunks could be packed with selections from his wardrobe
for the summer vacation, and Mrs. Mitten could renew her invitations
and promises to the few ladies who had not left, and return her
thanksgiving to Mr. and Mrs. Newby for their kindness to her son,
and their hospitality to herself, and kiss Miss Thompson because
she bore the family name and both knew they must be related,
though neither could tell how, and give each of the house servants a
quarter of a dollar apiece for being willing to do for her all that Tom
did, and a dollar to the wash-woman for extra services, and a half
dollar (sent) to the ostler for fear that he might be disappointed and
her brother forget him—Mrs. Mitten was ready to depart.

While all this was transacting, the chaise was at the fence, Doctor
Hay was sitting in his sulky, Gilbert was mounted on his father's
horse, Silverheels, William on Snap-dragon, and Captain Thompson
at the door getting comfortable fast.

The Captain escorted his sister to the chaise, she took her seat,
the Captain took his, and off went the happiest company that ever
moved from Willington. Nothing of interest occurred on the way

-- 129 --

[figure description] Page 129.[end figure description]

to Petersburg; for Mrs. Mitten, having to send back for her veil just
as she reached Dr. Waddel's, was not even attended with inconvenience,
as she declared that she could not think of passing by Mr.
Waddel's door without lighting and bidding him good-bye, and
thanking him for his kindness to her son. These little duties consumed
exactly the time needful for recovering the veil. It gave the
Captain, too, an opportunity of charging William and Tom to notice
well the road, so that either of them might find it without difficulty
on their return. Doctor Hay's servant, Quash, went back for the
missing article, and strange to say, found it readily. The dusk of
the evening found the company at Mrs. Ragland's, in Petersburg.

The reader will naturally enquire where the immense throng which
attended Dr. Waddel's exhibitions found accommodation. We answer,
at all the house within six or seven miles of Willington, and
at the four villages of Lisbon, Petersburg, Vienna, and Richard.
The three first were tolerably thrifty little villages at the time of
which we are speaking. Petersburg was quite an active, busy,
commercial little town. It was situated in the fork of the Savannah
and Broad Rivers, and contained some eight or ten stores, with the
usual supplement of grog-shops, and the very unusual supplement of
a billiard-table. Notwithstanding these last, the citizens of the place
were generally remarkable for their refinement, respectability, intelligence
and hospitality. The dwelling houses far outnumbered the
stores and shops. It was separated from Lisbon by Broad River,
and from Vienna by the Savannah. Lisbon we believe could never
boast of more than two stores and a groggery, and as many dwellings.
Vienna surpassed Lisbon in everything, but exactly how far, and in
what we are not able to say, except in John Glover's house and store,
which had no match in Lisbon. The road leading to Willington
from Vienna ascended a hill, about a mile from the latter place, which
was crowned with Richmond. This town was very compactly built.
It consisted of one dwelling house, one doctor's shop, one kitchen,
one stable, one corn-crib, and one smoke-house. Its white population
consisted of Doctor Thomas Casey, his wife, one or two children, and
Warler (or Waller) Beckly, a student of medicine.

Neither of the four towns surpassed this in hospitality. Doctor
Casey's house was open to all, and his heart was as open as his
house—so was his wife's. It was a great resort of the beaux and
belles of the neighboring villages; here they were always made welcome
and happy. In these villages, the remotest of which was not
over seven miles from Willington, was ample entertainment for all

-- 130 --

[figure description] Page 130.[end figure description]

who attended the Exhibition, and could not procure it elsewhere.

Captain Thompson and Mrs. Mitten spent a happy night at Doctor
Hay's, and were at home the next day by five in the afternoon. As
they stopped at Mrs. M.'s door, the Captain inquired of William
how he liked Snap-dragon.

“Oh! I am delighted with him, Uncle. I think he's the finest
horse I ever saw.”

“Well, he's yours, my son. So you see if your Uncle scolds when
you do ill, he rewards handsomely when you do well.”

“Oh! thank you, thank you, Uncle, a thousand times. You never
will find me doing ill again, I promise you. I am so glad that you
sent me to Mr. Waddel's I am so glad that you would not allow me
to leave there when I wanted to—you have been, you are a father to
me, and the very best of fath—”

“Well, that'll do, my son—you paid me for him before I gave him
to you. Remember your pledges, as often as you ride him!”

Alas! Captain, where was your usual forecast when you made this
present?

CHAPTER XVI.

The cup of Mrs. Mitten's happiness was not yet full. In less
than a month after Captain Thompson's return from Willington, he
embraced religion and joined the Methodist Church; and in the
course of a week his wife followed his example. The story which
he told at the first Love Feast which he attended after his conversion,
is worthy of being recorded:

“I have had,” said he “for many years before me, a most beautiful
example of the Christian character in my dear sister. I never
could see but one fault in her, and that was `a fault which leaned
to virtue's side:' too much indulgence of her son. She embraced
religion early in life; and often when I have seen her at her devotions,
my conscience has smitten me sorely. But I always managed
to silence its reproofs, for a time at least. Oh, how eloquent is the
godly life of a sister! Whether because she was my sister, that the
inward monitor would not forsake me, although repelled a thousand
times; or because I have had for many years a secret leaning towards
religion, which prolonged his visits, or some unknown cause, I cannot
tell; but a month never rolled over our heads, that I did not
observe in her the gleaming or broad out-shining of some heavenly
virtue, which came “like lightning to my soul.”

-- 131 --

[figure description] Page 131.[end figure description]

“As some of you know, about a month ago my sister dispatched
a servant with some comforts for her boy at school in South Carolina.
Knowing that I would bitterly oppose the measure, she kept it secret
from me. I found it out, however, and posted off after the
servant in a great rage. The blunders of the negro increased my
rage. I stopped at a house to enquire for him. A plain illiterate
man came out and informed me that he had left the plain large road
and gone off on a by-way. In my wrath I cursed outright, and on
the trip, I repeated the sin oftener, I believe, than I had in the
whole course of my life before. As I turned to leave the good
hearted man, `Stranger,' said he to me, `have you ever reflected
upon the sin of profane swearing?' I was in no frame of mind for
reflecting upon any thing, and in the worst possible, for receiving
religious lectures; but a flash of respect for the good man came
over me, which kept me from insulting him, and I replied, that I
was not in the habit of profane swearing.”

“My pursuit ended and object gained, I now set my face homeward,
and on the way had nothing to do but to reflect. My mind
had hardly resumed its accustomed tone, when the question of my
road-side friend, in the rude accents in which he put it (for I have
not given it in his own terms) forced itself upon my memory. Associated
as it was, with the ignorance, the artlessness and innocence
of the propounder, I smiled, and endeavored to divert my thoughts;
but the question would control them, so I let it have its way: `Have
you ever reflected upon the sin of profane swearing!' No, honest,
untutored yeoman, I never have! What a sin it is! Every other
sin has something to plead in its behalf. The gamester, the cheat,
the swindler, the thief, the robber, the pirate, sin in the hope of
gain. The assassin for the gratification of revenge—the drunkard
to appease a raging thirst—the prodigal, for many gratifications.
But thou, oh, profane swearer! what have you to plead in the extenuation
of thy offence? It is purely gratuitous. In one single,
short imprecation, you embody sins enough to damn a world. You
insult the Almighty, you trifle with his Holy Name, you violate the
law of reverence, the law of love, the law of humanity, the law of
peace! You set God's power at defiance and invoke God's power
to crash your neighbor and your brother! And all for what?
What momentary gain do you derive or promise yourself from your
sin of sins? Often, most commonly, you have not even the flimsey
plea of passion to gloss over your crime. You mingle it in your
sports, your revels, your banquets, and horrify it with a laugh!”

-- 132 --

[figure description] Page 132.[end figure description]

“You will not wonder, brethren, that I became alarmed, and resolved
never to swear another oath while I lived. This was as far
as I wont at the time; but it was not as far as I felt, by a long, long
way. Thenceforward my sins were more constantly and vividly
before me than ever, until I sought the pardon of ther in God's
own way, and as I believe found it—I am strongly tempted to say,
`I know I found it.”'

In religion, the captain was as he had been in every thing else that he
undertook: open, active, liberal, ardent, zealous, laborious, untiring.
What some Christians call a cross, such as holding family prayer,
particularly before strangers of rank, praying in public, and speaking
in public on proper occasions, was to him no cross at all; and we
advise those Christians who cannot perform these offices, (and there
are such) not to dignify them with the name of crosses.

Captain Thompson and his wife led off a great revival in the village,
upon which Mrs. Glib took occasion to deliver her theology
very freely.

“Well, well, well!” said she to Mrs. Lark, this is what you call
getting religion, is it? Sinning all your life, and then kneeling
down there two or three days and then jumping up a Christian!”

“But, Mrs. Glib,” said Mrs. Lark, “you don't remember what
they say. They say that under Peter's preaching three thousand
were converted and joined the church in one day.”

“Well, is old Howell, Peter, or is old Sherman, Paul?”

“No, but they say that they preach the same gospel that Peter
and Paul did—”

“Oh yes, they say, they say, and they'll say anything to get up
an excitement, and to scare people. Now I love religion—real,
genuine religion—that kind of religion which a person goes to work
calmly, soberly, and deliberately to get. When I get religion, this
is the sort I mean to get; but this wild-fire sort of religion I don't
believe in at all.”

“But they say you don't get it when and as you want it.”

“They do! I should like to know how they know what I can do,
and what I can't. Now, mind what I tell you, nine out of ten of
these flashy converts will back-slide before the year's out—you mark
it! You remember we had just such a fuss as this five years ago,
and old Groat and John Dunn and Sally Nix, and Polly Pines all got
religion and were mighty happy; and where are they now?”

“But Mrs. Glib, you must do them the justice to say that a great
many more of them than that, held on to their religion.”

-- 133 --

[figure description] Page 133.[end figure description]

“Yes, such holding on as it was. Holding on like Sam Strap;
who is mighty sanctified all day Sunday, and slandering people's
children all the week—saying that genteel people's children are little
better than a den of thieves. That's what you call holding on, is
it? That's what you call religion, is it? And there's old Turner
prosecuting little boys for a little harmless sport—and he a preacher
at that! Don't tell me anything about any such religion as that!
You'd kill yourself laughing if you could see my Flor Claudia Lavinia
take them off. Now you know Mrs. Lark, that I don't allow
my children to make game of religious people of any sort. But some
nights when we come home from these night meetings, she begins
before I have time to stop her, and when she begins I get in such a
laughing fit, I can't stop her. She takes off old Howell to perfection—
his very voice, action, and words—then old 'brother' Mc Boon's
praying—the very twang. And old 'sister' McRea, creeping about
among the mourners. And 'brother' Wilson's singing! It seems
to me sometimes she will kill me. I always reprove her for it. I
said to her last night, Flora, you naughty girl, you really must quit
this, if you don't I shall get right angry with you—they mean well,
poor things, and you must not make fun of them.”

Nine weeks after this conversation, Mrs. Glib was brought to
death's door with the bilious fever; the first man that she sent for to
pray for her was Captain Thompson; the second was “brother”
McBoon. The first woman she asked to pray for her was Mrs. Mitten,
and the secon was “sister” McRea—charging every one of
them, while they prayed for her, to pray for her children, also, and
for Flora in particular. She professed conversion in two days from
the date of the first prayer that was put up in her behalf, and died.
Flora never professed conversion. She married, in three weeks after
her mother's death, a worthless, silly fellow, named Curt, who administered
upon Mrs. Glib's estate because no one else would, took
the guardianship of the boys, because no one else would; hired a
man of some property and no principle, named Carp, to go upon his
bonds, sold out all the property of the estate, except the negroes,
as soon as he could, and moved off with his security, and the whole
tribe, white and black, to the frontier of Alabama, to the great relief
and greater delight of every body. Nine years afterwards, the
younger Glib (Ben.) came back to the village to learn something
about the estate. To the amazement of all who knew the family, he
was a decent, pious, but ignorant man. His story was that Curt and
Carp settled near each other in Alabama. That in a very few years

-- 134 --

[figure description] Page 134.[end figure description]

after they got out there, Carp had got from Curt every negro that
belonged to the estate, and then moved still farther West. That the
elder Glib got into a difficulty with a gambler, who shot him. Of
his sister, he could be got to say no more than that he did not know
where she was. That his other brother was thrown from a horse in
a quarter race and killed. That he himself, seeing nothing but poverty
and ruin and disgrace all around him, had sought and obtained
religion. That as soon as he did so, a good Baptist man of considerable
wealth took him by the hand, gave him employment on his
farm, telling him that if he would do well, he would give him
good wages till he came of age, and then give him a little start in
the world. That his friend had been as good as his word, and that
he had now enough to live on comfortably, though he was not rich.

The records showed of what the estate consisted. He took copies,
went to the old family mansion, sauntered round it for a time, wept,
and left the village forever.

Having gone thus far with the Glib family, we had as well dispose
of it finally—it is replete with moral lessons. Carp had played his
cards adroitly to avoid responsibility. He knew the character of
the boys, and judged that none of them would live long enough to
call him to account. He knew, too, it would be an easy matter to
wheedle Curt out of all that he was worth individually or representatively,
and conjectured that as soon as poverty began to stare her in
the face, Mrs. Curt would be setting lawyers upon his trail. He
therefore, from the day that they left Georgia, became exceedingly
kind and exceedingly attentive to her ladyship. He would often
speak to her playfully of her husband's inefficiency and bad management—
declare that but for her, nothing could have induced him to
become his security; “but I saw,” said he, “every body hanging off,
nobody seemed to care anything for you or your poor orphan brothers;
and I said to myself, well, as for the boys, they will soon be big
enough to shirk for themselves—they can rough it; but what is to
become of Mrs. Curt? I can't see her suffer, and I'll be her friend
if it costs me every dollar I have in the world.”

He used a thousand seductive arts to entoil, and he succeeded.
He loaned money liberally to Curt, often advising him in the presence
of his wife not to take it. “Mr. Curt,” he would say, “two
per cent. a month will ruin you. I can get that from other people,
and, therefore, I don't like to loan for less, and I will not lend it to
you unless Mrs. Curt says so.”

“How much,” said Mrs. Curt, “is two per cent?

“Two dollars on every hundred dollars,” said Carp.

-- 135 --

[figure description] Page 135.[end figure description]

“Two dollars on every hundred dollars! why that is very little
indeed! I'd borrow all the money in Alabama at that price, if I
could get it.”

“Yes, Mrs. Curt, but you will not like to see your negroes under
mortgage to secure the debt.”

Mortgage! What's that?”

“Its a pledge of a negro to secure the debt.”

“Oh, that's nothing—surely Mr. Curt can pay the little sums that
he borrows with only two per cent. on them.”

The “little sums” ran up so fast that in a few years every negro
that Curt had in his hands was under mortgage. Not all for money
loaned, but for corn, fodder, pork, bacon, and other things sold; and
for large balances in horse-swaps, carpenters' bills paid, and large
outlays for Curt, in erecting a mill; for Mr. Curt having a fine mill
seat on his land, said it would never do to let such a fine water-power
be lost; so he commenced building a large mill when, as yet, there
was nobody in the neighborhood to patronize it, and when his brain
was about as well suited to manage a mill, as a claw-hammer is to
maul rails with.

About the time that the last mertgage ripened to maturity, Mr.
Carp concluded to go “and take a view, as he said, of the Louisiana
country.” He went, and came back so delighted with it, that he
must needs move there forthwith. But he could not go until he collected
his Alabama debts. Curt and he came to a settlement, when
it was found that Curt owed him more by three hundred dollars than
the negroes were worth by Curt's own valuation; he agreed, however,
as Curt was a particular friend, to take the negroes at Curt's estimate,
and give him a receipt in full. Curt felt very grateful for the
kindness, and promptly signed a bill of sale of the negroes, drawn up
by Carp himself, in which he took every precaution to guard against
after claps” as he called them, and which, in aftertimes gave a western
lawyer very great annoyance. Here it is:

“Whereas, on settlement this day made between myself and John
Carp, it appears that I am in his debt for monies advanced to me on
my own account, and also as administrator of Mrs. Brigita Glib, and
also as guardian of the children of said Mrs. Glib, to the amount of
ten thousand dollars; and whereas, I did execute a mortgage to said
John of the within fourteen negroes to secure the said debt, said negroes
not being worth by three hundred dollars as much as said debt,
at my own valuation, which mortgage is given up on my signing this
bill of sale, and whereas said John did become my security as

-- 136 --

[figure description] Page 136.[end figure description]

administrator, and guardian aforesaid, and I being willing to make him safe
from any loss or losses for becoming my security as aforesaid, do
make this bill of sale for that purpose also, for all these considerations
I do sell and convey to the said John the following negroes
namely:” (naming them, their sizes, sexes, and ages.) “And I
warrant them to said John against all claim by me or any body claiming
the same as heir of Mrs. Glib or any other person whatsoever,
&c., &c.”

This remarkable bill of sale Mr. Carp required should be signed
by Mrs. Curt as well as her husband, and that Curt should sign it
“for himself and as administrator and guardian.” Curt expressed
his readiness to comply with all these requisitions but the first. As
to this he said, “he doubted whether his wife could be induced to
sign it.” “Well,” said Carp, “ask her, and if she refuses, all well,
it will make no difference.”

Curt went to her with downcast looks and told her all the circumstances.
To his astonishment she expressed her perfect readiness to
sign it. “Sign it,” said she, “yes, that I will. Mr. Carp has been
so kind to us, that I can refuse him nothing.” The bill of sale was
executed to Mr. Carp's wishes. “And now, friend Curt,” said Carp,
“what are you going to do with no help here? You'd better bundle
up and go with me to Louisiana. I'll befriend you to my last dollar.”

“What am I to do with my mill and my little household plunder
and farm?”

“True,” said Carp, pondering—“you can't well leave them—oh,
I'll tell you how to manage it. Advertise them for sale two months
hence. I'll take your wife and child on, and fix her up by the time
you get there. When you've sold out all but your best horse, mount
him and come on. Sell for cash, for it will be inconvenient for you
to come back to collect money. Pity when I was selling my land to
Watson I did not think to put yours in the trade too. May be you
can sell it to him yet. By this plan you can come on with no trouble
or expense hardly.”

Curt said he liked the plan mightily, but doubted whether his wife
would agree to it. It was submitted to her, and she assented to it
readily; only charging her husband to come on as soon as possible.
In four days after this interview, Carp and all his negroes were
ready to take the road. He had provided a nice little Jersey for
Mrs. Curt and her child, and for fear of accidents, he promised to
drive it himself all the way to Louisiana. Just as the caravan was

-- 137 --

[figure description] Page 137.[end figure description]

about setting out, “Stop,” said Curt, “where shall I find you in
Louisiana?”

“Sure enough!” exclaimed Carp, “Now didn't we like to make
a pretty business of it! You will find us in Chuckiluckimaw Parish
on the Sabine river. Here, I'll give you the name on a piece of paper—
Tonnafoosky is the town where the Post office is. If you write
before you hear from us, direct your letter to Tonnafoosky Post office,
Chuckiluckimaw Parish, Louisiana.
There, it is all written out
so you can't miss it.” So saying, the whole caravan moved forward,
leaving poor Curt in loneliness, wifeless, childless, helpless, and in
money penniless. Carp settled on Buffalo creek, Wilkinson county,
Mississippi, where he and Mrs. Curt lived as man and wife for many
years. Several children were the fruit of this union. Mrs. Curt
had been dead about three mouths when Glib traced Carp to his
hiding place. Her death was awful. When the Doctor told her
that she could not possibly live more than twenty-four hours, she
raised a scream that was terrific. “Doctor,” cried she, “I am ruined,
I'm lost. Lost, lost, lost forever!” A minister was sent for and
came. “You needn't talk to me, sir—you needn't pray for me, sir—
I thank you—but if you knew—oh what shall I do!—”

“If I knew what, ma'am? Is it too bad to be told—”

“It might be told, but telling it will do no good and much harm—
It isn't passed, it's now—yes, it has been for years, it's now, it's all
the time.”

“Can't you tell it to your husband, or some of us?” said one of
the several ladies at her bedside.

“He knows it—he knows all about it. No, my husband doesn't
know it—he's innocent, poor man—yes, he knows part of it, but not
all of it—not half of it, not a quarter of it, not a thousandth part
of it—wasn't it a shame to treat him so?” (another scream.) “Her
mind's gone,” said one. “No, it isn't! I know all that I am saying—
I know you, I know everybody here. It isn't anything passed,
I tell you. It's now, I'm dying in it, and what good can praying do?
It's too late to get out of it. If I were to get well I couldn't get
out of it. My children scare me, my husband scares me, the negroes
scare me; my thoughts scare me, everything—send for Mr Carp
here, and you all go out of the room. Go clean away, send all the
children away, and all the servants, and I'll tell him all about it.”

It was done, and Carp entered the room.

“Mr. Carp, see what you've brought me to! I never would have
thought of it, if it hadn't been for you—”

-- 138 --

[figure description] Page 138.[end figure description]

“Haven't I treated you well, Flora?” “Yes, better than I deserved;
but what does it all amount to? You've brought me to everlasting
ruin. It was bad enough in me to leave my poor husband;
but to leave him as we did—with nothing to live on—to fill his ears
with lies—to make fun of him—to send him all over the country
hunting for us!”

“Oh, Flora, don't take on so! Try and compose yourself. Everything
depends upon it. Think of your children! The thing's past
and gone now, and fretting over it can't mend it—”

“Our children! Our children!—Look there!—Look there!
Mr. Carp! Mr. Carp! Mr. Carp”—Another scream—and her
mind was gone. She lay for a few minutes in a stupor, during which
the company were called back. Then she began in a low, calm tone
of voice:

“Ma!—Ma!—Ma, did you tell them—? you're scared—
`Pray for Flora!'—You laughed—No—No—yes, both—
In the Pulpit—Mrs. McRae (a wild laugh!) Mr. Wilson! (another)
There, its bed time—All dead but me! Ben's alive—we'll
all meet in heaven—He was so stupid—Sabine!” Another
convulsive laugh—and she died.

Carp was asked repeatedly what it was that distressed his wife so
much in her last moments. He said she had told him all about it,
but that it was nothing of any consequence—she was out of her
head.

Benjamin Glib soon explained the mystery. After satisfying himself
fully that Carp was in Wilkinson, he went to a lawyer in Natchez,
and unfolded the whole history of his case from the death of his
mother to Carp's elopement with his sister. Mr. Stark, his Attorney,
advised him to remain in Natchez until he (Stark) could go to
Wilkinson, and ascertain all the particulars of Carp's history from
his settlement in Mississippi to the time present. Two days were
amply sufficient to assure him that Glib's story was true in every
particular. He immediately took the preliminary steps necessary to
the institution of suits against Carp, in behalf of both Glib and
Curt's daughter Sarah, now going under the name of Sally Carp.
The child's interests could not be secured without letters of guardianship;
and Stark assisted in procuring them. He did not allow Glib
to apply for them until he had fortified himself with proofs impregnable,
to sustain his application. As soon as it was made, all Woodville
was thrown in a ferment. Carp's infamy was exposed, and the
horrid death of his putative wife disposed everybody to believe it.

-- 139 --

[figure description] Page 139.[end figure description]

Sarah caused some difficulty at first, but as it was much more agreeable
to her to pass for a legitimate than an illegitimate child, it was
easily removed. The suits were instituted and recoveries had which
swept away nearly the whole of Carp's estate. But we must not
suppress the history of the bill of sale.

As soon as he was served with process, Carp went to Mr. Smith, a
great Attorney of Woodville, to engage his services. “Well,” says
Smith, “let us take up one case at a time; what have you to say to
Glib's ease?”

“Lord bless your soul, squire,” said Carp, “I've got 'em tied so
fast that they can't kick. Turn which way they will, they're headed.”

“Well, Carp, I'm glad to hear you say that, old fellow, for public
prejudice is very strong against you.”

“Just look at that bill of sale, squire, and tell me how they're to
get out of that, will you?”

Smith read it, and while reading it, his countenance assumed
nearly every variety of expression that the human countenance can
assume. When he had finished—

“Well,” said he, “of all the Bills of Sale that ever I laid my
eyes upon, that beats. If you had come to me and told me to draw
up an instrument, in the form of a bill of sale, that at all times, and
in all Courts would be equal to a confession of judgment by you, in
any suit brought against you, by any person claiming under Mrs.
Glib, I couldn't have come within gun-shot of this for that purpose.
Burn it up immediately—destroy it—what's your wife's name doing
to that bill of sale? Isn't Flora Curt the woman you've been living
with as your wife? But it's not worth while to talk about it—destroy
it, I tell you, immediately!”

“And then what title will I have to show for all these negroes
and—”

“None; trust to the defects of Glib's title, or to his not being able
to identify them—”

“Is that the best advice that you can give me?”

“Yes.”

“Then I'll get another lawyer. Stark would give me the same
advice; I understand it!”

“What do you mean, you cheating, swindling, adulterous rascal?”
said Smith, moving to the back room with a stick hunting motion.
Carp was gone before his return.

Carp employed a young attorney of Woodville, who confirmed his
views of the bill of sale, in every particular. “There's the title,”

-- 140 --

[figure description] Page 140.[end figure description]

said he, “plainly and distinctly set forth—not simply upon a good
consideration, which would have been all-sufficient, but also upon a
valuable consideration, and, to make assurance doubly sure, upon divers
other considerations.
This title, like the resistless torrent, is
sustained by various tributaries from perfectly pure sources. Then
it is fortified by a rampart of truth and generosity on your part, Mr.
Carp, that must forever protect it from the imputation of fraud. All
else is mere surplusage. How such a profound jurist as Mr. Smith
is, could have advised you to destroy this all important document, I
cannot conceive, unless he overlooked that sterling legal maxim:
Utile per inutile non vitiatur.

Carp was enraptured with this impromptu display of legal ability,
rejoiced at his change of Attornies, and highly flattered at finding
his skill in guarding against “afterclaps” so fully avouched.

Far as we have digressed from the direct path of our narrative, we
are strongly tempted to follow this bill of sale through the several
Courts in which it made its appearance, but in charity to the reader's
patience we forbear. Suffice it to say, that as soon as Stark saw it,
he took a copy of it, served notices to produce it in all the cases, and
never let it get out of Court until it had, as we have said, turned
over nearly the whole of Carp's estate to Glib and his niece. This
is but one of a thousand instances in which rascality has over-reached
itself, and been made subservient to justice.

Glib and his niece returned to Alabama, rich, and both prosperep
in life. Curt was lucky. Watson purchased him out entirely, in less
than two months after Carp's departure, at tolerably fair prices, and
he set out in quest of his wife with three thousand dollars in his
pocket. He had not gone far in Louisiana before he learned that
there were no such places in the State as Chuckiluckimaw and Tonnafoosky:
so coming upon a valuable piece of land, he purchased it
cheap, and settled down upon it with two negro women, proceeds of
his surplus funds. His land grew in value and his negroes in number,
and thus when he died, (a little before his wife,) he left a right
pretty little estate, which went to swell the fortune of his daughter.
It would have been lost to her, but for a letter which he wrote to a
friend in Georgia, just before his death, who three or four years afterwards
went to visit Glib.

-- --

CHAPTER XVII.

[figure description] Page 141.[end figure description]

As soon as Captain Thompson joined the Methodists, his sister expressed
a wish to attach herself to the same church to which he and
his wife belonged.

“No, Anna,” said the Captain, “I advise you against it. I am
sure you cannot be a better christian in the Methodist Church than
you have proved yourself to be in the Presbyterian Church. If I
can be as bright an ornament to my Church, as you are to yours, I
shall deem myself greatly blessed—”

“Brother, you greatly over-rate my piety. I have a great many
faults and weaknesses which your eye never sees, but which I see
and mourn over, and struggle against, every day.”

“I shall hardly be convinced of my error by that kind of proof,
my dear sister. One brazen sin would bring your piety in question
with me more than a hundred faults and weaknesses hidden in the
heart, and mourned over and struggled against every day. But
enough of this—stay with your people, with whom you have long held
sweet communion, to whom you are endeared by a thousand ties, and
who are entitled to the benefit of your influence and example. I am not
sure that the division of the Church into seets is not of God's appointment.
Some good results from the division, obviously. It secures
the Scriptures from interpolation and mutilation, stimulates
the several churches to good works, liberality, generosity, and activity
in the advancement of the Redeemer's Kingdom; brings truth to
the test of open, fair and able discussion, guards the church from
new heresies, if it cannot eradicate old ones, and effectually prevents
a union of Church and State in this blessed country, at least. So
much good does it, and much more would it do, if each sect would
practice, as it should, the heavenly precepts of love and charity
taught them by their common Head. If others will not practice
them let us do it, my dear sister; and be assured, if our example
passes unobserved on earth, it will not be overlooked in Heaven.”

“Those are sweet counsels, my dear brother, and they have already
banished from my mind every thought of quitting my church.
It is strange, very strange, but I cannot disposses my mind of the
thought that some heavy calamity is going to befall us. I am too
happy for earth. I question whether there is this day a human being
this side of Heaven as happy as I am. You once said to me

-- 142 --

[figure description] Page 142.[end figure description]

sportively, `turn Methodist and shout,' and now I could do it with
right good will. I can hardly keep from it—”

“And why should you wish to keep from it? It is one of the
means which Providence has appointed for relieving the overcharged
heart, and I do not see why it should be repressed. I know why it
is repressed, very well. It is regarded by most people as very undignified—
only, however, when most people are devoid of the feeling
that provokes it. Let the people, dignitaries and all, witness a
closely contested election of deep interest; at one moment it seems
to be going one way, at the next the other, and thus the contestants
alternately pass each other, until they stand abreast with but two
votes in the box—they come out for the same man. What do you
see, then, among the victors? One weeps outright with joy, another
laughs frantically, another vents the long suppressed breath, and
smiles; but all applaud, and nine-tenths raise a shout that may be
heard for miles. There is nothing at all undignified in this! It is
perfectly natural. Now they are all moved by the same spirit; but
it manifests itself in different ways according to the different temperaments
of the crowd. I suppose if a battery of artillery were
bearing upon them, and they were forbidden to shout, under pain of
being fired upon, they might suppress it (doubtful if all would); but
what would be thought of the man who would recommend such a
measure, or any milder one, to prevent this honest outburst of feeling?
When General Washington passed through the country on his
Southern tour, he was met by multitudes at every town and village
at which he stopped. As soon as the throngs caught a glimpse of the
approaching hero, they made the welkin ring with their shouts. As
he passed through the streets, women waved their handkerchiefs,
and wept; old soldiers wept, but most waved their hats, and shouted
again and again, loud and long. He would have been regarded as a Tory
who gave no outward demonstration of joy at such times. The very
next day these same people would go to a Methodist meeting, and
sneer at a new convert for shouting. And what has Washington
done for any one of us, compared with what Christ has done for the
new convert? What the liberty which Washington gained for us,
compared with `the liberty wherewith Christ has made us free?' What
can we promise ourselves from this great Republic, compared with
the Savior's legacy to the soldiers of the Cross? At His birth the
angels of heaven shouted. His second coming to earth will be heralded
by a shout. At His triumphant entry into Jerusalem, the
whole multitude of His disciples shouted. The Phraisee (strict re

-- 143 --

[figure description] Page 143.[end figure description]

ligionists) begged him to rebuke them. What was His reply? `I
tell you, if these should hold their peace, the stones would immediately
cry out.
' But He had not yet died for these disciples. No one is offended
at a shout from the dying Christian! In the times of David and
the Prophets, it was not regarded as undignified in holy men to
shout. I used to laugh at the shouting Christians, myself. I used
to be provoked with them, until I learned something of their feelings,
and then I was very ready to excuse them. From excusing I went
to thinking, and from thinking to reading upon the subject; and the
result of my deliberations and research is what I have delivered to
you. Now, do not misunderstand me. I do not say that Christians
ought to shout, much less that shouting is an infallible test of
Christianity; and least of all, that there are not just as good
Christians who never shout, as there are who do. I do not believe
that there is a better shouting Christian in our Church than you are;
but I do say that it is the most natural thing in the world that
Christians of some temperaments should shout, if I understand anything
about religion; and that ridicule of it comes with ill grace
from a shouting world, or a non-shouting Church.”

“But brother, how does it happen that there is shouting in no
other Church in the world but the Methodist?”

“Just because the Methodist is, (in one sense) the newest church
in the world. When we join a church we as naturally drop into the
ways of its people as we do into its eroed. I know very well where
they all began; it was in such a scene of excitement and clamor as
amazed the lookers-on, and led them to mock, and to say that the
converts were full of new wine. But all churches will, in process
of time, conform themselves to the opinions and manners of the
world, just as far as they can, without compromising their principles.
Prudence or policy may dictate this course—to avoid persecution,
ridicule and contempt, or to gain popularity. Never did the
world show any mercy, not to say charity to religious excitements.
The Methodists have hardly yet passed the fiery ordeal through
which all zealous, self-denying God-serving, world-defying Christians
must pass. The marks of violence are still upon their humble
meeting houses, and derision meets them at all their services. As
yet, they have no church etiquette (if you will excuse the term), no
thought, and very little knowledge, of the world's dignities; for they
are mostly poor and illiterate; no idea that joy should be disciplined,
or transports suppressed. They, therefore, give the rein to their
feelings just as nature prompts them. They are happy, very happy,

-- 144 --

[figure description] Page 144.[end figure description]

and they express their happiness in the natural way, without fear of
startling their brethren, offending their pastors, or provoking sinners.
But it is not to be supposed that our church will be exempt
from the common lot of churches. With a penniless Ministry, fervid,
zealous, devout, persecuted, traversing the country from the
mountains to the seaboard, and preaching the Gospel to every creature,
white, black, bond, free, rich, poor, at their own doors, it must
grow, and as it grows it will increase in dignity, science, fine preaching,
fine dressing, fine eating, fine stations, fine circuits, fine music,
fine churches, and strong voting. Of course, it will then become,
especially with the most respected office holders and office seekers,
very respectable. There will be religion in it, sterling religion in
it still—religion armed for giant work, and well employed; but there
will be no shouting in it, no fraternal embraces in it, no out gushing
of hymns from a thousand voices, eloquent of the heart's heavenly
inspirations, no `brothering' between great preachers and poor
members. Or if these distinctive features of primitive Methodism
be not entirely effaced, you will have to seek them, to find them, in
some poor brother's circuit, in the gorges of the mountains, the
wilds of the West, or the negro quarters of the rich.”

“Verily, brother, you have said more in defence of shouting, than
I supposed could be said; and most certainly, if I never shout myself,
I shall always, hereafter, look with the greatest indulgence
upon those Christians who do.”

“That is the lesson that I would inculcate, my sister. And when
you learn what may be said in defence of it, tell me, what think you
of that Pastor of a church who requested a good sister of his flock
to leave the church, because, under his own glowing description of
Heaven, or under something else he said, that filled her heart with
joy, she relieved it with a shout. Think of her, if you please, perchance
the holiest of his charge, retiring from the house of worship—
from the sermon which refreshed her, under the eye-shot of the
congregation, shamed, subdued, depressed, disgraced!”

“Oh, my dear brother! Surely such a thing never happened?”

“Surely such a thing did happen, if a credible witness is to be
believed. It may be that that woman paid more, for her means, to
build the church from which she was ordered—paid more, for her
means, to support the Pastor who so deeply wounded her, than any
other member of his congregation. She never shouted again, in
his church, you may be sure, nor did any other one of his flock; and
the consequence was, (I conjecture, not without some reason), he

-- 145 --

[figure description] Page 145.[end figure description]

had ever afterwards a very quiet, orderly, Laodicean Church. Charity,
my sister! let there be charity among the churches. Instead of
looking for faults in each other, let them be looking for what is good
in each other, and let them reciprocally interchange the good, and
reject the faulty. In this way, all might be improved—all would be
more endeared to each other than they are.”

“You have so well defended shouting among Christians, that perhaps
you can give me some new views upon another usage of your
church, which has always seemed to me much more objectionable
than shouting. I allude to your altar scenes in times of revival.
Some are singing, some are talking to mourners, and two or three
are praying aloud at the same time, and when to all this is added the
shouts of the converts, the whole scene is one of utter confusion, it
seems to me. What can you say in defence of all this?”

“Nothing. It is not only indefensible, but it is positively unscriptural.
Each and all of these exercises are proper in their
place; but to have them all going on at one and the same time is
little better than to set all the rules of order, human and divine, at
defiance. The honesty of intention and benevolence of purpose
with which it is done, are all that make it tolerable, even to the
most charitable; but these are very poor excuses for those who are
presumed to have read Paul's Epistles, and yet encourage such things.
And here, a very pertinent illustration of what I have just said, presents
itself: If at revivals in your church, your people would borrow
a little more fervor from ours, and ours in like circumstances would
borrow a little more order and solemnity from yours, I think both
would be improved. Dignity, gravity, and order well become the
christian; but love, joy and zeal, much better become him; and if
they cannot all be harmonized, why, let the first give way, I say, and
let all give way to love, if it be possible to separate joy from it! And
when love and joy abound in him, let him be indulged in his nature's
way of manifesting them, even to the interruption of a sermon for a
time; and if the feeling become general among the flock, why, let
the sermon go; there is no better preaching, at times, than the rejoicing
together of many happy Christians. These are my crude notions,
sister; take them for what they are worth.”

“I thank you for them, my very dear, dear brother, and I am
sure that they will be of service to me. Oh, how much happiness I
have lost from your delay in embracing Christianity!”

“Not so much, perhaps, from want of my counsels and religious
opinions, as from want of that deference and respect which I should

-- 146 --

[figure description] Page 146.[end figure description]

have shown to your piety, and that tenderness of address that I should
have shown to a sister.”

In the main, things went on smoothly and happily in the two
families, during the vacation; but before its close, both the Captain
and his sister had their quiet a little disturbed by William's over
attention to Snap-dragon. It was a natural curiosity that prompted
him to enquire carefully into Snap-dragon's capabilities, accomplishments,
predilections, and tractability. By close observation and experiment,
he discovered that a little needless whipping improved him
wonderfully—(such the difference between a teacher and a disciple.)
It made him move airily, and infused life, grace and activity into
both his extremities; that he could trot eight miles an hour—that he
could beat Billy Figg's Nicktail, Billy Pine's Catham, and Bob
Maston's Flying Nelly easily; that he stood the firing of a gun on
him very well; that he could clear a six-rail fence at a leap; that
by tickling him in a particular way in the flank (which he called
the “grabble-tickle”) he could make him kick amusingly, that by
applying the “grabble-tickle” to his back-bone, just behind the
saddle, he could carry him through a variety of most interesting
evolutions—tail-switching, warping, biting, (backwards, at nothing,)
polka-dancing, and furious kicking. One thing he taught him which
was perfectly original, and that was to stop at the cluck or chirp,
and go at the word “wo!” To teach him all these accomplishments
William had to devote nearly his whole time to him. He had to
ride him far and near; and in so doing it was just as well to call
and see all the planters within seven miles of the village, and rest
awhile with them, and entertain them with all the wonders of Doctor
Waddel's school, as to ride that far and return without dismounting.
Every gathering in the county he was certain to attend; by
means whereof he had a fine opportunity of studying human nature,
in some of its most interesting aspects. He saw how petty elections
were conducted—how electioneering was carried on—how much
rum it took to elect a Captain and a Justice of the Peace. He
saw justice administered by magistrates in their shirt-sleeves, and
heard stiff quarrels between them and the suitors—he saw card
playing in its most unpretending humility and simplicity, to-wit,
by a couple of the sovereignty, seated cross legged on the ground,
with a dirty cotton handkerchief between them for a table, and
a half deck of dirtier cards. (Here was the introduction of
`squatter sovereignty” into the country; but who could have supposed
that it would ever make such a fuss in the world as it has

-- 147 --

[figure description] Page 147.[end figure description]

made!) He saw cock-fights occasionally, dog-fights often, and men-fights
regularly—now and then he was entertained with a quarter
race and a foot race—upon one occasion he took up a banter of “the
universal world” for a foot race, by a youth both older and larger
than himself, and gained the victory handsomely. His competitor
said, “if he couldn't beat him a running, he could whip him.”
Bill “pitched into him,” as the saying is, without a parley, and
flogged him, beautifully, and to the delight and admiration of everybody,
who thought it mean in him to pick a quarrel with a boy who
had fairly beaten him, just from shame of his defeat. These feats
gave William great renown in the county. Perhaps no youth in the
land ever made greater progress in “the study of human nature”
than William did in the short space of two months. But without
Snap-dragon, where would he have been? Confined to the darkness
of his own village! And whoever heard of any human nature in a
village, save at Court times, general elections, and general parades?
The Captain often heard of his progress, and often counselled him.
“William,” he would say, “I fear I committed a great error in giving
you that horse; I am sure I did. It was one of the most imprudent
acts of my life.”

“Why, uncle?”

“For many reasons. He takes up all your time. I never see a
book in your hand; you have hardly attended a religious meeting,
except on Sunday, since the vacation commenced. You are too
young to have control of a horse. He is a spirited horse; and if not
managed with care he may break your neck—”

“Uncle, he can't throw me to save his life.”

“I'm glad to hear that; my main design in giving him to you,
was to make you a good horseman; but he may run away with you,
carry you under the limb of a tree, and knock your brains out. If
you will be careful with him, there is no danger, for I know him to
be a very gentle horse, though spirited—but youths of your age are
so thoughtless. I hardly ever see you in the day time; where do
you keep yourself?”

“Just riding about in the country, Uncle.”

“But sometimes you're gone the live long day, and surely you
are not riding all the time without your meals?”

“Oh no, sir! sometimes I take dinner at Mr. Love's, sometimes
at Mr. Tod's, sometimes at Squire Mattoxes, sometimes at Mr.
White's, and Curtis King's—”

-- 148 --

[figure description] Page 148.[end figure description]

“Why, William, my son, you ought not to visit people's houses
in that way—”

“Uncle, they always tell me they are glad to see me, and always
beg me to come and see them again.”

“To be sure they do; but because they are kind, you should not
tax their hospitality all the time. At times, I am sure you must fall
upon them very unseasonably, and give them no little inconvenience.
When they see you in town here, and ask you to come and see them,
why, then go; but don't thrust yourself upon them at all hours, uninvited.

“I'll obey you uncle.”

Again the Captain would renew his complaints and advice:

“William, your mother is very uneasy about you. She says you
constantly come home charged with news from all the gatherings in
the county. Surely, you don't frequent such places? What interest
can you take in them? What do you promise yourself from such
resorts? I charge you under pain of my sore displeasure to abandon
them.”

“I will do so, uncle.”

William's victories happened to be reported to the Captain by Mr.
Moore, in the presence of William, and in the way of congratulation
to him!

“Why, William!” exclaimed the Captain, “is it possible that you
have been running foot races and fighting—”

“Oh, don't blame him,” said Mr. Moore; “I supposed you knew
all about it, since it is talked about everywhere. But don't blame
William, for he never did a better thing in all his life, and never will
do a better while he lives. He was at the Court, at old man Haralson's,
and there was an uncommonly large gathering for the occasion.
There was a fellow there, a forward, noisy chap, named Jake Black,
who was cutting up high shines. He said he could beat anything
of his weight and inches in the universal world at a foot race. `I
can beat you,' said William. `You!' says Black. `I can run round
you three times in fifty yards and then beat you.' `Well,' says
William, `suppose you try it.' The match was made up, a hundred
yards were stepped off, and all on the Court ground went to see
the race. At the word they started, and William beat him a clear
light of at least seven yards. There was a general shout as they
came in, and many had something digging to say to Black. One
told him he oughtn't to run against anything but grub-worms and
terrapins. Another told him his belly didn't give his legs fair play.

-- 149 --

[figure description] Page 149.[end figure description]

`I saw your thighs,' says he `hit your belly every step you made.
If you can only manage to hook up your belly just three quarters of
an inch before you run, so as to give your legs full sweep, you'd beat
Bill Mitten thirty yards in the hundred, I know you would.' `Oh,'
says a third, `his stomach had nothing to do with it—at least it
wouldn't have had, if he had been in good keep; but he was in no
order to run. I saw him eat two water millions and a peck of peaches,
not an hour before the race. Take that weight off of him, and
where would Bill Mitten have been?' `Well,' said the second,
`that's just what I say. He only lacks three-quarters of an inch of
beating `the universal world,' I thought his belly was nat'ral.'

“This kind of chat,” continued Moore, “made Jake very mad, and
as William stood laughing with the rest, Jake stept up to him, and
said, `If you can beat me running, I can whip you mighty easy.'
You know that hard place in the road between old man Haralson's
house and the Court room? He was standing there; and the words
was no sooner out of his mouth than William seized him, fetched
the hip lock upon him, and gave him the hardest fall that I ever
saw a boy get in all my life. Before Jake could recover from his
fall, William was on him, giving him bringer. He very soon `told
the news' (cried `enough!') and William got off of him without a
scratch. I don't suppose there ever was a people more rejoiced and
surprised than they all were at William's doings. Jake had no idea
that a boy dressed as fine as William was, could fight at all, nor did
anybody else believe it; but, Lord bless your soul, Captain, he walked
over Jake in the highest style of fighting! I tell you what, sir,
he's as active as a cat and as bold as a lion. So you see he was not
to blame.”

“And now came the tug of war,” (intestine war) with the Captain.
Before Moore had proceeded four sentences in his narrative,
Captain Thompson's countenance lost every trace of amazement and
indignation, and assumed a rather unchristian placidity. The next
transition was to a benignant smile; then to an expression of wonder
and delight; then to a laugh of triumph; and so it went on, stronger
and stronger, to the end of the chapter; so that when Moore concluded,
it was manifest that “brother” Thompson had no more
thought of religion in him, than he had of the tattling of his countenance;
and no more thought of the tattling of his countenance,
than if he had been all the time in profound sleep. But the time
had come for him to speak, and what could he say? Bill had followed
his counsels to the letter, and had exhibited the very fruits

-- 150 --

[figure description] Page 150.[end figure description]

from them that he had anticipated and desired. Should he now rebuke
him? That would not do. Should he applaud his conduct?
That would not do from a Christian. Should he remain silent?
That would be a tacit sanction of all that William had done. But
say something he must, and that something must be extemporized;
so he began, in a very cool tone, that might be taken for the composure
of religion, or the composure of gratification:

“Why, William, I'm astonished at you!”

Very true, but very equivocal.

“I don't think, in any view of the case, that his saying simply,
that he could whip you, justified you in attacking him—”

“But, Uncle, I saw that he was mad, and bent upon picking a
quarrel with me, or hacking me before all the company, and I thought
that as I would have to fight or back out, I'd best take a running
start on him; for the first blow in a fight is half the battle, they
say.”

“Well, that is true—that is—arguing upon worldly principles;
and supposing fighting in any case to be justifiable; for by that
course you are certain to get some advan—However, worldly principles
are not always to be trusted; indeed, never to be trusted when
they come in conflict with religious principles. The longer I live
in the world, the more dissatisfied I become with its ways and notions.
Four or five months ago, I would have given advice that I
would not now give—at least without very considerable qualifications.
Vigor of body, strength of constitution, unflinching courage—moral
courage—are certainly great things—great things in many points of
view—but then, like all good gifts, they may be abused. And here,
William, let me give you a caution. You have a very good apology
(our friend Moore thinks) for engaging in those contests with Black.
Now, take care that your victories over him do not lead you to seek
contests merely to show your prowess—merely for the praise of victory,
and the terror of your companions. Oh! of all the disgusting
things in this world, a mere bully—a man who forces his fellow being
into a fight with him, merely for the vile fame of whipping him,
is the most disgusting. I have seen such men, and I have despised
them. They pretend to take as insults what they know was meant
in friendship, or in fun. They wantonly assail feelings, play insufferable
pranks with men, and then assail them for speaking harshly
of what they say they meant as innocent sport. They take occasion
from a man's dress, his features, his person, his carriage, to worry
him into resistance of some kind, and then flog him for resisting.

-- 151 --

[figure description] Page 151.[end figure description]

Can anything better mark a devil than such conduct as this? Now,
William, I don't blame you for fighting (that is, upon worldly principles)
under the circumstances; but I do blame you for going to
such places—not for going to Mr. Haralson's, for he is a very worthy
man, and has a very worthy family, but for going there in Court
times. I have been there often and I don't remember ever to have
seen one of his sons in the crowd of Court days, in my life. And
I blame you for running a race, at such a time and place.”

Now if the reader can extract from this long harangue, what
were the Captain's views of the case of Mitten vs. Black, upon
Christian principles, he is certainly much wiser than the writer.
Whether it was becoming in him to discuss the case so generally
upon “worldly principles,” without drawing a line of distinction between
them and Christian principles—whether it was right in him
to say what he would have advised four or five months ago, that he
would not now without any specifications that might enlighten his
nephew, as to whether he meant to take back any of his counsels
upon universal excellence, are questions which we will not undertake
to settle. But we will venture to say, that Master Mitten inferred
from it, that the Captain was highly delighted, (but of course
only on worldly principles
) with his achievements, and that he need
never fear the Captain's wrath for fighting, provided he would always
fight at the right time, in the right place, and for good reasons in Mr.
Moore's judgment.

In the course of his observations, Master Mitten discovered two
other things through the aid of Snap-dragon, which we must not
omit to mention; the one was, that six or seven months abstinence
from strong drink, had not entirely abated his relish for it; and the
other was, that the squatter sovereigns committed many errors in
their games that he could have rectified with success. It was the
custom of not a few heads of families at this time, to make up a
mint-julep of peach or apple-brandy, every morning, and to give a
little to every member of the family, old and young, blacks excepted.
It was a much more invariable custom to make a large bowl of egg-nog
every Christmas, of which the whole family were expected to
take a little more freely, and it was considered rather a laughing
than a serious matter if some of the children got intoxicated. No
one ever entered a house to tarry for a half hour, without being asked
“to take something to drink,” and with the plainer people of the
country, this invitation was extended to boys hardly in their teens,
and was accepted without exciting any surprise. Not many years

-- 152 --

[figure description] Page 152.[end figure description]

before the times of which we are speaking, probably down to the
very times, a still more remarkable custom prevailed among some,
if not all Methodist Preachers;—which was to ask a blessing upon
every glass of toddy they took. Should this statement be questioned,
we have authority for it, at hand, which no man in Georgia will
question. How this custom originated it is easy to divine; the discipline
of the Methodist Church enjoined upon its members to do
nothing upon which they could not invoke God's blessing, and as
they never dreamed that there was anything sinful in taking a glass of
toddy, or as it was more commonly called a little sweetened dram,
they “said grace over it.”

While such customs were rife in the country, it is not to be wondered
at that Master Mitten had frequent opportunities of indulging
his early formed relish for ardent spirits, even without the help of
Snap-dragon—with his help they were quintupled. He however
took care never to appear at home, or in the presence of his Uncle,
disguised with liquor.” But as the Captain saw that he was doing no
good, he feared that he was doing much harm, and he rejoiced greatly
when the time arrived for his return to school. A little before
this time, the Captain informed William overnight that he wished
to borrow Snap-dragon for a short ride the next morning, as all his
own horses were in use. William gave a cordial assent, of course.
“Send Tom over with him directly after breakfast, I'm only going
to Doctor Wingfield's,” said the Captain.

The Captain lived on the street that led directly to Doctor Wingfield's
and near the edge of the town. As William had never seen
his uncle on Snap-dragon, and felt a deep interest in his performance
under the saddle of his kind benefactor, he took his position in the
inner lock of a fence on the street, under cover of some high weeds,
whence, with a little change of position, he could have a full view
of the Captain's house, and two or three hundred yards of the street
and road leading from it. Tom got to the house with Snap-dragon,
about the time that William got comfortably seated. Snap was soon
saddled, and the Captain was nearly as soon by his side, ready to
mount him. Snap showing signs of impatience to get off. “What
makes that horse do so, Tom?” asked the Captain. “I don't like
his motions.”

“He's gentle, Mas' David,” said Tom. “He only do so till you
start him.”

The Captain placed one hand on Snap's neck and the other on the
back of the saddle to mount; this hand happened to slip and fall a

-- 153 --

[figure description] Page 153.[end figure description]

little rudely on Snap's back. Snap, nothing doubting that this was
the beginning of the “grabble tickle,” commenced with the preliminaries
of the polka.

“Why, that horse is ruined,” said the Captain. “I wonder he
hasn't knocked William's brains out long ago.”

“Mas' David I tell you the' an't nothin' the matter with him.
This is nothin' but some little foolnish Mas William larn him. He's
gentle.”

In the mean time Bill was rolling in the weeds, “enthused*
with delight.

The Captain made a second attempt, and mounted.

“Tom, tell your Mistress—Wo!” said he to fidgetting Snap, and
away went Snap “to the tune of eight miles an hour!” “Wo!
repeated the Captain more emphatically, and Snap put off at half
speed, at which gait he passed Bill in an agony of laughter. The
Captain immediately conjectured that Bill had been running Snap,
and that the horse took “wo” for “go!” and he did not repeat the
word again. Snap soon became pacified, and the Captain brought
him to a halt. He studied awhile whether it would be best for him
to go on or return. He concluded he would try Snap a little farther
any how; so he clucked to him to proceed; but so far from proceeding,
Snap settled himself in more dignified composure than he had
exhibited during the whole morning. He clucked again, with no
better success. He chirped, but these changes of note operated upon
Snap like a seranade.

“Why, did ever anybody see such a fool horse since the world
was made!” mused the Captain. “What's a body to do with him?
How is he to be made to go on, or stop? If I ever give another
chap a fine horse, he may give me a thousand lashes, and I'll thank
him for it. It certainly was the unluckiest act of my life to give
Bill this horse!”

Upon the whole, the Captain concluded it would be best for him
to get out of temptations as quick as possible, by returning home.
Just as he made up his mind to this course, Mr. Foster met him:

“Good morning, brother Thompson!” said Foster.

“Good morning, brother Foster,” said Mr. Thompson.

“Which way are you going?”

“I was going to Doctor Wingfield's, but I've got on my nephew's
horse, which the boy has so completely spoiled, that there is no doing
anything with him, so I'll go back with you.”

-- 154 --

[figure description] Page 154.[end figure description]

All of the proceedings up to this moment convinced Snap-dragon
that he had been brought out that morning for no other purpose in
the world, than to beat Mr. Foster's horse in a quarter race. His
conjectures were fully confirmed, when in answer to Mr. Foster's
question “don't you own him?” the Captain, as he paced about,
answered emphatically “No!

At the word, Snap dashed. The Captain soon took him up, and
waited till brother Foster came up. As he approached, the Captain
clucked to Snap, and he stopped crustily.

“Bless your soul, honey,” said brother Foster, “that's a mighty
good looking horse, but he's a mighty foolish one.”

“He was one of the finest horses in the land— Wo!” cried the
Captain, (forgetting himself,) to Snap, in rage to beat Foster's horse,
and away he dashed again. He was stopped as before.

“Why, brother Thompson, that horse seems to go when he ought
to stop, and stop when he ought to go.”

“Exactly so,” said the Captain; and Snap bristled considerably at
the last word, but was chirped to a halt instantly.

“Why bless your soul, honey, I never did see a horse take on
after that sort in all my life. I wouldn't give this pipe for him, if I
had to ride him.”

“No,” said the Captain, (Snap bristled,) “nor I neither.”

In this way, between stops and starts, and sidles and snorts, the
Captain reached home greatly to his delight, and the still greater delight
of William.

The lecture he gave his nephew at their next meeting, we leave
the reader to conjecture.

eaf460n9

* This word, of very modern coinage, is now getting into pretty general use,
in some parts of the country.

-- 155 --

CHAPTER XVIII.

[figure description] Page 155.[end figure description]

When the time came for William Mitten to return to school, he
begged his uncle to allow him to keep his horse at Willington. He
thought “that if he boarded two or three miles from the school
house, and rode to school and back to his boarding house every day,
his health would be greatly improved.” He said, that “if he had a
horse to ride to the post office he could get and mail letters speedily—
that he often wished to go and hear Mr. Waddel preach at Rocky
River Church; but that he had no means of getting there—that it
would cost nothing hardly to keep a horse at Willington. That
several times during the summer he had suffered from head-ache,
occasioned by hard study and want of exercise, and that unless he
could take more exercise in the summer mouths than he had been
taking, he feared his health would be ruined. That in the winter
it was not so bad; for the exercise of getting wood, and the active
plays of the school, at this season gave him plenty of exercise; but
in warm weather, he sometimes got so weak that it seemed to him he
would faint.”

Mrs. Mitten said “that she would cheerfully bear the expense of
the horse, if her brother would consent to William's keeping him at
Willington. That the idea of his constitution being shattered by
severe study was distressing to her. That she had suffered no little
in mind herself from the difficulty of hearing from William often
through the mails, and that there was something delightful in the
thought of her son going to sacred service with his preceptor. She
could conceive of nothing more likely to produce reciprocal endearment
between the two than this; but that if brother David thought
differently she had nothing to say.”

“William,” said the Captain, “you perplex me not a little. The
horse is yours, and I do not like to interfere with your right of property
in him; and yet, to allow you to take him off to school with
you, and keep him there, knowing as I do how you have used him,
seems to me little better than wilfully putting your life in jeopardy,
encouraging you to idleness, pushing you into difficulties with your
preceptor, and periling all my bright hopes of you at once. What
could have possessed me to make you such a present as that! Yes,
I know what possessed me; I wished to show you my gratification at
your progress—to encourage you in your studies; to prove my

-- 156 --

[figure description] Page 156.[end figure description]

affection for you; to give you confidence in my counsels, and to give
you healthful, agreeable, and useful exercise, during your vacation.—
Why didn't I think to reserve the right of taking him back, if
you abused or misused the gift!—”

“Uncle, you can take him back, if you wish to.”

“No, I will not do that; but I'll tell you what I will do: he cost
me one hundred dollars; now I will give you for him, one hundred
and twenty dollars in any property you will name—but a horse.
That sum will get you a very pretty little library, that will be of use
to you through life. Or your mother will add to it, I know, a
hundred and eighty more, and that will get you a nice waiting boy—
or anything else that you prefer. But mind, I do not wish you to
make the trade merely to gratify me, or merely to appease my anxieties,
or quiet my apprehensions. Act without fear or constraint in
the matter. You will not offend me if you reject my offer.”

“Why, William,” said Mrs. Mitten, “surely when you see your
Uncle's solicitude—”

“Stop, Anna! My solicitude has nothing to do with the matter—”

“I was only going to call to William's mind how sound your judgment
had been in everything touching his interest—”

“Well, all that at another time. William's judgment in this
matter is and ought to be his guide. In considering my proposition,
forget that I am your Uncle; forget all the good that I have ever done
you, and decide upon it with perfect freedom of will. I'll put it
in the right view before you: Suppose that Mr. Cunningham was to
come and make you precisely the offer which I make you; what
would you say to it?”

“I would refuse it from him; but—”

“That's enough, my son—”

“But, brother, I don't think that because he would refuse the offer
from Mr. Cunningham, it follows by any means that he would not
freely and voluntarily accept it from you.”

“No, Uncle; Mr. Cunningham has never done me the favors that
you have; he's no relation of mine; I do not respect his judgment
as I do yours; and to prove what I say, I now tell you that though
I never was as much attached to anything in all my life as I am to
Snap-dragon, I freely and voluntarily, and of my own judgment
alone, accept your proposition; and you shall say whether the pay
for the horse shall be in books or a negro boy.”

“No, my son; I admire your kind feelings towards me; they are

-- 157 --

[figure description] Page 157.[end figure description]

a full return for all that I have done for you; but I can't base a
trade upon them. You are willing to accommodate me; but you
are not willing to part with your horse—though you think you are.
He is yours, my dear boy, and I will not purchase him from you
upon any other considerations than those which would influence you
in a trade with a stranger.”

“Why, brother, that seems to me a very strange refinement.”

“I don't think so, sister. Suppose I had opened the proposition
in this way: `William, I regret that I gave you that horse. Now,
I gave him to you unasked for; I am your Uncle, who loves you;
who has done a great deal for you; to whom you owe a large debt
of gratitude, but for whom you would never have gone to Mr.
Waddel's school, and by consequence must have lost all the honors
you have gained there; in all which, as in many other instances,
you have seen how much better my judgment is as to your true interests
than yours; now, in my judgment, the horse will do you
more harm than good; yield, therefore, to my judgment—return my
love and kindness, by giving me back the horse.' Would you think
all this right?”

“No, certainly; for that would be just working upon the child's
feelings, to get from him his horse for nothing; but you propose
to give him more than the value of the horse, and in better property.”

“Then there is no difference between the case at hand, and the
case put, but in the return that is offered to him for the horse. It
is right to work on his feelings in any way I please to get his horse
from him, provided, I give him for him what you and I think a fine
price! Is that your doctrine? Don't you think that William ought
to have a will in the matter?”

“Oh, pshaw! The cases are not at all alike. You havn't gone on
with all that string of appeals to his heart; you would not let me
even speak of your better judgment; you forewarned him not to let
his decision be governed in any way by his relation to you or your
kindness to him. He's not a man to judge of prices, and of what
will be best for him.”

“Nevertheless, he has all the rights of a man in trade. It would
be very silly in him to refuse five thousand for his horse; but if he
chose to do so, I don't think you would force him to take it, and I
am sure I would not—”

“Well, if he was such a simpleton as to refuse five thousand dollars
for his horse, I don't know but I would force him to take it. I

-- 158 --

[figure description] Page 158.[end figure description]

certainly would advice him strenuously to take it. But what has all
this to do with the case? Have you forced him?”

“No, but he is acting upon precisely the feelings that my supposed
appeals to his sensibilities would have produced.”

“And are they not praiseworthy feelings, brother?”

“Highly praiseworthy, sister! Too praiseworthy to be abused;
and it would be an abuse of them in me, to avail myself of them to
deprive him of a piece of property which he does not wish to part
with. And now, my dear boy, I withdraw my proposition; and let
it not distress you the least in the world, that I have done so. Do
not suppose that I will blame you, or harbor any unkind feelings
towards you for your reluctance to part with him—”

“But Uncle, I tell you again, I am willing to part with him to you
perfectly willing—”

“Well, my son, I think the more of you for that; but let us drop
the matter. Keep your horse, son, but don't think of taking him to
Dr. Waddel's. I have not yet fully made up my mind whether I
have authority to forbid your so doing—I incline to the opinion that
standing as I do in the place of a parent to you, duty requires me
to interdict positively your keeping a horse at Willington; but I
hope you will not force me to decide that question by attempting to
take him. I have many things to say against it, but let these suffice:
You've spoiled that horse—he is dangerous to others, if not
to you—you will have fifty students on his back, and some of them
may get hurt—perhaps killed by him. He will be a useless expense
to your mother—the summer months are now gone—he will interfere
with your studies—dispatch of letters between here and Willington
is of no consequence, and the weather will be too cold for you to go
off to preaching with Mr. Waddel.”

“Now, brother,” said Mrs. Mitten, “don't understand me in what
I say, as interfering in the least with your authority over William,
or as opposing my judgment to yours, or as raising the slightest objection
to your dealing with him in this matter as you think best;
but simply as asking an explanation of you. William offers you his
horse on your own terms; you refuse him because he does not offer
him from the right motives, or the right feelings, or something else
that I don't understand, and yet you doubt whether you will allow
him to use him as he wishes to. How do you reconcile these
views?”

“It will be time enough to reconcile them when I come to act
upon them; but should I deem it my duty to forbid his keeping a

-- 159 --

[figure description] Page 159.[end figure description]

horse at Willington, I should reconcile them just as you would in
giving a toy to your child, and forbidding him to use it to the annoyance
of your household, or to the injury of himself.”

“But William is not now a child, and I am sure that he would
obey your directions strictly in the use of him.”

“Yes, Uncle; you may just lay down the law, and I will obey it
strictly in every thing.”

“But I cannot anticipate all the ways in which you may mis-use
him.”

“Brother, will you take it amiss if I venture a word of advice
here?”

“No; by no means. I will always hear your views in reference
to your child with pleasure; and what is more I will always take it,
if I am not confident that it will operate to the prejudice of your
son.”

“Well I know that you take a pleasure in indulging him in every
thing you can, that you do not think will be injurious to him.”

“True!”

“And I am equally sure that William has reaped too many benefits
from obedience to you, ever to disobey you again in anything. Now,
this plan has occurred to me: September, though a fall month is
always a warm, relaxing, sickly month in this climate; and as he has
been much on horse-back, during the vacation, it may injure his
health to break off suddenly from this exercise, and set himself down
to severe study. I know he has made rather a bad use of his horse
during the vacation, but he can't do so at school. You have enumerated
the evils you apprehend from his keeping a horse there, and
that will be sufficient to guard him against them; for he has told me
over and over again, that he believed he had the best Uncle in the
world; that you had only to tell him what to do, and he would do it
if it were to go to the earth's end. Now give him any other orders
or cautions about the horse that you think proper; let him keep him
only while the weather continues warm, and as soon as it turns cool,
I will send Tom for him and fetch him home, if you say so. The
short vacation at Christmas will soon be here, and if he keeps him
till then, he can ride him home, and save us the trouble of sending
for him. But no matter for that, if you say send for him before, it
shall be done. As for the expenses of keeping the horse, it will
cost no more to keep him there than here, nor as much; and there,
he will be of some use, and here he will be of none. But the great
benefit I promise myself from it, is William's delightful improving
trips with Mr. Waddel to his preaching places.”

-- 160 --

[figure description] Page 160.[end figure description]

“William,” said the Captain, “retire a little, while your mother
and I discuss this matter a little farther.”

William retired.

“Do you know, Anna,” continued the Captain, “that nothing has
fallen from William in three months, which has pained me, not to
say offended me, so much, as that Rocky River plea for keeping a
horse? Here he has been in the midst of preaching, and various
religious exercises for three or four weeks, and except on the Sabbath,
he has hardly ever darkened a Church door in the day time,
and never at night, unless you pressed him into your service; and
now all of a sudden he has taken a wonderful yearning to accompany
Mr. Waddel upon his preaching excursions.”

“Brother, I think the day has gone by when William would deceive;
and I am very happy in having it in my power to explain
this thing to your satisfaction. I talked to William about his taking
so little interest in the meetings, and he said that he wanted recreation
after his hard study, for the long term. That he would soon
have to renew his studies for ten long months, with only two weeks
vacation at Christmas, and that if he did not improve his health in
the vacation he would break down. That he had been to preaching in
the country several times when there was preaching in town, because he
could take exercise in going there. Now at school the state of things
will be just reversed. He will be kept constantly employed except
on Saturdays and Sundays, and he would be desirous of exercising
on those days and doing good at the same time.”

The Captain looked doubtingly, and said no more upon that
head; but he returned from the episode:

“Anna,” said he, “I am very anxious to accommodate you and
William, but I have awful misgivings about this horse affair. There
is much weight in what you have said; but it does not satisfy me.
What a world of trouble one false step may give a man! What
eternal vigilance must a man keep up, both upon himself and his
charge, who has the government of boys! Now, if I refuse to
comply with your wishes, and by any chance in the world William
should happen to get sick, you will ascribe it to my needless rigor,
and carelessness about his health. I erred in giving him the horse,
and I am not absolutely certain that after having given him, I ought
to control his use of him, simply upon my apprehensions that it will
be mischievous. Perhaps no evil will grow out of it for one short
month, or a month and a half at farthest, for surely we shall have
frost in that time, and by giving William proper precautions, it may

-- 161 --

[figure description] Page 161.[end figure description]

be that all will turn out well at last. You and William will be accommodated,
my doubts will be removed, (if they can be called doubts)
about interfering with his right of property in the present state of
things, and possibly his health may be improved, or at least preserved
by it. Call him back and let me give him my charge.”

William came.

“I have concluded, son, to let you keep your horse at Mr. Waddel's,
upon these conditions: You are to ride him no where but to the
school house and back to your boarding house, except on Saturdays.
On those days, you are to ride him to no grog shops, gatherings or
frolics, nor more than six miles from Willington, anywhere, except to
Vienna, and there, only to mail your own letters—don't forget this
condition. You are never to go to Vienna unless you go to mail a
letter of your own, addressed to your mother or myself.
All your
letters to others, you must carry to the office when you go to mail
your letters to one of us. You are not to go simply to enquire for
letters—enquire for them when you go to mail your own. When
you go under these restrictions, you may of course carry letters and
bring letters for your school-mates—you are not to ride your horse at
all on the Sabbath, except to accompany Mr. Waddel to some preaching
appointment. You are to loan him to no student—I'll give you
a paper to show them, that will excuse you to them for not loaning
your horse to them. When your mother sends for your horse, you
are to give him up without a murmur, and if you keep him till
Christmas, you are to bring him home and leave him here.”

William subscribed to the terms cheerfully, and showed by his
countenance that he suffered no distress from his Uncle's over-refinement
in trade. On the second of September he and Tom took the
road to Willington—Tom with saddle-bags which bent upwards with
stuffing. On reaching Willington, William selected for his boarding
house one of the remotest from the school house that he could
find, with any students in it. It contained two pretty wild fellows.
A single day here convinced him that he had made a great change
for the better, in boarding houses. The eating was better, the sleeping
was better, than at Newby's, and here he understood he would
not have to cut his own wood and make his own fires. “Why
didn't I come here at first?” thought he. “Smith,” said he,
“does Mr. Waddel ever come round here of nights?” “No,” said
Smith, “it's too far off for him to come boguing about to, of nights;
and if he was to come one time, he wouldn't come again, for I'd
make him smell the face of a brick-bat.”

-- 162 --

[figure description] Page 162.[end figure description]

As there were no brick-bats about Willington, we infer from this
remark that Smith was a city gentleman.

“And you've no Monitor here?” enquired William.

“No;” said Jones, “Old Moses is got more sense than to make
Smith monitor over me, or me over him. He knows we'd never
spunk one another.”

William was in transports with his new location. His appearance
at school on horseback, created quite a sensation among the students;
divers of whom got spunked “for looking at William Mitten's horse
in study hours”—in short for being idle, but in detail as just stated.
As Doctor Waddel was about mounting old Hector, at 12 o'clock on
the second day after William's return, he saw William riding Snap-dragon,
to water, and he joined him.

“William,” said the Doctor, “have you quit boarding at Mr.
Newby's?”

“Yes sir.”

“I'm sorry to hear that. Did Mr. or Mrs. Newby say or do anything
to offend you?”

“No sir, but Uncle allows me to board where I please, and I preferred
boarding at Mr. —'s.”

“Is that your horse?”

“Yes sir.”

The Doctor cleared his throat sadly and prophetically, and proceeded:

“That horse, William, is going to bring you into trouble, and I
advise you to write to your mother immediately to send for him and
take him away; and I advise you to get back to Mr. Newby's as soon
as possible.”

“I don't expect to keep him long Mr. Waddel—only till the
weather turns cool.”

“That may be quite too long. William I have been keeping
school many years, and I declare to you, my son, that no student
under me has ever done anything to fill me with such fears, anxieties
and griefs as you have, in these seemingly small matters of changing
your boarding house, and keeping a horse here. What day of the
month is this? The fifth, isn't it?”

“Yes sir.”

“Is your name upon either of these beech-trees, William?”

“Yes sir.”

“Come show me which.”

“There it is,” said William as they approached a beech.

-- 163 --

[figure description] Page 163.[end figure description]

“Very prettily carved. Do you keep a pocket-book, William?”

“Yes sir.”

“Write down in your pocket-book the year and the day of the
month, in which you and I took our first and last look together at
your name on that beech.”

“Why, Mr. Waddel, I haven't done anything wrong, have I?”

“Nothing morally wrong my son, nothing morally wrong. I
have a deep interest in you William, and so has your country. Hundreds
will regret to be disappointed in you. Lay to heart the advice
I am about to give, and follow it as you respect me, as you love your
Uncle, as you love yourself, as you love your mother, as you love
your country. Till you send home that horse, be more studious than
you have ever been, more strict in observing the rules of the school,
more watchful of what you say and do, more careful of where you
go, than you have ever been. And as soon as you dispose of the
horse, come back to Mr. Newby's—Mr. —'s is too far for you
to walk.”

“I've paid my board for a quarter.”

“No matter for that. Get back to Newby's as soon as you can,
and I'll arrange the matter of board with Mr. —.”

“Mr. Waddel, X. Jones and Z. Smith board at Mr. —'s.”

“I know they do, but—they keep no horse. Good day! Remember
the fifth of September and the beech tree!”

William did not move from the spot where Doctor Waddel left
him, for five minutes. He was alarmed, he could not tell why.
“What,” thought he, “can there be in keeping a horse, that is so
horrible to Uncle and Mr. Waddel! It's the strangest thing in the
world!”

-- --

CHAPTER XIX.

[figure description] Page 164.[end figure description]

It was a common remark of Doctor Waddel, “show me a school
boy with a horse, dog, and gun, and I'll show you a boy who will
never come to anything.” We can look back through the vista of
fifty years, and we cannot point to the man, living or dead, whose history
disproves the remark. We can point to many in verification of
it. But Master Mitten had as yet only a horse, and at worst according
to Waddel, he was only one-third of the way to nothing. Why,
then, was the Doctor so much afflicted by his horse? And why did
it distress him so much more to find William boarding at Mr. —'s,
than Smith and Jones?

He saw at once that William had changed his lodging only for the
pleasure of riding his horse every day. That his horse would necessarily
employ much of his time, that might be much better disposed
of, and be constantly engaging him in pleasure rides, or vicerides,
when he ought to be at his books. He felt almost certain
that ere long that horse would bring him on the monitor's bill, and
he disliked exceedingly to give a promising boy his first whipping;
because he knew that half the stimulus to close study and good order
would be taken from him by his first whipping. But the great source
of the Doctor's uneasiness was his room-mates. Jones and Smith
were among the few students of the Doctor's school, who disliked
him, and they cordially despised him. And yet, strange as it may
seem, he had never flogged either of them, he had never said a cross
word to either of them. They feared whipping, and demeaned themselves
well enough when at school, to keep off the monitor's bills,
and recited well enough to drag along with their classes. “Why,
then, did they despise him?”

The reader must ask the Devil to explain that matter. We acknowledge
our utter incompetency to do it. Yes, we can go a little
way into the explanation of it, and as it is one of the paradoxes of
human nature, the philosophic reader is entitled to all the light
that we can shed upon it. If it were possible we should say that
Smith came into the world hating Doctor Waddel; for he seemed to
bring his hatred with him to the school. At their very first interview,
he showed palpable signs of it, already up to a red heat. Now
if it be possible for a rational being to hate furiously at sight, then
Smith's hatred commenced with this interview. But if this be

-- 165 --

[figure description] Page 165.[end figure description]

morally impossible, at what period of his life can we better place it
than at his birth?

As to Jones, his hatred, though curious, and smoked a little with
the unnatural, is nevertheless traeeable. From his introduction to
the Doctor, to the day of his becoming Smith's room-mate, he
seemed rather to like the Doctor; but on the evening of that day,
the most wonderful transition of feeling took place in him, that perhaps
ever occurred in the history of mind. As the two took their
seats, at their study-table, Jones observed, “Old Moses is a pretty
tight old fellow, but I can't help liking him.” “He's a d—nd
old tyrant!” said Smith. Whereupon Jones' countenance made
proclamation of the workings of his mind in this unmistakable language:—
“Why,—La me! I never thought of that! But it's so!
I see it plain enough now! What an escape I have made! A little
more, and I might have been precipitated into the bottomless abyss
of love!” Jones covered his ignorance and weakness in the usual
way, by pretending he was in fun, and to prove it, fell to cursing
the Doctor luxuriously. The most of their recreation hours of evenings,
were spent in brotherly contests for supremacy in hating and
abusing their excellent preceptor. Let no man say that such cases
never occurred. They are to be found in every school of a hundred
boys in the land—not exactly, to be sure, in the features which we
have given to them, but exactly in substance. Ye protestors against
the doctrine of native depravity, explain this matter, if you please.

Doctor Waddel knew well the feelings of these youths towards
him, and their worthlessness of character; and he was pleased that
they had selected a residence which cut them off almost entirely
from communication with the other students, save when they were
under his eye. No wonder that he had most gloomy forebodings
when he saw a youth of William's tender age, and bright promise,
placed in daily and nightly intercourse with them.

Young teachers may caution a good, amiable, highly gifted boy,
against associating with a low, vulgar, abandoned youth of his school,
but an old one never does; for the plain reason that ninety-nine in
the hundred good boys, instead of thanking the teacher for his kindness,
holding his counsels in confidence, and improving them, will
go right off to the profligate and tell him all that his teacher has
said about him, render him ten times worse than he was before, infuriate
his parents, and spread the spirit of rebellion through the
whole school. Well for the kind man if he does not get his head
cracked by the father, his character cracked by the mother, and his

-- 166 --

[figure description] Page 166.[end figure description]

chair cracked by his patrons or trustees. All this, kind reader, in
answer to your question, “Why did not Dr. Waddel tell the boy
frankly that Smith and Jones were unfit associates for him, and that
they would ruin him, if he did not leave them immediately?” Doctor
Waddel well knew “that there were things,” not only “in heaven
and earth,” but in schools, “which never were dreamed of” in the
world's “philosophy.” We must not, however, take leave of Smith
and Jones without doing them the justice to say, that there were
two amiable, excellent, intelligent men, and as many women of like
character, whose opinion of them differed toto cœlo from ours: these
were their fathers and mothers.

On the evening of the fifth, William Mitten reported to Smith
and Jones all that had passed between the Doctor and himself;
wondering how the Doctor could be so much concerned about his
horse and his boarding at Newby's.

“I understand it,” said Smith, with expletives, which we omit,
“he and Newby are in cahoot. He knows you're good pay; and
another thing—he wants you there near him, where he can be poking
his grey eyes and club nose through the crack of your house, of
nights, without much trouble. If I stayed there and he was to
come peeping into my house, I'd take a sharp stick and punch out
his old peepers. I was always taught to despise caves-droppers, and
so I do.”

“Oh yes,” said William, “I see into it. He thinks if he can get
my horse away from me, rather than walk so far to school, I'll go
back to Newby's; but he misses it just as much as if he had burnt
his shirt. I ain't going to quit the good eating here, and the good
sleeping and easy living and go back there, to eating and sleeping
and working like a nigger, if my horse was gone.”

“Bill,” said Jones, “did you ever play cards?”

“O yes,” said Bill, “many a time.”

“I wish we had a pack,” said Smith. “We burnt up ours, at the
end of the term; but if you'll lend me your horse Saturday, I'll go
to Petersburg and get a pack.”

“Read that paper,” said William.

Smith read it.

“Well, how will your Uncle know that you lent him?” pursued
Smith.

“But I promised my Uncle solemnly to obey his orders about the
horse, and I hate to violate my word. It would distress my mother
to death, if I was to do so, and she find it out.”

-- 167 --

[figure description] Page 167.[end figure description]

“Well, are you going to use him Saturday?” said Jones. “If you
ain't, I'll tell you how we can fix it elegantly; you just leave him in
the stable, and I'll take him, without your lending him.”

“I thought I'd go, next Saturday and Sunday, with Mr. Waddel,
if he goes, to Rocky River Church; I must go one time—”

Here William's words were drowned, by most obstreporous laughter
from his companions.

“But hear me, hear me!” continued Bill. “Let me explain!
You see, Uncle disliked my bringing my horse very much; and
after giving him all the reasons I could think of to let me bring
him, I told him I would like sometimes to go with Mr. Waddel to
Rocky River Church! When I said that, I saw something in
Uncle's looks, which made me believe he thought I was telling a
lie—”

“And who the devil is your Uncle!” said Jones. “Do you belong
to your Uncle?”

“Jones, you mustn't say anything against my Uncle—he's one of
the best men in the world, and—”

“Oh, go on Bill; I didn't mean to say anything against your
Uncle.”

“Well, as I was saying, I want to go with Doctor Waddel one
time, and if I can go before I write my first letter, and tell 'em of it
when I write, it will convince Uncle I told the truth, please Mother,
and make them very willing for me to keep my horse till Christmas.
But if I don't, my Uncle, who watches everything like a hawk, will
have a boy here after my horse as soon as the weather turns cool.”

“Oh, well,” said Jones, “that's not so bad; but take care of old
Mose, by the way, or he'll have you back to Newby's Monday morning,
to a certainty.”

“But,” said Smith, “suppose old Wad. does not preach at Rocky
River, what will you do with your horse Saturday and Sunday?”

“I shall ride him to Vienna, to mail a letter—”

“That'll do; when you get to Vienna, go over to Petersburg, and
buy a pack of cards.”

“But my orders are not to ride my horse further than Vienna,
except to preaching.”

“Well,” said Smith, “you needn't ride over to Petersburg, you
can go there afoot.”

“That's it,” said Bill, snapping his fingers joyously.

The evening passed off with but little study.

William's class usually recited to one of the Assistants, but the

-- 168 --

[figure description] Page 168.[end figure description]

next morning it was called before Doctor Waddel. The Doctor arranged
the order of recitation, so as to throw the last part of the
lesson to William. He had not been over it, and he bungled
shamefully.

“Why, William,” said the Doctor, “what's the matter with you?
I never knew you to recite so poor a lesson. I'm afraid you don't
study at your new boarding house as well as you did at your old
one.”

William was excessively mortified, and his classmates no less surprised.

After the class retired, William enquired of Doctor Waddel,
whether he preached at Rocky River, the next Sabbath.

“No, my son,” said the Doctor, “but I preach there the Sabbath
after. Why do you ask? Do you think of accompanying me?”

“Yes, sir.”

“I am very glad to hear that. Now you are going to make a good
use of your horse. If you never make a worse use of him, you will
do well.”

Saturday came, and William, at an early hour after breakfast, was
off to Vienna to mail a letter. As the letter was written only to be
mailed, it of course was not written in his usual diffuse, florid style;
but what it lost in beauty, grace and polish, it gained in conciseness,
nerve and point. Here it is:

Will'n, Sep. 7.

“Dear Mother:—I just write for fear you will feel uneasy if you
get no letter from me by this mail. Tom can tell you all about me.
Delighted with my boarding house—Fare much better than New's.
Health good—Told Mr. Wad'l I wished to go to preach'g with him,
if he went to-day, but he don't go till next Sat'y—Best love to all.

In haste your af'te son,

Wm. M.”

After mailing his letter, he went over to Petersburg, and bought a
pack of cards, a tickler of peach brandy, and a plug of tobacco. “My
son,” said the merchant as he handed him the articles “these are
ugly things for such a youth as you are to buy.”

“Oh, I don't buy any of them for myself, I buy them for Mr.
Smith and Mr. Jones, who live about nine miles from here.”

The merchant knew William at sight as the youth who had distinguished
himself so much at the exhibition, and he naturally felt
pained to see a boy of his talents engaged in such a dangerous traffic.
Hence his remark, which produced from William one lie and

-- 169 --

[figure description] Page 169.[end figure description]

two truths, in consolidated form. He bought the cards for himself,
the brandy for Smith, and the tobacco for Jones.

He returned immediately to his residence, and spent the afternoon
and till twelve at night, playing cards and drinking peach brandy.
The next day he was sick. On Monday he went to school, was
called again to recite to Doctor Waddel, and knew nothing of his
lesson. It was rarely the case that the Doctor called one of the lower
classes to recite to him two mornings in succession.

“What,” said he to William, “with all Saturday, and all Monday
morning to get your lesson in, come up here and know nothing about
it, sir! You don't study, sir!”

The Doctor enquired of Mr. Dobbins how Smith and Jones recited
that morning. “They didn't recite at all,” responded Dobbins,
“Smith said he had been sick from Friday evening till Monday
morning, and Jones came up with his jaw tied up in a handkerchief,
and took on as if he was raving distracted with the tooth-ache. He
disturbed the class so that I excused him from attending recitation.”

Tuesday they all appeared at school, as well prepared for recitation
as usual, but the Doctor heard none of them.

On Wednesday they were not noticed until after prayer in the
evening. This service over, he hauled a tickler out of his pocket,
and said:

“William Mitten come forward!” William just had strength to
step forward, and that was all.

“Do you know this tickler, sir?”

“Ye-e-s, sir!”

“Whose is it?”

“It's Smith's, sir.”

“You took it to Petersburg last Saturday, didn't you, sir; and
got it filled with peach brandy?”

“Yes, sir.”

“Who did you get it for?”

“Smith, sir.”

“Whose pack of cards is this?” asked the Doctor, drawing a pack
from his pocket.”

Bill did not require an inspection of it, to give the answer:

“It's mine, sir.”

“You and Jones and Smith sat up late on Saturday night, playing
cards and drinking peach brandy, didn't you?”

“We—I—Jo—I did, sir.”

-- 170 --

[figure description] Page 170.[end figure description]

You did, sir. Did you play cards by yourself till late at night?—
and drink all Smith's brandy yourself?”

“No sir; they drank some.”

“And did they sit by and help you drink, while you played cards
by yourself?”

“No, sir; they played too—some.”

“Perhaps you may think that I got my information of your dealings
at Petersburg, from the merchant who sold you the cards, brandy,
and a plug of tobacco. I have not seen him, and no man in Petersburg
or Vienna told me a syllable about it. Alexander B. Linton,
bring me six tough hickories in the morning, suited to the occasion.
In the language of Rob Roper's composition, `the apple of discord
has been cast in among us, and if not speedily snipt in the bud, it
will inevitably explode and shroud us in the pitchy night of anarchy
and confusion, and deluge the country with fire and sword.' As
that apple is as dangerous to schools as it is to the country, I'll try
to nip it in the bud effectually, in the morning. You are dismissed.”

As for Jones and Smith, nobody cared for them, but the whole
school sympathized with William. They laid all his faults to them,
(rather more than was due to them by the way,) and rejoiced at the
retribution that was in reserve for them. Gilbert Hay accompanied
him for about a quarter of a mile on his way to his lodgings. To
this point they walked hand in hand. William leading his horse,
and both weeping bitterly.

Here they stopped, and William broke silence:

“Gilbert,” said he, “nothing gave me so much pain in leaving
Mr. Newby's as parting with you. How happy we were in talking
together, working together, playing together, and studying together!
I'd give ten thousand millions of dollars if I hadn't left you—”

“Will, come back now.”

“It's too late now—I'm disgraced, I'm ruined—I wish that my
horse and Jones and Smith were all tumbled together in the flames
of Hell!—Stop Gilbert; don't leave me!”

“I will leave you, William, if you talk in that way; and, much as
I love you, I must drop your acquaintance, if you use such language.”

“Forgive me, Gilbert, I hardly know what I say. You have no
idea what I suffer”—

“Why, it's no killing matter, to get whipped by Mr. Wad—”

“Whipped! I don't mind the whipping at all, severe as I know
it will be. If cutting my legs to the bone would just put me back

-- 171 --

[figure description] Page 171.[end figure description]

to that happy night I spent at your house, I'd take it willingly.”

“Then what is it that distresses you so?—You are not the first boy
that Mr. Waddel has ever caught playing cards and drinking liquor,
I know.”

“If I should tell you, you never would own me as a friend or acquaintance
again.”

“Well, it can't be worse than I'll think it is, if you don't tell
me.”

“In less than one short fortnight, I have deceived the best of
mothers, the best of uncles; forsaken you, the best of friends; despised
the advice of the best of teachers; drank, gambled and lied—
disgraced myself in my class, as you know, and disgraced myself in
the eyes of all who applauded me at the examination and exhibition.
They will hear of if—Why, here's Tom! What's the matter at
home, Tom?”

“Mas' David is very sick. He thinks he's going to die, and be
wants to see you before he dies. Here's a letter from Missis.”

“Lord have mercy upon my poor soul!” half shrieked William.

“Can't I die! Can't I die! Read it Gilbert!”

By the dim twilight be read:

My Dearest Boy: Two days after you left us, your Uncle was
attacked with bilious fever. The attack is very severe, but we hope
not fatal. Last evening he begged that you might be sent for. Come
as quick as you can, in mercy to your horse. The Doctor says there
is no probability of his dying in four or five days; so do not peril the
life of your horse, in your haste to get here.

Your affectionate mother,
Anna Mitten.

“Oh Gilbert! Gilbert! How shall I face a dying uncle and an afflicted
mother? Show the letter to Mr. Waddel. Tell him I thank
him for all his kindness to me—that I never shall forget the beech—”

“The beech! What does that mean, William?”

“He knows—he will tell you. Farewell, my dearest, best class-mate!”

Gilbert went immediately with the letter to Doctor Waddel, and
delivered it with William's message. The Doctor listened, read, and
walked the floor in great agitation of mind. After a few strides backwards
and forwards, he spoke: “It is awful, awful to think of such a
star as that being eclipsed just at its rising! A breath may change the
destiny of a youth for time and eternity. If ever there was a boy

-- 172 --

[figure description] Page 172.[end figure description]

of more brilliant promise than William Mitten, three months ago, I
don't think I ever saw him. And where is he now! Why is it that
in the contact of virtue and vice, vice always gets the advantage—at
least with the young?”

“Mr. Waddel, what did William mean by the beech?

“I'll take you to it and explain, to-morrow at twelve; but I little
dreamed that the catastrophe was so near at hand! At a proper
time, I will write to his uncle,—or mother, to send him back. His
heart's in the right place still, and he may yet be the pride of his
mother, the boast of his teacher, and the glory of his country.”

“If you write, Mr. Waddel, tell him I love him yet; and that
the front side of my bed is waiting for him yet.”

William wended his way to his boarding house, slowly and sadly.
On reaching it, he went in and informed the landlord of the distressing
tidings from home, and that he would leave at the dawn in the
morning. He refused supper, and walked towards the study, near
the steps of which Smith and Jones were standing.

“Well,” said Smith, “you've stayed so long we thought you'd
run away. You've got us into a hell of a scrape, and you may well
look sheepish.”

“Smith, that boy has just come for me—my Uncle's at the point
of death—”

“You're d—nd lucky, to have a sick Uncle just at this time.”

The words were hardly out of his mouth, before the onset of William's
fight with Black was renewed precisely; but not with precisely
the same results. In his fall, Smith's head struck the corner
of a step, and he came senseless to the ground. Jones, supposing
that he was only a little stunned by the fall, and that he would soon
rally and give William a tremendons beating, (just what he desired)
did not interpose. William supposed so too, (i. c., that he would
soon rise,) and he resolved to improve the interim to the best advantage.
Such language, at such a time, from such a character, set his
whole soul on fire, and inspired him with supernatural strength and
inhumanity. He dealt blow after blow upon the face, neck and ribs
of the unresisting Smith, with a force and rapidity that horrified
Jones, and would have astonished any one. It was in vain that
Jones cried out “for God's sake, Mitten, stop, he's dead!” “If he
isn't dead, I'll kill him,” said Mitten. Rising from the body, he
stamped Smith in the face with his heavy nail-pegged shoes, and was
in the act of repeating the injury, when the landlord and Tom both
seized him and forced him into the house. As they dragged him

-- 173 --

[figure description] Page 173.[end figure description]

away, “Stop” said he, “let me give Jones a little, and then I'll be
satisfied.” He was given in charge of Tom, while the landlord and
Jones took care of Smith. His head was cut to the bone, and the
wound was clogged up with blood and dirt. His face was like nothing
human. He was washed, undressed, and put to bed; but he did
not recover his senses, though he breathed, and his pulse beat. There
was no physician within miles of the place, and the landlord did
not suppose it necessary to send for one so far off, as he deemed it
certain that Smith would die or be out of danger before he could
get there. In a half hour's time William became cool, and surrendered
himself to grief again. A bed was prepared for him in the
house, his trunk was brought in, he washed, changed his bloody
clothes for clean ones, packed such as he needed in the saddle-bags,
sent Tom to attend to the horses, and threw himself on the bed to
wait, in tears, the coming dawn.

In the meantime, Jones and the landlord were at the bedside of
Smith, in a state of the most intense anxiety. The former was in
the deepest agony. He and Smith had agreed to run away from
school the next morning. It was further arranged that Smith
should give Mitten a sound dressing over-night, because he had not
managed his purchases in Petersburg with sufficient cunning; because
he had not extemporized lies according to his talents, under
Waddel's examination; because he had told the truth where he
ought to have told lies, and bungled even at the truth, and because
“he wanted whipping anyhow.” There was a short debate between
them as to which should have the pleasure of chastising William.
Smith said that he was so much over Bill's size and age, that it
would look a little mean in him to do it.

“Now you, Jones,” continued Smith, “are just about his weight,
and you are but a little older than he is; if you would fan him out,
there would be some honor in it.”

“Oh, I can whip him easy enough,” said Jones, “and will do it
if you insist upon it, but he will be certain to bung up my face a
little at the beginning of the fight, for you know he can throw me
just as fast as I can get up, and I hate to go home with my face
scratched and bunged up. It will be hard enough for me to make
peace with old John (his father) anyhow. But you can tie him—
you can flog him without a scratch, and don't hurt him much. It
would be mean in a boy of your size to hurt him much; just whip a
little common sense in him.”

The matter was arranged accordingly; but instead of Smith's

-- 174 --

[figure description] Page 174.[end figure description]

whipping a little common sense into Bill, behold Bill had knocked a
great deal of very common sense out of Smith.

To run away and leave Smith in his present condition was not to
be thought of. To remain with him until after prayers the next
morning, would be certain to awaken Doctor Waddel's curiosity concerning
the state of his health, as early as old Hector could bring
him hither; and as his old prejudices had greatly strengthened that
day, he had no disposition to encounter him anywhere. From what
had passed between him and Smith, there was a fair implication that
if Smith did not whip William, he would; and though Smith might
not hold him responsible for the implied pledge, he would be very
apt to hold him responsible for allowing William to beat him while
he was in a state of insensibility. William's retiring remark, too,
made him feel very uncomfortable; for though he had done nothing
to incur his wrath but sympathise with Smith in everything, and
drop one disrespectful remark about William's uncle, already atoned
for, it was plain that William's mind was not in a condition to allow
the proper credits, in closing up his uncle's claims. He was very
certain that William would sleep none that night, and if he should
conclude to come out a little before day and give him a parting blessing
when all were asleep but the two, it would be—very ill-timed,
to say the least of it. So that, upon the whole, none of the household
spent a more uncomfortable night of it than poor Jones did.
To have got rid of the troubles of that single night, he would
have been perfectly willing to sign a written pledge to love “old
Moses” all his life, elegantly, and to accompany him to Rocky River
Church monthly, during the term of his pupilage.

Smith did not come fully to himself until about twelve o'clock.
When he recovered his mind, and saw with but one eye (for he
could not open the other, and one not fully,) Jones and the landlord
keeping watch over him, his shirt all bloody, and found himself in
pain all over, “Why, what's the matter with me?” muttered he from
two hideously swollen lips.

“Never mind,” said Jones, “lie still and be quiet till morning,
and we'll tell you all about it.”

While Jones was talking, Smith was feeling his face and head.

“Why, how did I get in this fix?” enquired he, “I'm in a dreadful
fix—my back, hip, head and face all pain me awfully. Jones,
tell me who treated me so. Have I been out of my head? What
o'clock is it?”

“Never mind, Smith—never mind,” said Jones, “you'll soon be

-- 175 --

[figure description] Page 175.[end figure description]

over it if you'll be quiet. Lie still till morning, and we'll explain
all things to your satisfaction.”

“Didn't Mitten clinch me? Did he strike me with a stick? He
couldn't—”

“Oh, go to sleep, go to sleep, Smith, and quit talking. A bad
accident has happened to you, and you must be quiet, or there's no
telling what'll come of it.”

“I don't recollect anything after he clinched me; but it's impossible
he could have hurt me so bad. Is he gone?”

“Yes,” said Jones, “he's gone long ago—he didn't do it—it was
an accident, I tell you, and you must be quiet, and not talk, or you
may lose your life.”

In this way Smith was quieted, dropped to sleep, and did not wake
until an hour by sun the next morning, when William was ten miles
on his way homeward.

By ten o'clock Doctor Waddel was at Mr. — 's. The whole
matter was explained to him. He told Jones to stay with Smith,
and nurse him until he was able to walk to school. Jones did so;
but instead of walking to school, they walked home—or rather
walked to where they could get horses to ride home. It was the
Doctor's habit to follow runaways and bring them back, but he was
too glad to get rid of these gentlemen to do so in this instance.

William's purchase in Petersburg soon became the town talk, for
almost everybody in town knew him as the bright boy of the exhibition,
and everybody deplored the indications of ruin that his purchases
gave. The talk soon spread from Petersburg to Willington,
and from Willington to Doctor Waddel's ears. He went immediately
to Mitten's room, where he found the cards and tickler unconcealed,
and surprised Mitten with them, as we have seen. Thus did
he possess himself of the few facts, from which he drew out of William
all that the trio had done after the cards and brandy reached
their room. He explained to young Hay, according to his promise,
William's reference to the beech, the import of which William fully
understood after his disgrace. What a lamentable thing it is, that
there is no way of inducing the young to follow the counsels of the
old!

-- --

CHAPTER XX.

[figure description] Page 176.[end figure description]

Captain Thompson breathed his last but a few minutes before William
reached his habitation. We need hardly say that he died happily—
he died triumphantly—not shouting, simply because in his last
moments, he had not strength to shout, but whispering “Glory,
Glory, Glory!”

William's entry into the death-chamber, served but to embitter
the griefs of all who filled it. A little while before Captain Thompson
expired, he said, “I have been looking anxiously for William—
I wished to give him my last counsels, as I have given them to the
older children, [his own and his sister's] but it is now too late. Tell
him, Anna, my last words to him were, `Love, honor, cherish and
obey your mother.”' These sentences were uttered amidst rests at
every three or four words.

Deep and all-prevailing as was the grief around the death-bed of
the uncle, the entry of the nephew startled every one, and nearly
overpowered his mother. Anguish of mind, loss of sleep, abstinence
from food, and fatigue from travel, had wrought the greatest
change in his appearance, that perhaps ever had been wrought in a
youth of his age, unvisited by disease. He walked, or rather tottered
to the corpse, kissed its cold lips, covered his face with his
hands, shrieked, and sunk to the floor. The Doctor who had not
yet left the room, raised him up, advised that he be removed from
the scene of grief to a bed in another apartment, and he assisted in
effecting what he advised. He returned and reported to Mrs. Mitten
that William needed medical aid, for that “he was quite unwell.”
She hastened to his bed side with the physician, and found him in a
high fever. He was prescribed for, and carried home as soon as
possible. Her forebodings of some great calamity had been realized
in the death of her brother; but she now believed that her son
would soon follow him; and her agony of soul can be better conceived
than described. Still she bore her afflictions like a christian;
with no other demonstrations of grief than streaming eyes, deepdrawn
sighs, and saddened countenance.

A few weeks before Captain Thompson's death, he and five or six
other gentlemen of the village had, upon Mr. Markham's suggestion,
agreed to furnish the means for giving John Brown a collegiate education.
Mr. Markham, after having taught John gratuitously from
the day that he acquitted himself so creditably at the exhibition, set

-- 177 --

[figure description] Page 177.[end figure description]

on foot this benevolent enterprise, and was himself the largest contributor
to it. How this excellent man came to enlist so warmly
and efficiently in John's favor, is worthy of record. A short vacation
followed the exhibition, and at the opening of the term John
was missing from school. At twelve o'clock, Mr. Markham went to
his mother's to learn the cause of his absence. He found John seated
on the door-step, weeping bitterly.

“Well, John,” said he, “what's the matter, son?”

“Mammy says she can't send me to school any more.”

“Why, that's bad; but I reckon you wouldn't study much, if she
was to send you again.”

“Yes, sir, I would; I'd study harder than ever I did in all my
life. You should never have to whip me again, as long as you live.”

“Why, that would be a wonderful improvement, John, for I've
generally had to whip you at least twice a week, ever since you first
came to me.”

“I know that, sir, because I didn't care about going to school at
first; but now I want to go to school; and if I could go back, you'd
never have to whip me again, I know you wouldn't.”

By this time, Mrs. Brown was at the door.

“Walk in, Mr. Markham!” said she, “I never did see a boy take
on so about going to school, as John has all the morning, in all my
born days. 'Twas much as I could do to get him off to school before;
but now he takes on at sitch a rate to go to school, that I can't
help feeling na'trally right sorry for him.”

“Well, why won't you let him go, Mrs. Brown?”

“Well, Mr. Markham, ra'lly the truth is, I an't able to pay his
schoolin'. You know mighty well what my husband is, and therefore'
taint worth while to be mealy-mouthed about it; he jist na'trally
drinks up, e'en about every little that I can rake together, that he
can lay his hands on. He's a good hearted, clever, hard-working
man, when he's sober; but he's all the time drunk—'tan't worth
while for me to be tryin' to hide it from you, Mr. Markham; every
body knows it. 'Cept the time Judge Yearly put him in jail for
gwine into court drunk as a jurior, he's hardly drawn one sober breath
since, and you know, Mr. Markham, it's mighty hard for one poor
lone woman like me to get along with three little children, and a
drunken husband besides. Seems to me sometimes that I should
na'trally jist give up. And I b'lieve I—Oh yes, I know I would—
ha' give up long ago, if it hadn't been for your wife, and five or six
other good ladies in town, who've holp me mightily. But after all I

-- 178 --

[figure description] Page 178.[end figure description]

could do, I couldn't do more than jist rake up money enough to pay
for what little schoolin' I could give him, since he's been to you. I
think Johnny would take larning mighty well if he had a chance.
You know he did mighty well at your—at your—show. People took
on mightily at Johnny's doins' that day, and I wish he could have a
chance to git more larning, but I an't able to give it to him—it's a
fact—I an't able to do it, Mr. Markham, and I may as well jist tell
the plain, naked truth about it.”

“Well, Mrs. Brown, your's is really a right hard case. How long
could you spare John to go to school, if it cost you nothing to send
him?”

“Oh, la messy; that would be the onliest thing in the world for
Johnny. I'd be mighty willin' for him to stay till he gets clean
through for my part, and be glad of it. It would be a mighty great
thing if Johnny could git larnin' enough to keep a school himself,
now wouldn't it, Mr. Markham? You must make a heap o' money
at it, havin' so many scholars as you always have, and gittin' your
money every quarter?”

“But if I take John to teach him, won't your husband take him
away from me before he gets through?”

“Oh, la, no! He has nothin' to do with the children, no how,
poor drunken creater! Besides, he shouldn't do it.”

“But how would you prevent him!”

“I could prevent him easy enough. Do you think I'd let him,
who don't do a hand's stirrin' towards feedin' and clothin' my children,
take one of them away from gettin' larnin' for nothin'? No,
sir, he'd no more dare to do it than he'd put his hand in the fire.”

“Well, Mrs. Brown, if you'll promise me that you won't take John
away till he gets through, and that your husband shall not, I'll take
John, and if he will behave himself, I'll make him a great scholar—
able to keep any sort of a school. I'll furnish all his books for him,
and teach him, and it shan't cost you a cent.”

“Yes, that I do promise for both— Behave himself! If he don't,
I reckon you know how to make him; and if you can't, jest send
him home to me, and I'll give him such a cawhallopin', that I'll be
bound he'll never misbehave again while his head's hot, to a man
that's done so much for him.”

“Well, send him over to school in the morning, and we'll see what
we can do for him.”

While this conversation was in progress, John's eyes expanded
from a couple of cracks to a couple of pretty respectable key holes,

-- 179 --

[figure description] Page 179.[end figure description]

and, at the conclusion of it, he commenced patting his foot and
snapping his fingers in unspeakable delight. As Mr. Markham was
retiring, “Stop a little, Mr. Markham,” said Mrs. Brown. He
stopped.

“Where's your manners, sir,” continued she to John. “Make a
bow to Mr. Markham, and thank him for what he's gwine to do for
you!”

John gave Mr. Markham a bow of his own teaching, excellent for
the stage, but quite too formal for the signal of private thanksgiving,
under Mrs. Brown's dictation. He delivered himself, however,
in his own language:

“Mr. Markham, I'm very much obleeged—”

Obliged, John.”

Mrs. B. “What, have you been gwine to school all this time
and don't know how to call words yet!”

Mr. M. “John's is a very common mistake.”

John, conceiving that his bow and his thanks had got too far apart,
repoated his bow as before, and commenced again:

“Mr. Markham, I'm very much obliged to you for your goodness.
I always said you was—”

Were, John.”

“I always said you were the best man I ever seen.”

Saw, John.”

Mrs. B. “Why, that boy don't know no better how to talk than
me, who han't had no schoolin' at all.”

“Well, never mind, never mind, John,” said Mr. Markham, fearing
John would go back to his bow and begin again. “Your heart's
right, my boy, and I'll soon set your tongue right. Mrs. Brown,
you're going to see John a big man some of these days.” So saying,
he retired in haste—in haste for two reasons: the one was, that he
might relieve himself from the laughter with which he had been
filling up from the beginning to the end of the interview; and the
other was, to disembarrass John, who, between his corrections, and
his mother's comments, was likely to become inextricably bewildered.

John was the first boy at school the next morning; and thenceforward
Mr. Markham never had cause to correct him, or even to reprove
him. He soon became one of the best scholars in the school,
distinguished himself at every examination and exhibition, and in
a short time became such a popular favorite that when Mr. Markham
proposed to the citizens to unite in raising a fund to give him a liberal
education, he had not the least difficulty in finding the requisite
number of contributors.

-- 180 --

[figure description] Page 180.[end figure description]

Just before Captain Thompson's last sickness, the arrangement had
been made for David Thompson, George Markham and John Brown,
to leave for Princeton College, N. J., on the 10th of the ensuing
November. Princeton was, at that time, in the South at least, the
most renowned College in the Union. Captain Thompson appointed
Mr. Markham one of the executors of his will, and authorized him
to appropriate any sum out of his estate that he might deem necessary,
to the education of John Brown, not exceeding one hundred
dollars per annum. He also appointed Mr. Markham testamentary
guardian of his two sons, David and George, until the completion of
their education; directing that “in all matters touching the education
of his two sons, should a difference of opinion arise between his
wife [his other representative] and Mr. Markham, his judgment
should be decisive.”

After an illness of two weeks, William Mitten recovered, and at
the end of four, his health was entirely restored. About this time,
his mother said to him:

“William, isn't it time for you to think of returning to Dr. Waddel's?”

“Mother,” said he, “I can never go back to Dr. Waddel's.”

“What!” exclaimed she, horror-stricken, “Oh, my dear, departed
brother! Is this affliction to be added to the thousand that thy
death has cost me?”

“No, mother, if uncle were alive, he never could induce me to return
to Dr. Waddel's. I feared him, I loved him, I adored him, to
the day of his death. If I could have saved his life by having my
right arm chopped off, I would have done it freely; but uncle could
never have induced me to go back to Willington.”

“William, in mercy to me, tell me quickly, why?”

“Because I have disgraced myself there.”

Disgraced yourself there! Oh, how little we poor mortals know
what to pray for! Would that you had died on the bed from which
you have just risen!—No, my heavenly Father, pardon me!—In
disgrace you were not fit to die; in disgrace you are not fit to live.
William, let me know the worst—don't keep me a moment longer in
suspense, if you have any respect for me—I may he able to survive
the disclosure, if you make it immediately: I may not be able to
survive it, if you keep me a few days in this agony of suspense.”

“I have lied, I have gambled, I have drank, and been detected in
all, and exposed before the whole school—”

“Is that all?—is that the worst!”

-- 181 --

[figure description] Page 181.[end figure description]

“Yes, ma'am, that's the worst: and I don't know what could be
worse.”

“Bad enough—bad, indeed; but it might have been worse. I
have nothing to say in defence of these sins; but how did you rush
into them so speedily, after your return?”

“That infern—, that abominable horse!”

“How could he have involved you in this series of offences, in so
short a time?”

William gave his mother a full and truthful account of all the difficulties
in which his horse had involved him. When he had concluded,
she resumed:

“I was sure that things had been going wrong with you, from the
brief letter you wrote, and which did not reach me until some days
after your return. It bore' the marks of great carelessness and want
of feeling.”

“That letter was part of the deceit which I began to practice on
you and Uncle before I left here, and which I was carrying on, when
I was detected by Mr. Waddel.”

“Well, William, you have learned from short, but sad experience,
the consequences of vice; and now abanden it forever. I am under
inexpressible obligations to Mr. Waddel, for his vigilance in arresting
you in it, before it could become a habit with you. And, now,
my advice to you is, to return to his school, do your first works over
again, and retrieve your character, as you soon will, where you lost it.”

“No, mother, I cannot go back there; I'd rather die than do it.”

“Well, what will you do, my son? What school will you go to?”

“I don't care about going into any school. If you are willing, I
will go into a store as a clerk?”

“Mercy on me, William! Close up all your bright prospects—
bury your brilliant talents among goods and groceries! No, my son,
I never can consent to that.”

“Why, ma; almost all the merchants in town began as clerks, and
see how rich and respectable they are!”

“But Providence has given you talents above this calling!”

“My talents have done me very little good as yet, and I doubt
whether they ever will do me any. What good will Latin and Greek
do me? Nobody speaks Latin and Greek. I don't see any good in
anything hardly, that we learn at school. I think I had better stay
here with you, and take care of you, and be trying to get an honest
living, than to be running off to school, where I will be constantly
under temptations.”

-- 182 --

[figure description] Page 182.[end figure description]

“Well, my son, there is a good deal of force in your remarks. It
will cost a hard struggle to give up my fond hopes of your future
distinction; but I can easily reconcile myself to your position in life
as a respectable, wealthy, private citizen. It will be a great comfort
to have you all the time with me. But let us think a while longer
before we decide upon this matter.”

While it was held under advisement, Doctor Waddel's promised
letter arrived. After tender expressions of condolence with Mrs.
Mitten and her brother's family in their recent bereavement, it continued:

“But the main object of this letter is to offer your son encouragements
to return to school. He left here under great depression of
spirits, and under the impression that his character was irretrievably
lost. No one in this vicinity, in or out of the school, thinks so. Now
that the story of his misfortunes is fully understood, every one attributes
them to a train of untoward circumstances which surrounded
him, on his return hither, rather than to depravity of heart. Indeed,
he has some noble traits of character, which almost entirely
conceal his faults from the eyes of the public and his school-fellows—
I say the public, for though it is a very uncommon thing for the public
to know or notice school-boy delinquencies, yet so wide-spread
was William's reputation from his performances at our last Examination
and Exhibition, that every one who knows him takes an interest
in him, and every one, I believe, regards him with more of sympathy
than censure. All would rejoice, I doubt not, to hear of his
return to the school, and his return to his good habits. Gilbert Hay,
his room-mate and bed-fellow, bids me say that he loves him yet, and
that the half of his bed is still reserved for him; and the feelings of
Gilbert Hay towards him, I believe, are the feelings of nine-tenths
of the school towards him. For myself, I shall give him a cordial
welcome. But you will naturally ask, what will be my dealings
with him, if he return? I answer the question very frankly: I shall
feel myself bound to correct him; though in so doing I shall not
forget the many circumstances of extenuation in his case. Had he
been guilty of but one offence, and that of a veneal nature, I should
freely forgive it, as is my custom, with the first offence. But he has
been guilty of several offences, and though none of them are very
rare in schools, they are, nevertheless, such as I have never allowed to
go unpunished in my school, and which I could not allow to escape
with impunity in this instance, without setting a dangerous precedent,
as well as showing marked partiality. I have reason to believe

-- 183 --

[figure description] Page 183.[end figure description]

that William would cheerfully submit to the punishment of his
faults, even though it were much severer than it will be, if that
would restore him to his lost position; now, I can hardly conceive
of anything better calculated to have that effect, than his volunteering
to take the punishment which he knows awaits him on his return,
when he might perchance avoid it by abandoning the school.
But with or without the punishment, he has only to be, for ten
months, what he has been for nearly as many, to regain the confidence
of everybody. Nothing but the peculiar circumstances of this
case, and the very lively interest which I take in the destiny of your
highly-gifted son, could have induced me to write a letter so liable
to misconstruction, as this is. But brief as is our acquaintance, I
think you will credit me, when I assure you, that my own pecuniary
interest has had no more to do with it, than yours will have in deliberating
upon its contents. Verily, the loss or gain of a scholar is
nothing to

Your sincere friend and ob't serv't,
Moses Waddel.
CHAPTER XXI.

So delighted was Mrs. Mitten with the first part of Dr. Waddel's
letter, that she rushed with it half read to her son, and recommenced
the reading for his edification and comfort. With the close of almost
every sentence, she would ejaculate, “Dear, good man!”
“How kind!” “Such a man is a national blessing!” “Who can
help loving him!”
But when she came to the whipping part, she
was unable to read without comments, and with becoming composure.
Having finished the perusal, “Well,” said she, “upon the
whole, it is a sweet letter; but I cannot see the necessity of his
whipping a boy of your size a month after the offence is committed,
and when he himself admits that there are so many circumstances of
extenuation in the case. If everybody else is ready to forgive and
forget, why might not he? But, William, as these are the only
terms upon which you can get back and save your credit, I think
you had better go. I will write to Mr. Waddel, informing him of
your deep contrition, and begging him if he can possibly pass over
the offence without correction, consistently with his sense of duty,
to do so; but if not, then in the midst of justice, to remember mercy.
Surely, under all the circumstances of the case, the purposes of
justice would be as fully answered by two or three stripes, as by—”

Two or three stripes!” said Bill, “why, he gives double that for
simple idleness; and if he were to let me off with two or three

-- 184 --

[figure description] Page 184.[end figure description]

stripes, I'd bring home the marks of them next July. I'd rather
take ten such as he commonly gives in the summer time, when the
boys wear thin breeches, than three such as he gave one boy named
Sapling, when he found his legs wrapped up with strips of shirt. If
I go back, and he lets me off with less than ten peelers, or fifteen of
the common sort, I shall think myself lucky.”

“Oh, William, you make Mr. Waddel a perfect enigma; how
could a man of his kindness of heart, be so inhuman!”

“He doesn't think it inhuman to whip students who violate his
laws; but it is not worth while to talk about it, ma, for I'm not
going back to Mr. Waddel's. As to the whipping, I shouldn't mind
that, so very much, if I could believe that I would be put back to
where I was before I committed the offences; but I know that that
can never be.”

“Well, my son, I hardly know what to advise. You surely were
born under an unlucky star. Always, always there is something
which obstructs the way which seems best for you to pursue. How
unfortunate was it that your uncle gave you that horse! How much
more unfortunate, that you did not accept his offer for him before
your return to Willington! Oh! were he now in life I would surrender
you to his government, and never have an opinion of my own
upon it, during your minority. But in this single instance of giving
you the horse—and there he soon saw his error, and did all that he
could do to correct it—his views have always proved right, while
mine, however carefully taken, invariably turn out unfortunately.”

“Well, ma, you may console yourself with this reflection, that if
Uncle David were alive, he could not force me back to Mr. Waddel's.”

“Yes, William, if he were alive, and felt convinced that your future
destiny hung upon it, you would have to go. He would have
reasoned with you, he would have persuaded you, at first; but if he
found these means unavailing, he would have carried you back to
school at all hazards. But it is in vain to talk of supposed cases. I
cannot do what he might have done. What say you, will you go back
or not?”

“No, ma'am; never, never, never!”

“William, my feelings are against your going, but my convictions
are strong and pungent that you ought to go. Something
whispers me that if you go, you will be great; if you do not, you
will be ruined. Will you submit to Mr. Markham's advice in the
matter?”

-- 185 --

[figure description] Page 185.[end figure description]

“No, ma; I've thought the matter all over, and I've made up my
mind, coolly and deliberately, never to go back to Mr. Waddel's.”

Now the truth of the matter is, that though Master Mitten, while
suffering the first tortures of his exposed guilt, and supposed disgrace,
would very readily have submitted to a severe whipping, to
have regained his lost ground; as he became more familiar with his
disgrace, it began to set very easily on him, while the whipping assumed
a new interest in his cogitations, and became more and more
imposing, as the disgrace became less and less distressing: so that
when the consultation occurred which we have just noticed, the
whipping crowded clean out of Master Mitten's mind, every other
consideration. It brought him, therefore, to a very decided judgment
from which nothing could move him which lay within the range of
his mother's devices. And yet there was a lady living within three
hundred yards of Mrs. Mitten's house, a beneficiary of hers, who
did not know A from a deer's track, who would have managed the
case to perfection without the help of Mr. Markham. That woman
was no other than Mrs. Nancy Brown, mother of John Brown, surnamed
Pœtus, which is by interpretation, Pink-Eyed. We opine
that if Mrs. Brown had been in the place of Mrs. Mitten, and Master
John in the place of Master William, she would have given him,
the said John, such a “cawhalloping,” that Dr. Waddel's best “fifteen”
would have been a Charlotte-russe to it. We have no doubt
that John would have given his “cawhalloping” for the “fifteen,”
and made one of his best bows to Dr. Waddel, to boot.

No alternative was now left to Mrs. Mitten but to procure a clerkship
for William in some store of the village. Two of the merchants,
Mr. Sanders and Mr. Dillon, had been enquiring for clerks, a little
while before Mrs. Mitten took the rounds in her son's behalf.

She went first to Mr. Sanders.

“Mr. Sanders,” said she, “don't you wish to employ a clerk in
your store?”

“Yes, madam,” said Mr. Sanders, “very much indeed.”

“Well, I would be very glad if you would take my son William—”

“Your son William, Mrs. Mitten! why surely you are not going
to take such a smart boy as that from school, to make a clerk of him!”

“He has quit school—”

“Quit school! Why, how did that happen?”

“He got dissatisfied, and wished to get into some employment,
and desires a clerkship—”

-- 186 --

[figure description] Page 186.[end figure description]

“Dear, dear, dear! How thoughtless boys are! Why, Mrs. Mitten,
you oughtn't to allow him to quit school. That boy was cut out
for a great man—yes, for a very great man—”

“Well, Mr. Sanders, his talents will not be in the way of your employing
him, I hope.”

“Oh, no, ma'am, no! I prefer a smart boy to a dull one, certainly;
but it does look like such a sacrifice to put such a boy as that behind
the counter! If he's determined to quit school, he ought, by all
means, to study law or physic.”

“He's too young for that.”

“Oh—ah, yes. He's too young to go into any sort of business.
A store, in such a place as this, is a very dangerous place for a youth
of William's age. I never could forgive myself if I should take
him into my store at his tender age, and he should turn out badly—”

“But he will be constantly under your eye and mine, Mr. Sanders.”

“Ah, there's the difficulty, Mrs. Mitten. He will not be constantly
under my eye. I have long trips to make to the North twice a
year—repeated trips to Augusta and Savannah. But, Mrs. Mitten,
if you are disposed to risk it, such is my regard for you and your
family—but he is too young—entirely too young!”

“Why, Mr. Sanders, he can't be younger than young Dally was
when you first took him; and he did well while he was with you,
and went out of your store to preaching.”

“Very true, very true, Mrs. Mitten. But young Dally was the son
of a widow—and—so is William; and thus far the cases are alike.
But Mrs. Dally was a poor widow, with a number of sons, and you
are a rich widow with but one son. It was a charity (somewhat) to
take her son, but it would be no charity to take yours. And, you
see, moreover, besides, Mrs. Mitten, you would never be satisfied
with the wages for William that I gave young Dally—”

“I don't care, Mr. Sanders, if you give him no wages at all—”

“Oh, bless my soul, Mrs. Mitten, that would never do! I couldn't
think of taking your boy for nothing.”

“Well just give him what you think proper. It is not for the pay
that I wish to put him under you, but simply to acquaint himself
with the mercantile business. I will board him and clothe him myself,
and if you choose to give him anything, very well; it will go to
him, and he won't care whether it is much or little.”

“Ah, there you are mistaken, Mrs. Mitten. William would never
be satisfied to see other boys in town, not half as smart as he is,

-- 187 --

[figure description] Page 187.[end figure description]

getting two or three times as much as he gets—and I shouldn't blame
him at all. Besides, I can't think of fixing his wages myself. If I
take him, it must be under contract with you, in which his wages
must be settled to our mutual satisfaction. William must have nothing
to do with it. Now what would you be willing to take for his
services?”

“Why, bless my soul, Mr. Sanders, I know nothing about such
matters. I'm willing to take anything you choose to give.”

Mr. Sanders looked down, scratched his head, and said rather to
himself, than to Mrs. Mitten: “How shall we fix this thing. I dislike
very much that any obstacle should stand in the way of my getting
the services of such a brilliant youth as he is. But, stop, stop,
stop. Does William understand Arithmetic pretty well? If he
doesn't, you know it would be impossible for me to employ him.”

“I presume he does; he was considered very smart at figures by
his teachers here.”

“Well, if that's the case, I reckon we shall be enabled to get along.
Send him to-morrow morning, Mrs. Mitten, at nine o'clock precisely,
and I will try him a little at figures, and if he does well, why then,
that will take away the only insuperable obstacle to employing him.”

Mrs. Mitten promised to send him over at the appointed time, and
retired.

The Mr. Sanders of whom we have been speaking, was Mr. D.
Sanders, who was doing business with his brother, Mr. B. Sanders,
under the copartnership name of D. & B. Sanders. The last, however,
was little more than a dormant partner.

The conversation just detailed was hardly ended before it reached
Mr. Dillon's ears, who, at precisely nine o'clock the next morning,
closed doors, and “absquatulated,” as Billy Munford would say, alias
vamoosed,” alias was “taken with a getting away.

William was prompt to Mr. Sanders' appointed hour.

“Well, William,” said Mr. Sanders, “your mother tells me you
are going to quit school, and take to clerking. Is it so?”

“Yes, sir, I am bent upon that.”

“Dear me, dear me, what a pity! Why, William, you were cut
out for something greater than a counter-hopper. I earnestly advise
you, my son, to go on and finish your education. Everybody says
that if you only take the right turn, you will be one of the greatest
men that Georgia ever produced. Now, are you going to disappoint
us all? I want a clerk badly, but I had rather do without
a clerk a twelve month, than be the means of turning you aside

-- 188 --

[figure description] Page 188.[end figure description]

from the glory which is before you, if you only improve your talents
in the right way. So reluctant am I to offering you any encouragement
to give up your fine prospects, that I am really afraid your
mother took up the idea that I didn't wish to employ you. Now,
William, take an old man's advice; return to school, complete your
education, study law, be studious, be moral, and by and by you'll
never get done thanking me for stopping you in the course you are
now pursuing.”

“Mr. Sanders,” said William, “I've heard my talents spoken of
and praised ever since I was a child, and instead of doing me any
good, they have done me nothing but harm—”

“Oh, my son, the time hasn't come yet for you to reap the benefits
of your talents. Look at lawyer M—, and lawyer C—,
and lawyer J.—, who had nothing to depend upon but their talents;
where are they now? All on the high road to fortune and to
fame! Now I don't believe either of them had as bright talents as
you have.”

Just here Mr. B. Sanders, who was rarely seen about the store, rode
up, dismounted, and walked into the counting room.

“My mind is made up, Mr. Sanders,” said William, “and if you
will not employ me, I must seek a place elsewhere.”

“Well, if you are determined to go into a store—which store would
you prefer?”

“I prefer yours greatly to any store in town.”

“Well, however desirous I may be to employ you, you know yourself,
my son, that I can't do it unless you understand figures pretty
well.”

“Of course not,” said William.

“Well, here take the slate and pencil, and let me try you a little.
How much will five and a half yards of cloth come to, at five and a
half dollars a yard?”

The question was no sooner asked, than William answered it by
his head without touching pencil to slate. Mr. Sanders took the
slate, ciphered it up, found the answer correct, rubbed out his calculation,
and returned the slate to William, saying, “Very well done,
my son; but that's head-work, and it won't do to keep merchants'
accounts by the head; do it on the slate.”

William did it on the slate in less time than Mr. Sanders did it.

“Very well. How much will eighteen pounds and three quarters
of sugar come to, at eighteen and three quarter cents a pound.”

William gave the answer promptly, not by his head, but according
to Pike.

-- 189 --

[figure description] Page 189.[end figure description]

“Very well, William! Very promptly and quickly done! How
much will five-eighths of a yard of cloth come to at five eighths of a
dollar a yard.”

William soon presented the answer.

“It isn't right my son,” said Mr. Sanders.

William reviewed it.

“Yes, it is right, Mr. Sanders,” said William.

Sanders looked over it again and acknowledged his error.

“Well, William,” said Mr. Sanders, “I will put a few more questions
to you and then release you. How much will seven and a
quarter yards of cloth come to at one pound, seven shillings and sixpence
ha'penny sterling a yard?”

William gave the answer correctly.

“Well, let me try you a little at interest.” He put down upon
the slate “$567 ¼” and handed it to William. “There,” said he,
“give me the interest on that sum for a month and a half, at eight
per cent.”

William took the slate, placed a dot to the right of the first figure
and handed it back, saying “there's the answer sir—six dollars,
sixty-seven and a quarter cents.”

Mr. Sanders went over the sum in the common way, while William
stood chuckling. When he brought out the result just as
William had it, he looked at him with perfect amazement. “Well,
William,” said he, “I believe you are the smartest boy at figures
that I ever saw in all my life.”

Here Mr. B. Sanders stepped in. “Why, brother,” said he,
“have you turned school master?”

“No,” said Mr. D., “I was trying William on arithmetic, to see
if he would answer for a clerk for us.”

“Why, I've engaged a clerk,” said Mr. B. Sanders.

“You have!” said Mr. D., “who is it?”

“John Dally, brother of our old clerk.”

“Why brother, there never was a Dally to compare with William
Mitten at figures! I verily believe he is better than both of us put
together. Couldn't you get off from your engagement with Mrs.
Dally, so that we may employ William?”

“I suppose I could, if I were to ask her to let me off, but that's
not my way of dealing.”

“Well, William,” said Mr. D. Sanders, “you see how it is—we
shall have to give you up. Tell your mother, that I was not only
satisfied with your knowledge of arithmetic, but that I was

-- 190 --

[figure description] Page 190.[end figure description]

delighted with it—amazed at it; but that my brother, knowing that we
wanted a clerk, had employed one.”

William went home and related all that had passed between him
and Mr. D. Sanders.

“Well, was there ever such an unlucky mortal born, William, as
you are!” said Mrs. Mitten. “It seems almost supernatural.”

On Mr. Dillon's return home, which was two days and a half after
his “absquatulation,” Mrs. Mitten waited on him to know if he
would not employ her son. But Mr. Dillon had just engaged a
young man, who had been highly recommended to him.

Mrs. Mitten now made application to every other merchant in
town, but they were all supplied with clerks; they all spoke, however,
in the highest terms of William's talents.

“And what will you do now, my son,” said she, “seeing your
favorite plan is broken up?”

“I really don't know, mother; I am at the end of my row.”

Mr. Markham, hearing of her disappointment, called upon Mrs.
Mitten and proposed to her to let William go on with his cousin
David, George Markham, and John Brown, and fit himself for college
under Doctor Finley, a celebrated teacher at Basken Ridge,
New Jersey. “If,” said Mr. Markham, “William will apply himself
closely to the study of Greek and Mathematics, (the only studies
in which he is deficient,) he will be able to enter the Freshman
class in six months with case, I am certain.”

The proposition was readily embraced by both the mother and the
son; and while she commenced his outfit for the journey, he commenced
the study of Greek assiduously.

-- --

CHAPTER XXII.

[figure description] Page 191.[end figure description]

About nine days before the time appointed for Masters Thompson,
Markham, Brown and Mitten to leave for the North, Mr. Beach, a
celebrated manufacturer of vehicles, in Newark, New Jersey, came
to the village, on a collecting tour through the State of Georgia. He
was well known to Mr. B. Sanders, who suggested to him that the
four youths just mentioned were about leaving for his State, and that
he would confer a very great favor on their parents, by taking charge
of them, at least as far as his residence. Mr. Beach very cheerfully
and kindly offered to do so, provided they could delay their departure
until the fifteenth of the month, and meet him at Augusta
on that date. Mr. Sanders sent for Mr. Markham, introduced him
to Mr. Beach, and the arrangement was made to suit the convenience
of the latter. On the fourteenth, Mr. Markham was in Augusta
with the four youths, where he found Mr. Beach ready to
take charge of them. They were placed under his care, and left
with him for Jersey, via Savannah, the next morning. On the
evening before their departure, Mr. Markham addressed the four as
follows:

“I cannot part with you, my young friends, perhaps forever, without
giving you the benefit of my experience and observation in the
way of counsel. Bear with me if I occasionally play the woman in
delivering it, for I speak from a heavy heart. Was ever man placed
in precisely the relation which I sustain to you all! I can with
truth say, that I never felt the delicacy and responsibilities of it, in
all their force, until this moment. When I left college, I had no
higher ambition than to be a good and a useful man; and I saw no
better way of attaining these ends than by devoting myself to the
instruction of youth. I determined to engage in this vocation—
greatly to the disappointment and mortification of my only surviving
parent, who, mother like, far over-estimated my gifts and attainments,
and regarded them as certain passports to high political or
judicial distinction, while in cousonance with a miserably perverted
public opinion of that day, (not yet entirely reformed,) she esteemed
the calling of the `School Master' as hardly respectable. I saw the
importance of it, and the bitter fruits of this debasement of public
opinion, (that it was throwing the sacred business of instruction into
the hands of the worst of characters) and I determined that, to the
extent of my ability, I would elevate the character of the teacher

-- 192 --

[figure description] Page 192.[end figure description]

and rectify the popular error. I opened my school at first in this
place, and afterwards in the village where I now reside. I soon acquired
the confidence of the villagers—at least of all whose confidence
was worth having. I appreciated it highly, and studied to
retain and strengthen it by a faithful discharge of my duty as an instructor,
and the performance of good offices as a man. The consequence
has been, that trust after trust has been devolved upon me
through a long series of years. I accepted them simply on the
score of friendship, benevolence or humanity, thinking nothing of
the responsibilities attached to them, until I found myself occupying
the place of a parent to four youths of fair promise, of different
means, tempers and dispositions, at the most critical period of life,
on the eve of their departure from the parental roof, for two, three
or more years. Verily, my position is an unenviable one; but it
will be a source of future rejoicing to us all, if you choose to make
it such. That you may make it such, listen to the last counsels that
I expect ever to give you; remembering that there are others much
more deeply interested in your observance of them, (with but one
exception) than I am.

“Hitherto you have had wiser heads to shape your course, to correct
your errors, to check your wanderings, and to guard your morals,
than your own. From to-morrow you must be thrown mainly upon
your own resources, and that too amidst scenes of novelty, temptation
and trial, to which you are entire strangers. Fortunately for me,
and more fortunately for you if you will be advised, I am enabled to
anticipate the more serious evils to which you will be exposed during
your sojourn abroad, and to fortify you against them. Come safely
through these, and your character will survive all others, though it
may be smartly chafed by them. To these, however, I shall not confine
my counsels, for my purpose is, not simply to save you from
ruin, but to exalt you to honorable distinction.

“I begin with your duty to Mr. Beach, who has laid us all under
obligations to him which we can never repay. He has kindly
promised to take you to his house upon reaching Newark, to retain
you there for two days, until he can dispose of a little pressing business,
then to accompany you to New York, and devote two more
days to showing you the city and as many of its curiosities as can
be seen in so short a time, and then to see you all to your destination.
Now, whether we are indebted to his native goodness of heart
for these unusual and unlooked for kindnesses, or to his friendship
for Mr. Sanders, they certainly demand your profoundest respect and

-- 193 --

[figure description] Page 193.[end figure description]

your warmest feelings of gratitude. Let him see that you are sensible
of them. In your intercourse with him be modest, but not bashful;
easy, but not forward; familiar, but not pert; and at all times
and under all circumstances, show him the most marked deference
and respect. When he speaks, give him your attention. Arrest
always your conversation with each other, to hear what he has to
say. Should he use an ungrammatical expression, or betray ignorance
of any of the very few things which you know, you are not to
evince by word, smile or interchange of look, that you notice or
know of his defects. Anticipate his wishes, and relieve him of the
burden of you as much as possible. Take care of your own trunks
and of his, (if he will allow you to do so) under his direction.
Whatever opinions he may advance, you are not to object to them;
much less are you to debate them with him. These rules should be
observed in your intercourse with your elders generally, more especially
are they to be observed in your intercourse with a benefactor.

“In the course of your travels, you will sooner or later be thrown
in company with every variety of character; the grave, the scientific,
the facetious, the ignorant, the profane, the vile. Be not forward in
obtruding yourselves upon the notice of either class. A modest and
diffident approach to men of rank and learning, you may make, with
propriety and improvement; but take care to let them always lead in
the conversation; and as soon as they turn their attention from you
to another, cease to be talkers, and become listeners. Let others
entertain the wit, not you. To the ignorant be charitable, not rude.
Ignorance is no crime. Show no countenance to the vulgar and the
profane. I do not say that it is your province to rebuke them; but
it is your duty to yourselves to exhibit no signs of approbation to
anything that falls from the lips of such characters. And do not
suppose that you will gain credit for purity of heart, by simply abstaining
from vulgarity of lip yourselves. Let me see how you receive
it from the lips of others, and I will tell you exactly how far
you differ from them in moral character. Does it absorb your attention?
Does it excite a smile? Does it raise no blush upon your
cheek? Does it receive from you an impulsive hint? You are no
better at heart than the retailer of it. The only difference between
you is, that you are a little more prudent than he is, in your choice
of times and places of relieving your hearts from this moral feculence.

“Do not allow yourselves to contract the habit of profane swearing.

-- 194 --

[figure description] Page 194.[end figure description]

Aside from its sinfulness, it should be eschewed by every man who
desires to become fascinating in conversation, or renowned in elocution.
I never saw the very profane swearer, who was a very eloquent
extemporaneous speaker. The reason is plain: such an one, always
accustomed to filling up his sentences with oaths, cannot command
the appropriate terms to supply their places when they are rejected.

“When you enter college, you will be presented with a copy of its
laws: read them attentively, and resolve to obey them. Indeed,
you will be required to sign a written pledge to do so. A word upon
this pledge. It is called the matriculation pledge, and imports the
formal admission of the student into the Institution. How it comes
to pass I know not, but so it is, that not one in twenty students
regard this solemnly recorded vow as of any force whatever. A
large majority do not violate it—at least in any important particulars—
but whether their conformity to it is from respect to it, or a
proper sense of its obligations, is very questionable. It is certain,
that in the four years in which I was in college, I never heard it adverted
to as a ground of obedience to the rules of the Institution.
One day, a very grave, pious student said to a rather wild one, in
my presence, `How does it happen that so many students treat the
matriculation pledge as a nullity?' `Oh,' said the other, `when I
took the pledge, I understood it to mean that I would keep the law,
or endure the penalty'(!) I see you all smile at this stupendous
discovery in moral philosophy, and well you may. If every official
oath, and every private promise were to be interpreted in this way,
no government could last a year, and every ligament that binds man
to man would be severed in less time. Officers might do as they
please, and `endure the penalty!' Husbands might forsake their
wives, and wives their husbands, and `endure the penalty!' I
might desert you here, and take your funds to myself and `endure
the penalty!' Mr. Beach may desert you in Savannah or New York
and `endure the penalty!' But I forget myself—you see the absurdity
of this doctrine as plainly as I do. If you mean to disregard
your matriculation pledge, tell me so now, that I may save you
from the sin of taking it. If you mean to keep it, all further counsels
from me would seem unnecessary. Not, so, however: nine-tenths
of those who take it, mean at the time to keep it; but from
temptation, want of caution, or some other cause, they violate it;
and then they think one violation as bad as a thousand, and become
desperate, or quiet their consciences with some such miserable appliance
as that to which we have just adverted. Now, this is all

-- 195 --

[figure description] Page 195.[end figure description]

wrong. One breach of duty can never justify another; and there
is almost as wide a difference between a deliberate fault, and one
committed under severe temptation, as there is between innocence
and guilt. If, therefore, you should be betrayed into a breach of
your pledge, do not consider yourselves as released from it, but as
instructively admonished to guard with quickened vigilance against
the associations or train of events that led you into it.

“But, my young friends, there is a condition attached to that
pledge—an implied one, to be sure, but none the less obligatory on
that account—which Professors are apt to forget; but students,
never: It is, that the members of the Faculty discharge their duties
faithfully to the students. And here is the prolific source of many
difficulties in Colleges. One duty of the Faculty students always
see very clearly; and that is, that every member of the Faculty is
bound to treat them with tenderness, courtesy and respect, and this
duty they not only exact with unreasonable rigor, but treat a breach
of it in the most unreasonable manner that human ingenuity could
devise. They hold the Professor bound to this duty, no matter
how they may treat him. This is bad enough, but their mode of
dealing with the offending Professor is ten thousand times worse.
The injured party, instead of mildly and calmly laying his grievances
before the Professor, and asking an explanation of him, which in
ninety-nine cases out of a hundred would produce a reconciliation,
spreads his grievances through the College. His class (perhaps two
or three classes,) espouse his cause, visit the Professor with every
species of insult and indignity, set all the laws of the Institution at
defiance, rage like the Bacchantes of old, get themselves expelled by
the dozen and suspended by the score, and then come to order.

“There was but one row of this kind while I was in College; and
though I really sympathised with the student whose wrongs preduced
it, I took no part in it, because I could not see what good end
was to be accomplished by it. And had I not seen such things with
my own eyes, I could not have believed it possible that any human
being out of Bedlam could act in this way. I was blamed for my
neutrality while the uproar was in progress, but never afterwards.
Now, should either of you feel yourselves aggrieved by anything said or
done by any member of the Faculty, after allowing cooling time for
yourself and him, go to him and lay the grounds of your complaint
before him privately and temperately. If he does not give you satisfaction,
appeal in like manner to the Faculty. If they give you no
redress, appeal to the Trustees; and if they give you no redress,

-- 196 --

[figure description] Page 196.[end figure description]

appeal to me, and, if your cause be just, I will procure for you an
honorable dismission, and remove you from the College. This course
will be much more creditable and profitable to you, than to tax the
friendship of your fellow-students with your vindication, when it is
impossible that they can gain anything by it, and certain that they
will lose incalculably. All this upon the supposition that you are
actually multreated by a Professor without any fault on your part—a
case which hardly ever occurs. Take care that you do not construe
the duty of a Professor into a fault. The laws will show you what
he is bound to do; and all that he does in obedience to the laws, do
you submit to without murmurs or complaint. It is no ground of
objection to him that other Professors are more remiss in the discharge
of their duties than he is. The comparison between him and
them will be altogether in their favor while you are in College, but
altogether in his when you come out of it, especially if you ever
become the Trustee of a College.

“The greatest danger to which you will be exposed, is from the
shocking system of ethics which prevails in Colleges. It is admitted
on all hands, that a student should not become a voluntary informer
against his fellow-students. But even to this rule there ought to be
some exceptions; and the exceptions should cover all cases where
the information is given from a principle of benevolence to the
students themselves, and there is no other means of securing the
end in view but by information lodged with authorities of the College,
or of the State. A student, for instance, knows of a contemplated
duel between two of his fellow-students; he uses his best
exertions to stop it, but fails; is he to be branded with the infamy
of a common informer, because he puts the Faculty in possession of
the fact? Surely not. A fortiori, where the intended crime would
produce irreparable injury to a person, and subject the student himself
to the pain of death, as murder, arson, treason, and the like.
True, none of these crimes but the first mentioned (the duel,) are
likely to ever occur in a College; but should they occur, it is very
doubtful whether the informer would find any quarter among his
college companions.

“But let us come to a case very likely to occur. It is a rule in
some Colleges, (in most of them, I believe,) that if a student is
charged with an offence, and another is called on to testify in his
case, and refuse, he shall be dismissed. Every student who enters
the College pledges himself to keep this law; and yet, in the judgment
of seven-tenths of the students, it is considered basely

-- 197 --

[figure description] Page 197.[end figure description]

dishonorable to testify, if his testimony would prove the guilt of the
accused! The culprit himself has not the magnanimity to confess
his guilt, and save his innocent friends from punishment, but,
shielded by this miserable abortion of College comity, he avoids detection,
sees them disgraced, driven off and robbed of man's richest
boon, (a liberal education,) while he quietly retains his place, and
ultimately pockets his Parchment! And yet, black, rotten and
fœtid as he is, some of the unimplicated congratulate him on his
escape, and many of them hold fellowship with him, not only without
nausea, but with an agreeable relish!! The dirty lump of humanity
should be turned over to the scavenger, by the unanimous
verdict of the College, and pitched into the remotest sewer from it.
Now this case has actually happened, and it may happen again while
you are in College. If so, and you are cognizant of the offence,
(not a participant in it,) and summoned as a witness against an offender,
go to him and tell him to confess his fault, or you will become
a witness against him. If thus forewarned, he refuses to confess,
testify against him. His friendship is not worth having, nor
is the friendship of a legion of students, who would cut your acquaintance
for so doing. I know it is hard to bear the derision and
contempt of your College companions, but bear that, or even martyrdom,
rather than forfeit your word, incur disgrace, be driven from
the walks of science, and have your fairest prospects blighted, to
favor a villain.

“That students should suffer themselves to be punished, in order
to conceal the guilt of an offender too vile to own his guilt—that a
rule should obtain among them, which makes it better to be a culprit
than a witness, safer to sin than to see it, more honorable to profit
by magnanimity than to practice it, and more graceful in the malefactor
to divide his responsibilities among his friends than to bear
them himself—is marvelous indeed. But the wonders of College
ethics do not stop here. Another principle of the school is, that no
member of the fraternity is to exculpate himself from a crime committed
by one of his fellows; because, forsooth, if all who are innocent,
avow their innocence, the guilty one must be discovered if he
be a man of truth! By the law of all Colleges, I believe, if a
student stands mute when questioned as to his participation in an
offence, he is to be regarded as the perpetrator of it, and to be visited
accordingly. Students, innocent students, stand mute and endure the
penalty! They virtually acknowledge a fault, of which they are not
guilty. Who is to be benefited by their self-sacrifice, they know

-- 198 --

[figure description] Page 198.[end figure description]

not—or may not know! Whether any crime at all has been committed
by a fellow-student they do not know, and do not enquire!
Whether the consequences which they apprehend, will follow from
their exonerating themselves, they cannot know! Their course of
conduct will save the offender, or it will not. If it save him, he
escapes and they are punished; if it do not save him, they share his
fate without doing him any service! Why this is monstrous!
Young men, you are not to forfeit the inestimable blessings of a liberal
education, for any such refinements as these. You are not to
encourage the idea that you are evil-doers, when you are not! You
are not to lacerate your parents' feelings, to conciliate the blind
votaries of a preposterous dogma! I know that you must have a
will of iron and nerves of steel, to withstand the sneers, the jibes,
the taunts, the scorn of your college compeers. You can have no
idea of their potency until they begin to threaten you. Why are
such conservative agencies abused to the encouragement of vice and
the terror of virtue! How has it come to pass, that wrong receives
more favor in schools and colleges than anywhere else? How happens
it, that every code of morals, human and divine, is reversed in
these Institutions? It is amazing, it is unaccountable! But, my
young friends, there is majesty and power in virtue, if she will assume
her prerogatives, which will command respect and awe down
opposition, even in colleges. Put yourselves under her guardianship,
and with head erect and heart unawed, boldly meet the champions
of vice, and you are certain of victory, and of victory's richest
spoils: a quiet conscience, approving teachers, rejoicing parents,
mental culture, public favor, and lasting honor. Stand together as
one man in the maintenance of right, be led by neither to espouse
the wrong. Cultivate the friendship of the orderly, the pious, the
studious, the intellectual. Have no fellowship with the idle, the
dissipated, the boisterous, the prodigal. Treat them politely, but
distantly. These are the characters who breed all the mischiefs in
College. From such as these must have sprung up those moral
monstrosities of which I have been speaking. The best code of
morals for them is, of course, that which indulges vice and repudiates
virtue. Take care of them; the Faculty will judge you by
the company you keep; and if you would avoid the trying dilemmas
of which I have spoken, keep away from the vicious and the lawless.
These are the ones who are arraigned for outbreaks, and their companions
are the witnesses, if not the accomplices. Let cards alone;
let intoxicating liquors alone! If you disregard everything else

-- 199 --

[figure description] Page 199.[end figure description]

that I have told you, burn these seven words into your memory:
`let cards alone; let intoxicating liquors alone!' Let your recreation
hours, and only your recreation hours, be spent mainly in female
society; preferring the pious and intellectual, to the light and
volatile. Write home often, and when temptations assail you, think
of home. Do not get in the way of neglecting your College duties;
remissness is the first step to degradation. You all have your Bibles;
read them often—if not from a better motive, read them for your
mothers' sakes. And now, bow with me in prayer to God, that He
incline your hearts to keep these precepts, and His own, which are
far better, conduct you safely to your destination, preserve you, and
bless you, during your sojourn at the seat of Science, and return
you to us, endowed with its richest treasures!”

The prayer was offered up, and the following morning Mr. Markham
bade his young friends a tearful farewell, saw them on their
way to Savannah, and then turned his steps homeward.

CHAPTER XXIII.

Three days' staging placed Mr. Beach with his charge in Savannah,
and an eight days' voyage landed him in New York. He proceeded
immediately to Newark, whence he wrote a letter to Mr.
Sanders, concluding as follows: “Report our safe arrival all in good
health, to Mr. Markham. He told me that the boys were raw, untraveled
youths, whom he feared would give me much trouble; but
I assure him that they gave me no trouble at all. So far from it,
they sought every opportunity to relieve me from trouble. They
seemed to contend for the pleasure of serving me. They are four of
the most genteel, well-behaved, clever boys I ever saw. Instead of
giving me trouble, they were a pleasure and delight to me all the
way. As they were from the South, used to be waited on, and not
used to work, (as I supposed.) I did expect to find them all a little
lazy; but they were ready to turn their hands to anything. On board
ship they were all very sick, and as they had all been so kind to me,
I took great pleasure in waiting on them. In two or three days
they were all well, and ever since have been as hearty as bucks.
They are now at my house, quite the delight of my family. To-morrow
and next day I shall take them over to see New York according
to promise, and the day after go with them to Basken Ridge
and Princeton.”

This letter of course went the rounds of the families most

-- 200 --

[figure description] Page 200.[end figure description]

interested in it, and gave unspeakable satisfaction whithersoever it went.
Mr. Beach fulfilled his promise. Markham, Thompson and Brown
entered the Sophomore class without difficulty. It was exceedingly
mortifying to William to find himself under the necessity of going
through a preparatory course in order to enter the Freshman class,
when his old schoolmates were all honorably admitted into the next
higher class; and he determined to make amends for lost time by
assiduity in study. The weather and the place favored his resolution,
at least for several months, for he was kept in-doors from the
cold, and there were few, if any, dissolute youths at Basken Ridge
to tempt him to vice. His first letter to his mother spoke in highest
terms of Mr. Finley and his “charming family;” and the first letter
of Mr. Finley to Mrs. Mitten was not less complimentary to William.
At the end of five months, his teacher pronounced him fully prepared
for the Freshman class, put in his hand a very flattering certificate,
and dispatched him to College. Instead of presenting his
certificate to the President, and making application for admission
into the Freshman class, he excogitated a brilliant scheme, not altogether
original, to be sure, but highly creditable to his ingenuity,
whereby he was to get into the Sophomore class without the needful
preparation for it. Thus thought our hero: “If I apply for the
Junior class, they will have too much respect for my feelings to put
me away down in the Freshman class, if they can possibly avoid it.
Even for the Junior class, they will, in all probability, examine me
upon those studies which I have been over, and here I shall acquit
myself so handsomely, that they will readily compromise matters,
and let me into the Sophomore class.” Accordingly he reported
himself to the President with an air of great self-possession, as a
candidate for the Junior class. The President, after gravely taking
his dimensions with the eye, to the manifest terror of Master Mitten,
said: “The Junior Class, now more than half advanced! How far
have you advanced in Latin and Greek?” William answered. “In
mathematics?” He answered again. “Have you studied Chemistry,
Astronomy, Natural and Moral Philosophy and Logic?” “No,
sir!” “Under whom did you prepare for College?” “Mr. Waddel
and Mr. Finley.” “Mr. Waddel of South Carolina and Mr. Finley
of Basken Ridge?” “Yes, sir.” “We have four students now in
College, from Mr. Waddel's school, and ten from Mr. Finley's, all
of whom entered without difficulty. Did either of your preceptors
advise you to apply for the Junior class?” “No, sir, but I thought
may be I could enter that class.” “Well, Master Mitten, I think,

-- 201 --

[figure description] Page 201.[end figure description]

`may be' you can enter no class in College. I will give you a trial,
however, for the Freshman class, if you can bring down your aspirations
that low.” “Well, sir,” said William, with a spirit of accommodation
truly commendable, “I'll try for that class.” Here
William's usual bad luck attended him, for his ingenuity had exposed
him to agonizing mortification, betrayed him into a falsehood,
and, as he well knew, made the President's first impressions of him
very unfavorable.

He was examined, and admitted without difficulty. The President
was curious to learn what sort of an examination he stood, and
enquired of the examining Professors. “Admirable!” said they,
una voce. The President smiled, but said nothing.

William followed Mr. Markham's advice strictly through the
Freshman year, and for four months of the Sophomore year, and the
consequence was as usual; he stood at the head of the class. His
letters to his mother were in the highest degree gratifying. He
spoke gratefully of Mr. Markham's last counsels to him, and promised
to obey them to the letter; he expressed his admiration of the
Faculty, particularly of those members of it who had charge of his
class, in terms bordering upon the extravagance of praise—rejoiced
that he had been defeated in his attempt to procure a clerkship; and
rejoiced still more that he now saw the error of his ways, and had
radically reformed. One of his epistles he concluded in this language:
“When I think, my dearest mother, of the trouble I have
given you—how I abused your goodness, and disappointed your
reasonable expectations, my conscience smites me, and my cheeks
burn with blushes. How could I have been such an ingrate! How
could I have sent a pang to the bosom of the sweetest, the kindest,
the tenderest, the holiest, the best of mothers! Well, the past is
gone, and with it my childish, boyish follies: they have all been forgiven
long ago, and no more are to be forgiven in future. That I
am to get the first honor in my class is conceded by all the class
except four. These four were considered equal competitors for it
until I entered the class, and they do not despair yet; but they had
as well, for they equal me in nothing but Mathematics, and do not
excel me in that. The funds that you allow me ($500 per annum)
are more than sufficient to meet all my college expenses, and allow
me occasional pleasure rambles during the vacation. What I have
written about my stand in College, you will of course understand as
intended only for a mother's eye.

“Your truly affectionate and grateful son,
Wm. Mitten.

-- 202 --

[figure description] Page 202.[end figure description]

William's report of himself was fully confirmed by his fellow-students
of the village. He wrote also an affectionate letter to
Doctor Waddel, thanking him for his many kindnesses, approving of
all his dealings with him, and censuring himself for his rejection of
his counsels, and disobedience to his rules. Before this letter
reached his old Preceptor, William's fame and prospects in College
had reached the school, where all considered themselves interested
in his reputation, and all rejoiced. At his home the rejoicing was
more intense, and all the merchants of the place, and Mr. Sanders
in particular, congratulated themselves that they had offered him
no encouragement to become a merchant. There was one exception,
to be sure, to the general rejoicing, in the person of old Stewey
Anderson; and he only suspended his joy; for he offered “to give
his promissory/note, payable twelve months after date, for double
joy, if Bill Mitten held on that long.”

“Billy,” said Stewey, “is a Belair colt; he beats everything for
a quarter, but he can't stand a long run, I'm afraid; he's entered
now for the four mile heats, and I think he'll break down about the
second or third mile, sure.” There was something, too, that chilled
the ardor of Dr. Hull's delight, though no one knew what it was.
But that he partook of the general feeling to some extent, was
manifest; for he never took a chew of tobacco and grunted when
William was praised.

Up to the close of the fourth month of Master Mitten's Sophomore
year, he had almost entirely neglected Mr. Markham's advice
touching his recreation hours; indeed, he hardly allowed himself
any recreation hours: but occasional visits to a beautiful little
Princeton lassie, by the name of Amanda Ward, reminded him
forcibly of his remissness in this particular, and he resolved forthwith
to amend his ways. Miss Amanda was not pious, but she was
sprightly, witty and graceful; and for her age (for she had hardly
“entered her teens,”) she was not wanting in intellectual culture.
William's interest in her increased with every visit to her, and his
“recreation hours” began to increase with his interest. The necessary
consequence was, that his study hours became more arduous.
Still he maintained his reputation and his place in his class, with
only a hardly perceptible change, in the promptness and fluency
with which he disposed of his recitations. Soon after his first visit
to Miss Amanda, William's talents were made known to her, as well
as his fortune, which was represented to be something under the
square of what it really was. She was quite too young and too

-- 203 --

[figure description] Page 203.[end figure description]

romantic to have anything venal in her composition, and, as his handsome
person, brilliant talents and interesting conversation began to
win upon her affections, she became touchingly pensive. By as
much as she lost her vivacity, by so much did William's interest in
her increase. He loved her before, and now he sympathized with
her deeply and tenderly. It was a floating sympathy, to be sure,
seeking, like Noah's dove, a resting place and finding none; but it
was none the less sincere on that account, and none the less appreciated
by the lovely object over which it hovered, and diffused its
grateful incense. Often from the gloom which overshadowed the
dear Amanda, would she send forth mellow twinklings, like those
which sport upon the bosom of an evening cloud, and which would
irradiate the countenance of her anxious friend for a moment; but
he could not persuade her to reveal the cause of her depression.

Under the combined force of love, sympathy, anxiety and suspense,
William's spirits forsook him, he became sad and gloomy, and
study became irksome to him. Late sittings with Miss Amanda,
and then much later sittings to make up the lost time, began to
make inroads upon William's health, and all his fair prospects would
probably have been blighted before the close of the term, had he
not determined to act upon conjecture as to Miss Ward's anguish of
mind. He judged, not without good reason, that it proceeded from
love to him, and that she was wasting away under the consuming
passion, because she supposed that it was not reciprocated. He resolved,
therefore, with becoming frankness to unbosom himself to
her and offer her his hand. Accordingly, at their next interview,
he thus addressed her:

“Miss Ward, you know that I am not blind to your despondency,
and, by a thousand proofs, you know that I am not indifferent to it.
Believe me, that my oft repeated enquiries into the cause of it were
prompted by a purer and holier motive than mere idle curiosity. No,
Miss Ward, that heart which is not touched with the griefs of the
gentler sex, must be insensible indeed; such an one, I am sure was
never reared in the genial clime of the sunny South. He who could
obtrude a selfish curiosity into the hallowed sanctuary of woman's
sorrows, never breathed the balmy zephyrs which waft the odors of
the magnolia and the orange. 'Twas sympathy, Miss Ward, which
prompted my questions—an honest desire to share your griefs, if I
could not relieve them. Your generous nature will appreciate my
motives, and pardon one more question—the last, if answered negatively:
Am I in any way, directly or indirectly, connected with your
mental perturbations?”

-- 204 --

[figure description] Page 204.[end figure description]

Torrents of tears from the eyes of the fair Amanda relieved her
gallant suitor's suspense, while she struggles for utterance with her
irrepressible emotions. At length she spoke:

“Mister Mitten, your noble nature assures me that I may trust the
dearest secret of my heart to you, without fear that you will ever
betray the trust, under any changes of feeling, time or place. I
frankly own that I am and have long been most ardently attached to
you—I have sometimes thought—hoped—that our attachment was
mutual. Yet, why did I hope it? when I knew that we never could
be united?”

“Knew that we could never be united, my dearest Amanda?”

“Never, never, never!” exclaimed Amanda, burying her face in
her handkerchief, and sobbing convulsively.

“Then I am doomed to wretchedness for life!” ejaculated Mister
Mitten. “Amanda, you are my first love—”

“And you are mine, William. My first, my last, my only love.
When you return to the land of birds and of flowers, object of my
adoration, send back a thought to your poor, unfortunate, heart-broken
Amanda!”

“Amanda,” said William, in tears, “you said you would entrust
the dearest secret of your heart to me: tell me then what insuperable
obstacle there is to our union?”

“I never violate my promise, dearest William, I am told that you
are very, very rich; and never can I consent to marry a man with
whom I cannot be upon an equality,—a man who must ever feel that
he stopped to take his partner's hand; and who may suppose that
the poor trash of earth, called wealth, had some influence upon her
choice. I should be the most miserable wretch upon earth, to discover
in the being I adore, anything going to show that he considered
me his inferior, or capable of loving him for anything but himself.”

“These noble sentiments,” responded Mister Mitten, “exalt you
higher, if possible, in my estimation, than ever. Know, then, thou
sweetest, purest, noblest of thy sex, that I am not rich—”

“Not rich! Don't trifle with my feelings, William!”

“I assure you, upon the honor of a gentleman, that I am worth
nothing. My mother owns a very pretty estate, which, when divided
between her three children, will only give a comfortable living to
each of them.”

“Oh, happiest moment of my life!” exclaimed Amanda. “William,
there is my hand, and with it a heart that idolizes you, if you
choose to take them.”

-- 205 --

[figure description] Page 205.[end figure description]

“I receive them,” said William, “and exchange for them a hand
and heart equally warm and unwavering.”

Their vows were plighted, and they separated in ecstacies.

Fortunately for William this interview occurred on Friday night;
or it would have played the mischief with his next day's recitation.

The next day William visited Miss Amanda to arrange for the
nuptials; and however indiscreet and rash we may consider the engagement,
everybody must accord to them the highest prudence in
settling the preliminaries of the nuptials.

The arrangement was that Mister Mitten (so we must now call him,
as he is engaged to be married) should go on and complete his education,
return to Georgia and spend two or three months with his
family, then go to Litchfield, Connecticut, and attend Judge Reeves'
Law Lectures for one year, revisit Georgia, get admitted to the bar
as soon as possible, return to Princeton, and consummate the marriage.
Could old Parr himself, and a lady his equal in years, have ordered
things more wisely! As soon as matters were thus happily arranged,
Mr. Mitten said:

“I have reflected a great deal, my Amanda, upon matrimonial engagements,
and I have brought my mind to the conclusion long ago,
that there is a radical error in regard to them, too common in the
world. Let us reform it—at least as far as we can. I allude to the
secrecy with which such engagements are kept by the parties to
them—”

Miss Amanda started—“ Why, if the parties are sincere and
mean to be constant to each other, should they object to the world's
knowing of their engagement? Were it generally known how few
matches would be broken off! What man of honor would pay his addresses
to a lady whom he knew to be pledged to another! What woman
of honor would receive the addresses of a man whom she knew
to be engaged! For my part, I shall make no secret of our engagement,
and then if any man dare to pay you particular attentions, I
shall hold him personally responsible—”

“Oh, William, my dearest William, do not think of such a thing!
Our engagement must not be breathed to a human being—not even
to father, mother, sister or brother. If our parents knew of it, they
would certainly break it off if they could, on the ground of our age—
Break it off! No, that can never be. Sooner will the moon cease
to shed her placid beams upon the earth, sooner will this heart cease to
beat, than your Amanda forget her vows, or human power make her
break them. But think of the troubles that may follow the disclosure!

-- 206 --

[figure description] Page 206.[end figure description]

Oh, William, I cannot bear a frown, I cannot bear even a cold look
from my dear, sweet parents; and how would it rend my heart to see
them frown on you or receive you distantly—”

“And does Miss Ward suppose that her parents would object to
our alliance?—”

“No, no, William: I'm sure they will be delighted with it, at the
proper time; but think how young we are! I have heard my father
say that the man who has grown daughters in Princeton occupies
a very delicate position. To forbid them to receive the visits of students,
would be to forbid them from receiving in the main, the very
best society that they could have, and to violate the laws of hospitality;
but to encourage students in making love to their daughters,
was injustice to the students, and treason to their distant parents.
Now, if he knew that we were engaged, he would be almost certain
to send me away to some boarding school—and what pain would that
give us! And suppose another should address me; does my William
think that there is another in this wide world who can make the
least impression on his Amanda's heart? Can you doubt your Amanda's
constancy? Can you fear that anything on earth could chill
her first, her only love, in a few short years? No, William, whether
you remain true or false, never, never, can I love another. The very
thought startles me like an electric shock. The keenest pang I ever
felt, was at hearing my mother say that my father was not her first
love—I ought not to have mentioned it—I have never breathed it to
another; but to you I may entrust it, for we are soon to be one—
From you I can conceal nothing. But what agony did the disclosure
give me—you'll never mention it, William?”

“Never, Amanda.”

“I felt for days, weeks and months, as if I were an orphan. Oh,
how my heart sympathized with my dear, sweet father! He knew
it when he married mother. They live happily together. But it
seems to me, the cruel, bitter thought must sometimes present itself,
`this heart was once another's—this heart was not always mine,' and
oh, what pain it must give! And what is married life, if there be
anything in it to interrupt, even for a moment, the constant stream
of heavenly bliss which it promises to hearts united in the silken
cords of pure, ecstatic, first-born love! There, William, you are entrusted
with every secret of my heart.”

Mr. Mitten was so charmed with Miss Amanda's sentiments, and
enraptured with her eloquence, that he entirely forgot the text. He
soon recovered it, however, and after thanking Miss Ward for her
confidence, and promising to keep it sacred, he said:

-- 207 --

[figure description] Page 207.[end figure description]

“Under all the peculiar circumstances of the case, my Amanda, I
will consent to keep our engagement a secret; but, as a general rule,
I think there should be no secrecy in such matters.”

Mr. Mitten's mind being now disburdened, he resumed his studies
with alacrity, and maintained his place to the close of the Sophomore
year. The vacation ensued, and the first five weeks of it Mr.
Mitten devoted to Miss Amanda. He took her out almost daily on
pleasure-rides, lavished presents upon her, of the most costly jewelry,
books, engravings, and love-tokens innumerable; and strange to tell,
Miss Amanda received them without rebuking this ill-advised waste
of his humble patrimony. Nor was Mr. Mitten less attentive to the
decoration of his own person, than of Miss Amanda's. He laid in a
profusion of coats, vests, pants, gloves, stockings, boots, shoes, pumps
and under garments, all at the highest prices, and in the most fashionable
style. To his other purchases he added an elegant watch,
chain, seals and key, and a handsome diamong breast pin. Many of
these things were purchased upon a short credit, to be paid for as
soon as he could get remittances from home. With all his accomplishments
there was one wanting to make him perfect in Miss
Amanda's eye, and that was, “the poetry of motion.” Herein Miss
Amanda excelled, and she urged him to put himself under Monsieur
Coupee, to add this to his many graces. She said that she was very
fond of cotillon parties, but that they had lost all interest to her since
she learned that he did not dance. He took her advice. As “the
poetry of motion,” cotillon measure, consists entirely of anapœsts and
dactyls, performed with alternate feet, Mr. Mitten soon mastered this
accomplishment. Thus went off the first month and a quarter of the
vacation.

With all his expenditures he had taken care to reserve money
enough, as he supposed, to spend a few days in Morristown, a week
in Newark, and a week in New York, without exhausting his funds.
At the commencement of his sixth week of the vacation, he set out
for Morristown. Here lived a class-mate of his, who insisted upon
his spending a week with him. Mitten consented. A round of parties
ensued, all of which he attended, and at all of which he played
havoc with the hearts of the girls of Morristown. From his class-mate
the report soon spread through the village, that he was the
first scholar in his class, and immensely rich. These things conspiring
with his fine person, graceful manners, and agreeable conversation,
made him absolutely irresistible. Now there happened to be
in Morristown at this time, a young lady from South Carolina, of the

-- 208 --

[figure description] Page 208.[end figure description]

Bethlehem School, who was spending her vacation with a relative of
the village, or rather making Morristown her headquarters for the
vacation. Her name was Louisa Green, she was behind Miss Ward
in nothing, and one hundred thousand dollars ahead of her in point
of fortune. Miss Green and Mr. Mitten being both from the South,
naturally formed a strong partiality for each other; of course it did
not amount to love on William's part,
but it amounted to love palpably,
on Louisa's part. As she was from the South, William felt himself
bound to pay her particular attentions. Accordingly he did all that
he could to make her time pass agreeably during his stay in Morristown.
He could but observe the tokens of her favor, and they awakened
in him a tender compassion. She had appointed to visit a
school-mate in Elizabethtown, five days after the time when he was
to leave for Newark. He offered to wait and accompany her. This
threw him five days longer on his friend's hospitality, than he contracted
for, but he was welcome. She accepted his offer thankfully.
They went—he was introduced to her young friend, who prevailed
upon him to spend two or three days in Elizabethtown. He consented—
parties commenced on the second day after his arrival, and
were kept up with but short intervals for nine days. The scenes of
Morristown were renewed. He had set every day for the last six,
for leaving Elizabethtown, but something or other always delayed his
departure. The school-mates of Elizabethtown planned a visit to a
third, in New York, for a few days. As this jumped with William's
plaus exactly, and promised to make his visit to New York pleasurable
infinitely beyond his anticipations, he proposed to accompany
the young ladies. They accepted his proposition with pleasure. It
required three days to prepare the young ladies for their contemplated
trip, and these embraced the opening of the college term. Time
had run off so merrily that he had not kept count of it, and he was
thunderstruck when a question put to him about the college, reminded
him that the term opened on the day before he was to leave with
his fair companions for New York. What was he to do? Violate
his pledge to the young ladies? That would never do.

He determined to conduct them to New York, and hasten on to
College. When he came to settle up his bills in Elizabethtown, he
was thunderstruck again; they were four times as large as he anticipated,
and in counting up his cash, he found that he had barely
enough left to take him to New York and back to Princeton. The
ladies were delayed a day beyond the appointed time by some accident.
Mr. Mitten was in torments. It was certain that his funds

-- 209 --

[figure description] Page 209.[end figure description]

would give out before he reached Princeton; and here in a land of
strangers, what was he to do? In this emergency, it had just occurred
to him that he had been very remiss in not paying his respects to
Mr. Beach, and he concluded to spend a part of the spare day with
this kind friend. Mr. Beach hardly knew him when he presented
himself at his door, so changed was he in every thing. After a visit
of an hour, “Mr. Beach,” said William, “I have been out spending
the vacation, and my expenses have been so much heavier than I
expected, that I have got out of money; could you favor me so far
as to loan me thirty dollars, and I will give you an order on Mr. Sanders
for the amount, or I will send it to you as soon as I get back to
college.” “Certainly, William,” said Mr. Beach, “I will take the
order, and if you pay it when you get to college, I will send it to
you. The money was loaned, and William returned to Elizabethtown
rejoicing. On their way to New York he suggested to Miss
Green that the college term had opened and that on the day after
their arrival in New York, he would be compelled to return to college.
She expressed her regrets that they must part, probably never
to meet again, but hoped that they would renew their acquaintance,
after their return home. William proposed a friendly correspondence
ad interim. She said she could not promise that, as the pupils of
her school were forbidden to correspond with young gentlemen; but
if he chose to write to her she had no objections. On their arrival
in New York, the news greeted them, that on the evening of the
next day two of the greatest tragedians of the age were to appear in
the principal parts of Shakspeare's Othello. William had never
seen a play acted by professed performers, and “as he had overstayed
his time any how, and one day more could not make much difference,”
he determined to prolong his visit that far, and take the ladies to the
theatre. He procured tickets for the three young ladies, but as the
father of the one whom the others were visiting, chose to accompany
them all to the theatre, and furnish tickets himself, William had two
on hand either to use or throw away at his option. He was transported
with the performance. Hamlet was announced for the next night;
but as the ladies declined going to the theatre two nights in succession,
he went alone. Macbeth was announced for the next night;
and as all the girls must see this play, they went as before; William
accompanying. The day following he left for Princeton, and reached
there with just seventy-five cents in his pocket.

His class-mate of Morristown (Johnson by name) brought down
his history to his departure from that village. “He went off,” said

-- 210 --

[figure description] Page 210.[end figure description]

Johnson, “after a beautiful accomplished South Carolina heiress,
worth a cool hundred thousand in cash, with kinky-heads according;
and he has only to stretch out his hand to her and she'll snatch at it;
for everybody sees that she is over head and ears in love with him,
as indeed all the girls in Morristown are; for Bill is death among the
pullets.” This report mitigated the anxiety of his Georgian companions
concerning him, but did not entirely relieve them; for they
feared the consequences of William's change of habits, not only upon
his stand in College, but upon his future life.

We have said that he had four competitors for the first honor,
but there was only one of them that he had cause to dread, for
though the five were equal in mathematics, there was but one who
approached him in the other studies. This one was Taliaferro (pronounced
Toliver) of Virginia. When at the opening of the term,
the class appeared to recite in mathematics, and Taliaferro found
Mitten absent, his countenance kindled with delight. His delight
increased with every recitation in this study, until it came to the
fifth. As he retired from this he said triumphantly, “I've got him
safe—I've got this brilliant young Georgian just as the owl had the
hen, so that he can neither back nor squall. With his head full of
girls and fortune, if ever he keeps up with the class, and makes up
five lost lessons, he is a smarter man than I think he is, and I think
he is the smartest I ever saw.” Taliaferro thus spoke because he
well knew that a lost recitation in mathematics is almost as fatal to
farther progress in the science, as the loss of one of the nine digits
would be to enumeration. And yet if William had determined to
do it, he could have made up his deficiencies before the end of the
Junior year, and thrown Taliaferro far in his rear in the Senior year.
Why he did not, we shall see. When called to account for his absences
he said “he was necessarily detained.

Having followed Mitten's movements during the vacation, let us
now unveil some of his thoughts and reflections accompanying these
movements. “Here it is now,” mused he on the fifth day of his
acquaintance with Miss Green. “If Amanda had not made me
promise to keep our engagement secret, I could now tell Louisa of it,
and let her understand the true ground of my attentions to her; but
as it is, I must either be distant to her—which would be unpardonable
in me as she is from the South—or I must encourage her attachment
which is plainly visible and growing. Amanda will hear
of my attentions through Johnson, and suppose I am after Louisa's
fortune. No, dear girl, fortune shall never make me sacrifice my
word and my honor.”

-- 211 --

[figure description] Page 211.[end figure description]

On the seventh day: “It was very indiscreet in Amanda to exact
that promise from me, I don't know how to act under it.”

Ninth day: “Haug that silly promise! I'll keep it, but I fear I
shall never feel towards Amanda as I should have felt if she had not
extorted it from me. I was too hasty in making it—in fact I was
too hasty in the whole matter. Well, whatever may come of it, I shall
not forego duty to a Southern friend, far from home, because I happen
to be engaged.”

On the day he visited Mr. Beach: “What a botheration it is to
want money—I doubt whether Amanda will ever be satisfied to live
in Georgia. I wish she was not quite so romantic. It was very imprudent
in her to speak of her father and mother as she did to me—
I don't believe one can love truly but once; I believe I could love
Louisa just as ardently as I love her, if I would allow myself to do
so.”

On the day he left New York: “One hundred thousand dollars!
I wish I had fifty of it now. What a sum it is! Enough to last a
man's life time, and satisfy every desire of his heart. One hundred
thousand dollars, and a beautiful intelligent lovely Southern girl
to boot! Amanda ought to adore me for resisting such a temptation
for her sake.”

On reaching Princeton, he went immediately to see Amanda and
found her in deep distress. She said “she had been meditating
suicide, but she could not leave the world without one more last,
longing, lingering look upon her William.” Upon his assuring her,
however, that he was not engaged to Miss Green, that he had not
proposed himself to her, and that he would have informed her of
his engagement, if he had not been forbidden to do so, Miss Amanda
was greatly comforted, insomuch that she concluded to postpone
the suicide to a more suitable season. She entertained him with a
melting narrative of her soliloquics and tears over breastpins, lockets
and the like, which, as it came just at the time when he was terribly
pinched for money, produced a double sympathy—or rather an oscillating
sympathy, which played so equally bet ween himself and Miss
Amanda, that she could not understand it, and took it for coldness.
They parted, however, with renewed professions of love.

Markham, Thompson and Brown, had together paid a short visit
to Philadelphia, Trenton and Monmouth, early in the vacation, and

-- 212 --

[figure description] Page 212.[end figure description]

returned to Princeton. On their return, Brown enclosed a fifty dollar
bill* in a letter to Mr. Markham, saying: “I have saved this
much out of my allowance without stinting myself in the least. If
you think it would not be wrong to appropriate it to my mother's
necessities, please deal it out to her as she needs. Apply all of it
but what is absolutely necessary to keep my mother above want, to
the schooling of my two little sisters. But if you think that I have
no right to use the money in this way, please return it to the kind
gentlemen who raised it for me; and tell them that it is more than
I need, and I think in justice it ought to be returned to them.” We
need hardly say that this letter made John's patrons feel much more
like doubling than reducing their contributions to him.

From New York William had written a letter to his mother, setting
forth that he had greatly miscalculated, in saying that five hundred
dollars per annum would be amply sufficient to pay his College
expenses. Traveling expenses, he said, far exceeded his expectations—
that he had set out from Princeton on a vacation ramble, with
money enough in hand, he thought, to pay his expenses three times
over, and after visiting only three places, he was in New York with
hardly money enough to pay his reckoning, and get him back to
Princeton; and there his board and tuition would have to be paid
in advance. He concluded by begging her to send him on two hundred
dollars as speedily as possible. Here was the very place for
him to have informed his mother that he had borrowed money from
Mr. Beach, and to have informed Mr. Sanders through her, how he
came to draw on him. But he knew that it would mortify his mother
exceedingly, to learn that he was repaying Mr. Beach's kindness
by taxing his purse; and he intended to stop the draft from going
to the drawee, by payment of it. Brown's letter had a fortnight or
more the start of William's, and its contents were known to everybody
in the village in three days after it had reached Mr. Markham.
When William's letter therefore reached home, it alarmed and distressed
his mother exceedingly. She gathered the money as soon
as she possibly could, (borrowing a part of it) and dispatched it to
William, with a letter eloquently expressive of her feelings. “How
is it, my dear boy,” said she, “that John Brown, with his limited
resources, can visit Philadelphia, Trenton and Monmouth, and yet
send hither fifty dollars out of his income, to assist his poor mother,
and school his little sisters; and you cannot visit as many places
without exhausting your funds and requiring two hundred dollars
over?” The whole letter would fill every reader's eyes with tears;

-- 213 --

[figure description] Page 213.[end figure description]

but we have not time and space for it here. By the shortest possible
course of mail, William could not receive an answer to his letter
in less than a month from its date. In the meantime he must he
shut out of College, if he could not raise the tuition fees at least.
His only course was to borrow. He went to his cousin David, who
loaned him fifteen dollars, all “he had over,” as the merchants say.
He went to Markham, and he loaned him twenty, saying “this is all
I have, but go to Brown, I know he has over fifty dollars, for we
compared notes when we got back to College.” He went to Brown
and asked the loan of fifteen dollars. “William,” said Brown, “I
would loan it to you with a great deal of pleasure, but I have it not—
here are three dollars, all I've got, which you are welcome to, if it
will be of any service to you.” William looked on him furiously and
said—“Brown, if I don't raise fifteen dollars, I can't get back into
College, and I know you have that much, and three times that
much.” “William, I give you my word and honor I have but three
dollars in the world. How can you suppose that I would not loan it
to you if I had it? If there's anything I have, by sale of which
you can raise the amount, go take it and sell it, with all my heart—”

William wheeled off in a rage, and hastened to Thompson and
Markham, saying “Who could believe it possible, that John Brown
would see me shut out of college, rather than loan me fifteen dollars!
He says he has but three dollars in the world—” “John Brown
says so!” exclaimed the two. “Come,” said Thompson, “let's go
and bring him face to face.”

Away they went and Brown seeing them coming turned pale as a
sheet. “Look at his countenance,” whispered William. “John
Brown,” said Thompson, “did you tell cousin William that you hadn't
fifteen dollars in the world?”

“Yes, and I told him the truth—”

“Didn't you tell George Markham and myself that you brought
back from your travels money enough to pay tuition and board, and
leave you over fifty dollars in hand?”

“Yes I did; but I have disposed of fifty dollars of it.”

“How did you dispose of it?”

“I do not wish to tell, but in a way that all of you would approve
off if I were to tell you—indeed I do not know myself as yet, how it
went—”

“Did you ever hear such chat,” said William, “from anybody but

-- 214 --

[figure description] Page 214.[end figure description]

an idiot since you were born! Disposed of it as we all would approve,
and does'nt know himself how he disposed of it!”

The boys wheeled off indignantly.

“Stop, boys,” said Brown, with streaming eyes, “and I will explain—”

“We want no explanations, sir,” said William. “Dig a mole out
of the dirt and stick him on a steeple, and he'll be a mole still.”

No pen can describe John's agony. He saw himself deserted
by the sons of his benefactors—he knew that they all believed that
he had lied, and he knew that before the morrow's sun, it would be
trumpeted all through the College that the bright Mitten was kept
from his class by his meanness. In the midst of his horrors, the
bell summoned him to recitation. The class was arranged alphabetically,
and his name was the first on the list. The Professor called
on him; he rose tried to suppress his emotions, but could not; and
he resumed his seat, his bosom heaving, and his eyes streaming as
though his heart would break. The class stood aghast, and the
Professor looked sad; for Brown had not been remiss in a single
College duty. Keen as was his anguish, it would have been aggravated
heavily, but for George Markham's prudence.

“Boys” said he, “it isn't worth while to spread this thing
through the College—at least let us wait awhile before we do it. Remember
that he is a Georgian, has been our intimate friend, and it
will be flung up to us upon all occasions. And after all, I never
knew John Brown to tell a lie in my life, and he may be enabled to
explain the matter.”

After some debate they agreed to keep the matter to themselves.
That very day John received tidings of his father's death, and as no
body thought of enquiring as to the precise time when he received
the intelligence, it was regarded by the class as the cause of his
emotion in the recitation room, and by his three friends as an additional
inducement to deal tenderly with him. Thompson borrowed
the fifteen dollars for William, and he joined his class.

Thus stood matters when Mrs. Mitten's letter was received. As
soon as William read it, he hastened to Thompson and Markham's
room with it, handed it to his cousin, flung himself into a seat,
dropped his forehead, hands-covered on his knees, and wept bitterly.
Thompson read it, and passed it in sobs to Markham. He was not so
much affected, and spoke first:

“The Lord be praised that we kept our notions of John's conduct
from the college. Why this, and our coldness, and his father's death

-- 215 --

[figure description] Page 215.[end figure description]

all coming upon him at once, would have killed the poor fellow. He's
almost heart-broken, any-how. What a warning is this to us against
acting hastily in such matters! Let us send for him, and relieve
both him and ourselves immediately.” He was sent for, and as soon
as he entered the room, they all rushed to him and embraced him
together. “Oh, John,” continued Markham, “we know what you
did with your fifty dollars, and we are all ashamed of ourselves.”

“John,” said William, “I beg your pardon ten thousand times—”

“And I.”

“And I.”

“John,” said William,” “how could you say, you didn't know as
yet how your money went?”

“Because I didn't know that it would be right in me to take money
raised for my education, and apply it to the use of my mother and
sisters; so I sent it to Mr. Markham and told him, if he thought I
had no right to use it in this way, to return it to the gentlemen who
raised it for me, and I don't know which way it went, even now, for
Mr. Markham said nothing to me about it in the letter reporting my
father's death.”

“John,” continued William, “I never shall forgive myself for my
treatment of you. I had some apology for suspecting you of insincerity,
but I had none for that vile, unfeeling, brutal remark of
mine—”

“What remark, William?”

“About the mole.”

“I didn't hear that.”

“You didn't! Thank heaven, that you did not, but it's none the
less mean on that account.”

William paid the sums borrowed and his board; and now the merchants,
tailors, shoe-makers and jewelers began to press him. They
always press at the opening and close of terms, because students are
then commonly full-handed; but they had other reasons for pressing
in this instance. The balance of his two hundred dollars, save fifteen
reserved went in less than a fortnight, without paying more than
fifty cents on the dollar of his debts. Youth-like, he thought more
of the annoyances of creditors than of their respective claims upon
his honor, and Mr. Beach was postponed to the most ravenous. Some
of these, all of whom understand well the art of milking students,
said “that they were not in the habit of crediting students, but that
everybody represented Mr. Mitten as such a brilliant, high-minded,
rich and honorable young man, that they would have trusted him for

-- 216 --

[figure description] Page 216.[end figure description]

half their goods.” Others said, “that relying certainly upon payment
at this time, they had contracted debts on the faith of it, and
if disappointed, they did not know what was to become of them.”
Another said, “If Mr. Mitten couldn't pay him all, he would be very
glad to get half the amount due, to keep his wife and children from
suffering.” Thus they went on with every variety of experiment
upon his feelings, until he began to think that his own character, the
character of the South, and all Princeton, were likely to sink together
in one common grave of indiscriminate ruin. Most of Mr. Mitten's
debts had been contracted within the past three months, and
many of the students, well posted in such matters, testified with becoming
indignation, that such a thing was unheard of in the history
of Princeton, as dunning students for debts but three months old;
and two or three proposed, in vindication of the time-honored usages
of the place, to stone the windows of the importunate creditors; but
Mr. Mitten, partly from the lights of Mr. Markham's counsels, and
partly from his own good sense, opposed all violent measures, as he
could not see how these would sustain his credit or cancel his debts.
But there were two specialties, which hurried the creditors; the one
was, that Mr. Mitten had promised to pay them at the opening of the
term, and the other was, that Miss Amanda, either from love of truth,
or the truth of love, had corrected the popular opinion of Mr. Mitten's
vast wealth, and represented him, upon his own authority, as
not only not very rich, but very poor. The torments of creditors
abated considerably the rapture with which Mr. Mitten was wont to
view the ornaments of Miss Ward's person, interfered with his studies,
and set his thoughts to running upon filthy lucre. He commenced
his friendly correspondence with Miss Green. His first letter was
exceedingly friendly. He waited the proper time for an answer, but
received none. He wrote another, still more friendly, but received no
answer. He wrote another in the very agony of friendship. To this
he received the following answer:

eaf460n10

* At this time Jersey bank bills were just as current in Georgia as gold and
silver.

The first one dollar bill that ever was seen in Georgia was from a Jersey
bank.

“All your letters have been received. They have given the Principal
of the School great uneasiness, and me great delight. He
knows only whence they come—know you whether they have gone;
into the most hallowed chamber of my heart. Mail your letters
anywhere, but at Princeton; my answers will be returned through a
confidante in Morristown.

Your Louisa.

Thenceforward Mr. Mitten could hardly do anything but write letters.
The two friends soon became so much attached to each other,
that they interchanged pledges of perpetual union. The “hundred

-- 217 --

[figure description] Page 217.[end figure description]

thousand dollars” were now safe, and college honors sank to insignificance
in the estimation of Mr. Mitten. He studied only to graduate,
and in the short space of four months, dropped from the head
below the middle of his class. The “hundred thousand” were a
good way off, and his demands for money were immediate and pressing.
To meet the exigencies of the time present, he concluded to
try his skill at cards with the “Regular Panel” of Princeton. He
was very successful, but still he forgot Mr. Beach. The club, of
course, had refreshments, to counteract the effect of sedentary habits
and constant watchings. They met at Mr. Mitten's room, and as he
had been very successful, he was very liberal in his supplies of good
cheer. The young gentlemen enjoyed themselves quietly until
about one o'clock A. M., when they became rather troublesome to a
Professor in an adjoining dormitory. The Professor rose, dressed
himself, and went to Mitten's room door—listened awhile and knocked.
“Walk in,” said Mitten. The Professor attempted to open the
door, but it was locked. A shuffling of feet, a moving of chairs, a
rattling of glasses were heard, and the door was opened. The Professor
stepped in, found a table set out in the middle of the room,
with two candles on it, burnt down nearly to the socket—two fellows
on Mitten's bed with all their clothes on, fast asleep—two more in
his room-mate's bed, covered over with a counterpane, except as to
the heel of one boot—another just undressing to go to bed under
same counterpane (at least he was near that bed)—another seated at
the table studying the Greek Lexicon—while Mr. Mitten, who opened
the door, was pacing the room in manifest indignation. Though
not exactly intoxicated, he had stimulated his nervous system up to
an unwonted degree of independence—while the Professor was very
coolly making his observations, (for he was a man of nerve.) “Well,
sir,” said Mitten, “I hope you have nosed about a dormitory in which
you have no business, to your satisfaction.” (Here one of the sleepers,
whose face was to lights, turned abruptly over with a sleepy
snort: and the Greek student saw a funny word in the Lexicon at
which he gave a little chuckle. “Not quite,” said the Professor,
calmly.

“Well, sir,” continued Mitten, “I think I can convince the Faculty,
and if not the Faculty, the Trustees, that you have no right to
be poking about another Professor's dormitory of nights.”

“May-be so,” said the Professor coolly, still “poking about.”

This was the Professor of Mathematics, who had repeatedly provoked
Mr. Mitten, by pressing questions upon him at recitation which
he could not answer. This is considered very impolite in all Colleges.

-- 218 --

CHAPTER XXIV.

[figure description] Page 218.[end figure description]

Alas! for the instability of human happiness! Just before the
fatal vacation of which we have spoken, Mrs. Mitten was as happy
as she could be on this earth. Her two daughters had married men
of worth, position and fortune, and were comfortably settled in
counties adjoining that in which she resided. Her son, already distinguished,
was on the high road to preferment, and her mind was at
peace with her Maker and the world. What changes a few months
more wrought in her destiny!

The events with which we concluded the last chapter, occurred on
Friday night, running into Saturday morning. On Monday morning
the Faculty met and Mr. Mitten was summoned before them.

“Mitten,” said the President, “you are charged with keeping a
disorderly room—with keeping intoxicating liquors in your room—
with drinking intoxicating liquors—with playing cards, and with insulting
Professor Plus on Friday night last.”

“May I be permitted,” enquired Mitten, “to ask upon what evidence
these charges are brought against me?”

“I do not think,” said the President, “that you have a right to
demand the evidence, until you deny the charges.”

“I hope,” said Professor Plus, “that I shall be permitted to put
Mr. Mitten in possession of the evidence upon which the charges
are founded, before he is required to answer them.” The President
nodded assent. “About twelve o'clock or a little after, on Friday
night last, I was waked out of sleep by a noise in the dormitory
adjoining mine. It was not continuous, but fitful, and therefore the
more annoying; for with every intermission I flattered myself it
would cease, and I would just get into a doze, when I was roused by
it again. I endured it for about an hour, when I rose, dressed myself,
went out, and found that the noise proceeded from Mitten's
room. I approached the door, and paused for a moment; just as I
reached it, I heard five thumps on a table in quick succession, followed
by a yell and profane swearing. `But for Mitten's Jack of
Hearts,' said a voice that I took to be Johnson's, `I should have
taken the pool. He plays the devil with hearts.' `Rabb,' said one,
`you were looed.' `No, I wasn't,' said Rabb, `I didn't stand.' `It's
Mitten's deal,' said another. `No, it isn't,' said a third, `he dealt
last time.' Here I knocked and was told to walk in, but I found
the door locked. After much shuffling and rattling of glasses, I was

-- 219 --

[figure description] Page 219.[end figure description]

admitted. Upon entering the room, my olfactories were assailed
strongly with the fumes of wine and brandy.” The Professor proceeded
with the details which we have already given the reader.

“President S****,” said Mitten, “suppose a Professor of this
Institution should take up a strong prejudice against a student, should
seek all opportunities of mortifying him and wounding his feelings,
and in order to bring him before the Faculty, plainly and palpably
violate the laws of College—has the student any redress, and how?”

“Mr. Mitten,” said the President, “our time is too precious to be
occupied with the discussion and settlement of hypothetical cases;
but if you have been thus aggrieved, you should seek redress of the
Faculty, and if you do not find it here, you should appeal to the
Trustees.”

“So I supposed,” said Mr. Mitten, “and I am now ready to answer
the charges brought against me, and to lay my complaints before
the Faculty.”

He now delivered a flaming speech, in a remarkably fine style for
one of his age. As to the first charge, he said that “keeping a disorderly
room,” certainly implied something more than having disorder
in his room for a single evening. So of “keeping intoxicating
liquors in his room.” As to “drinking intoxicating liquors,” he
said he would answer that with the last charge. He admitted there
was card-playing, but asserted positively that there was not a bank
bill, a piece of gold or silver staked on the game—that the pool
spoken of consisted of nothing but button-molds—”

“Mr. Mitten,” said the President, “didn't those button-molds
represent quarters, half dollars or dollars, or some other denomination
of money?”

“Really, Dr. S****, I cannot see how little bits of bone could
represent money. A bill represents money, because it contains on its
face a promise to pay money; but—”

“Go on with your defence, Mr. Mitten,” said the President.

“Before I answer the last charge,” continued Mitten, “I beg
leave to read a law of the College: `One of the Professors shall
room in each dormitory, whose special duty it shall be to visit the
rooms, and keep order therein.
' Now, gentlemen of the Faculty, (I
only address such,) you perceive that Professor Plus had no right to
visit rooms out of his dormitory. My dormitory was in charge of
Professor Syncope, a man not more remarkable for his gigantic intellect
than he is for his courtesy, kindness and easy familiarity with
the students. He heard no noise, `continuous or fitful.' He was

-- 220 --

[figure description] Page 220.[end figure description]

not disturbed, and it is very strange that one out of the dormitory
should have been annoyed and disturbed by noises kept up for near
an hour, which one in the dormitory heard nothing of. I know that
one Professor may have much more sensitive nerves than another,
and be much more given to watchings and other imbecilities, but
these differences will hardly account for the wonderful fact, that the
one should have been kept awake an hour by noises, which the
other, more likely to be disturbed by them, should not have heard at
all. But, admitting that Professor Plus was disturbed by the noise,
and admitting that the noise was twice as loud and twice as long
continued as it was, I deny his right to come into another Professor's
dormitory to suppress it. The law is clear upon this point. The
law says, there shall be one Professor in each dormitory; Professor
Plus says there shall be two—at least when he takes a nervous fit.
How far his interference with Professor Syncope's prerogative comported
with courtesy and delicacy, it is not my province to determine;
but I have a right to see to it that I am not injured by the intrusion.
While Professor Plus was in that dormitory, I regarded him as no
Professor at all—as having no right to enter my room. No one has
a higher respect for the Professors of this institution, than I have;
but when a Professor so far forgets his high and dignified position,
as to turn persecutor of those over whom he is placed as a protector
and instructor, to trample the laws of college under foot, to usurp
authority which does not belong to him, to forget the comity due to
his associates, to pretend to superhuman powers of the `olfactories,'
in distinguishing the odor of liquors assailing them at one and the
same time, to consort with owls, bats, wolves and hyenas—”

“Stop, Mr. Mitten,” said the President, “I cannot sit here and
hear a Professor so grossly insulted without interposing for his protection.”

“I mentioned no names,” said Mitten, “and if the cap fits—”

“I hope,” said Professor Plus, smiling in common with the other
Professors, “I hope that the young gentleman will be permitted to
finish his speech. I speak candidly and sincerely, when I say that
I have rarely, if ever, had such an intellectual entertainment from
one of his years. I will thank him, however, to explain to me,
wherein I assumed the character of a `persecutor.' All the rest of
his speech I understand perfectly, but as to this part I am wholly in
the dark.”

“You have called upon Marshall, Morton and myself to recite
oftener, than any other three students in the class,” said Mitten.

-- 221 --

[figure description] Page 221.[end figure description]

“I was not apprised of that,” returned the Professor, “though in
all probability it is true. The class is alphabetically arranged, and I
commonly begin the recitation first at one extreme of the list, then
at the other, and then at the middle. It is frequently the case that
there are not propositions enough to engage the whole class, and
whenever that is the case, those near the middle will have to recite,
no matter at which end I begin. Now as Mitten's name stands right
between Marshall's and Morton's, and in the middle of the class, I
commonly begin at him, if I do not commence at either extreme,
and if I go up from him, Morton will not be called—if I go down,
Marshall will not be. This will explain the matter, and I am very
happy to find that you have no other ground to base the charge of
persecution upon than this. Time was, when Mitten regarded it no
persecution to be called on often to recite.”

“How much oftener have Marshall and Morton been called up
than the rest of the class?”

“Once.”

“And you?”

“Twice.”

“Mr. Mitten,” said the President, “you will retire if you please.”
He did so, and in a few minutes he was recalled to receive the
judgment of the Faculty, which, without a dissenting voice, was,
that he be expelled. In delivering the sentence, the President addressed
him very feelingly—deplored the abuses to which he was
subjecting his extraordinary mind, and exposed the absurdity of any
student's supposing that a Professor could take up a prejudice against
a moral, orderly student. He referred to a law, which Mr. Mitten
had entirely overlooked, making it the general duty of all the Professors
to preserve order in the College, and see that its laws were
obeyed. The President having concluded,

“Dr. S****,” said Mittten, “will you favor me so far as to tell me
what I am expelled for?”

“Certainly,” said the President; “for keeping—or if you like the
term better—for having a disorderly room; for having and drinking
intoxicating liquors in your room, for gambling in your room, and for
grossly insulting a Professor in your room, and still more grossly before
the whole Faculty.”

“Was there any proof that I drank liquor?”

“No positive proof, but quite enough to satisfy our minds of it.”

Gambling implies that we played for money—was there any
proof of that?”

-- 222 --

[figure description] Page 222.[end figure description]

“Abundant proof; but we have not time now to give the reasons
of our opinion upon the several charges. Suffice it to say that you
have not denied a single one of them; and as for this one, we are
constrained to believe that six young gentlemen would not have set
up till one o'clock in the morning playing for button-molds.”

“But four of them had actually gone to bed, and another was undressing
to go to bed when Professor Plus entered.”

“Yes, but they must have sit up very late; for they were so completely
exhausted that they could not take time to undress; and so
sleepy, that between the knock at the door and the opening of it,
they all fell sound asleep. They monopolized all the beds in the
room, too, leaving you and your studious companion no place to
sleep; which was exceedingly impolite, to say the least of it And
here, Mr. Mitten, is the end of questions and answers.”

Mitten retired very much incensed, and appealed, not to the Trustees,
but to his fellow-students, for justice. Nine espoused his
cause. They disguised themselves, serenaded Professor Plus with
tin pans, horns, and other noisy instruments, broke his windows,
broke up his black-boards, and placarded him in various ways and
places. Six were detected and expelled, of whom David Thompson
was one. Three escaped for want of proof against them. Thus far
Thompson had been hurried on by blind impulse; but now the hour
of sober reason had returned, and he was overwhelmed with the
troubles which gathered upon him. He was disgraced near the
close of a creditable Collegiate career. He had not money to bear
his expenses home. He looked towards home with horror; for his
mother was no Mrs. Mitten, and Mr. Markham was a faithful representative
of his father, and there was the mortification of meeting
his many friends and his father's friends as an expelled student. As
his troubles increased, so did his indignation against his cousin.
“William,” said he, “had you followed Mr. Markham's advice, you
would have taken the first honor in your class; but instead of that,
you have disgraced yourself, disgraced me, and got five more of
your fellow students expelled. Two of the three ringleaders in the
scrape have escaped, while the rest of us who did nothing more than
join in the serenade are dismissed. Had Mr. Markham been inspired,
he could not have foreseen our difficulties clearer, or advised
us better about them than he did. What benefit has our frolic been
to you? How much has it injured Plus? You were justly punished,
and you know it; and I know it; and suppose you had been
unjustly punished, how could such foolery as we went through

-- 223 --

[figure description] Page 223.[end figure description]

better your case? Bad luck attends every one who links himself to
you. What am I to do? I've not money enough to carry me
home—”

“I've got nearly enough to carry us both home, and I can borrow—”

“And where did you get it? You won it; and I will not touch
a cent of it—I'll tell you what I'm going to do: I'm going
to acknowledge my fault, promise a strict observance of the rules
of the College for the future, and beg the Faculty to restore me—”

“Is there a man in whose veins the Thompson blood runs who can
let himself down so low as that!”

“Yes, and I am that man. I have done wrong, and why not confess
it? I will confess it to everybody else who cannot help me;
why not confess it to the Faculty who may help me?”

“Well, if you can truckle to men who have treated your cousin as
the Faculty has treated me, you can do so; but if you do, I can
never feel to you again as a cousin —”

“Well then, we shall be even, for I certainly do not feel to you as
a cousin —”

“You don't?”

“No, I don't.”

“Then, good morning, Mr. Thompson. You can shape your
course as you please, and I'll do the same.”

Thompson followed his better judgment; and the Faculty, in consideration
of his previous good conduct—that he had never been
charged with an offence before—and that he was nearly related to
Mitten, and therefore exposed to peculiar temptation from him, commuted
the punishment from expulsion to three weeks' suspension.
He rejoiced at his good fortune, and thenceforward improved it
through life. Two of his companions in guilt tried the same experiment;
but as they had nothing to recommend them to clemency,
their sentence was unchanged.

“And there is Nassau Hall justice,” said one of them. “Two
students in precisely the same predicament, one expelled, and the
other suspended for three weeks! A glorious College this!”

Mr. Mitten waited on Miss Ward, and informed her of “the injustice
that had been done him.”

“It only gives me, dear William,” said she, “an opportunity of
proving the sincerity of my attachment. As the ivy clings to the
beauteous column, whether erect, careening, or prostrate, so my
heart's affections cling to my William, through all the changes of

-- 224 --

[figure description] Page 224.[end figure description]

life. There is a sweet comfort mingled with the bitterness of your
misfortune, my idol: it is, that the hour which is to unite our hearts
in the golden chain of wedlock, will be hastened a full year and a
half or more.”

William looked up to the ceiling, as if he expected to see the gold
chain up there; and Amanda took his upturned eyes as an indication
of heavenly aspirations, and wept.

“I must tear myself from you, Amanda,” said William, presenting
his hand and lips. She threw her arms around him, and then he
threw his arms around her. They kissed.

“Another,” said Amanda.

“And yet another.”

And then a long, long, “farewell!”

She dropped her head upon his bosom and wept. William covered
his face with his handkerchief, blew his nose twice, sympathetically,
heaved theatrically, and waited a sign that the tragedy was over.
But as no sign came, he said:

“We must part, Amanda. I never shall forget you—your all-confiding
nature, your tender, warm-hearted love.”

Here an honest tear filled his eye, conscience stung him, shame
reddened his checks, and he gave her a strong, remorse-forced embrace,
and tore himself from her, in truth. As he left the door, he
muttered:

“Love like that deserves a better return. How sincere, how
ardent! How sweet her breath, how fervid her embrace, how eloquent
her grief! And yet they made no more impression on me,
until I began to utter literal truths and mental lies as a return for
her affection, than the dew-drop makes upon the flinty rock! Heavens
and earth! What progress I am making in iniquity! I am
already a very devil! A deceiver of those who love me most—my
mother—Amanda—I must not reckon up my iniquities, or they will
addle my brain, or drive me to suicide.”

He reached his room, paced it awhile in anguish, then seated
himself and wrote:

“My dearest Louisa—Ill health drives me from college —”

“Another lie!” said he, flinging down the pen and rising furiously.
“How sin begets sin,” continued he, with hurried strides
over the room.

It was long before he could return to his letter; and when he did,
it was only to add:

“To-morrow, I leave for Georgia, whence you will hear from me
more fully and more affectionately, on my arrival.”

-- 225 --

[figure description] Page 225.[end figure description]

“There,” said he, “there is my last lie, at least. I'll go home,
reform, marry Louisa, and lead a new life.”

He set out for Georgia the next day, and reached home without
delay or accident. The Sanford draft had preceded him just two
days. His mother paid it promptly, and had just closed a long, tearbedewed
letter to him, when he rushed into the room, and advanced
to embrace her. He did embrace her, just in time to save her from
falling to the floor, for she had swooned at the first sight of him.
Assistance was called, and she was put to bed. She revived, embraced
her child and swooned again. The doctors advised him to
retire from her bedside, until she recovered strength to receive him.
So long did the second paroxysm continue, that even the physicians
began to fear that life was extinct. She did revive, however, like
one awaking out of a sweet sleep. Casting her eyes around the
room, she whispered:

“Have they taken him away from me already?”

“He is near at hand, Mrs. Mitten,” said a physician, “and will
be introduced again as soon as you become a little more composed.”

“I am perfectly composed now,” said she, in the same subdued
tone, “let him come in. Do you know what brought him home so
soon?”

“No, Mrs. Mitten, your physicians know better when you will be
prepared to receive him than you do, and we hope you will put
yourself under our direction.”

“Certainly I will, Doctor. I am a poor, weak woman. I try to
do right, but I am always doing wrong. Let it be as soon as you
can, Doctor; but don't yield your judgment to mine, for I have no
confidence in my opinions. I followed brother's advice while he
lived, and Mr. Markham's after he died, and I don't know what
better I could have done. I feel a great deal better now, Doctor;
don't you think I am? I think I could see him now calmly; if
nothing had brought him home.”

One of the physicians withdrew to William's room:

“William,” said he, “for your mother's sake I enquire of you,
what brought you home so soon?”

“I was expelled from College,” said William. “I need not try to
conceal it, for it must soon be known.”

“William,” continued the Doctor, “if you tell your mother that,
I'm confident she will not survive it an hour. She has been declining
in health for several months, and your sudden appearance to her, has
brought her to the very brink of the grave—”

-- 226 --

[figure description] Page 226.[end figure description]

“Then, I suppose, to the long list of my lies, I must add another
to a dying mother.”

“Why, William, you shock me!”

“I wish heaven's lightning would `shock' me, even unto death.
What I came into the world for, I don't know, and the sooner I go
out of it, the better for both the world and myself, I reckon.”

“Compose yourself, William, and if we send for you, approach
your mother with as much self-composure as possible—”

Just here the Doctor was sent for in haste. He returned to Mrs.
Mitten, and found her sinking, and begging to see her son. He was
sent for, and approached her with marvellous self-command.

She reached forth her arms to him, and he gently bent himself to
their embrace. She held him long to her bosom, a flood of tears
came to her relief, and she brightened wonderfully. Releasing and
gazing on him for a moment, she said:

“My dear boy, you are wonderfully improved in appearance.”

By this time the room was thronged with visitors. The Doctors
requested them to withdraw, in order that Mrs. Mitten might be undisturbed,
and if possible, gain sleep.

“Let William and Mr. Markham remain,” said she.

The rest retired.

“Mr. Markham,” said she, “I am very weak. I do not think the
Doctors know how extremely ill I am. Be as you have been for a
few years past, and as you would have ever been but for my folly, a
father to my boy; and, William, regard Mr. Markham as your father,
and follow his counsels in all things. Mr. Markham, pray with us.
Give thanks for the safe return of my boy, and that I have been permitted
to see him once more before I leave the world. What fortune
brings him home so suddenly I know not, but it is good fortune
to me, for without it I am sure I should never have seen him
again. Give me your hand and kneel, William. Pray, Mr. Markham.”

As they bowed, William thought of Mr. Markham's parting prayer,
and the counsels that preceded it, of his abuses of those counsels,
and the bitter consequences; and his bosom heaved with indescribable
emotions. His mother gave his hand a quick emphatic
pressure at every petition, which she would have him notice particularly.
These signals of attention became less and less sensible as
the prayer progressed, till just before its conclusion they ceased entirely—
her grasp relaxed, and her hand lay motionless and almost
lifeless upon that of her son. Mr. Markham and William rose,

-- 227 --

[figure description] Page 227.[end figure description]

turned their eyes to the gentle sufferer, and saw on her countenance
every mark of immediate dissolution. They called for the Doctors—
they came, and reached her bed just in time to hear her last words:

“William—meet me in—”

The sentence was never finished. The sweetest, the kindest, the
gentlest, the holiest of the village was gone! We will not pretend
to describe the scenes which followed. Her daughters and sons-in-law
came but to pour tears upon her mortal remains, as they reposed
in the coffin. The elder sister and her husband took charge of the
house; the other two remained a few days, and left for their residence.
William took his room, and never left it for near a month,
save to tread pensively the walks of the garden. At the end of a
fortnight, he addressed a letter to Miss Green, reporting his mother's
death, and telling her that she was the last and strongest tie that
bound him to earth, and his only hope of heaven. In due time he
received an answer, expressing the tenderest sympathy for him in his
bereavement, and concluding as follows:

“I have been tormented by strange reports concerning you which
I cannot, I will not believe, until they receive some confirmation from
your own lips. I will not aggravate your griefs by repeating them
now, farther than just to say, that if true, your last brief epistle from
Princeton was untrue.

With unabated love,
Your Louisa.
CHAPTER XXV.

Miss Green's letter filled Mitten's bosom with horror. “What a
thoughtless fool I was,” said he, “to write that useless lie to her! I
ought to have known that she would soon learn the true cause of my
sudden departure from Princeton! Why did I not forestall public
report by a frank confession of the truth, and offer such justifications
of myself as I could? True it is, that when a man turns rogue, he
turns fool, and no less true is it, that when a man turns liar he turns
fool. It will almost take my life to lose Louisa; but I deserve to
lose her, that I may learn what it is to have one's holiest feelings and
brightest hopes trifled with. I will write to Louisa, make a frank
confession of my errors, vow an eternal divorce from them, and promise
to be anything and everything that she would have me to be, if
she will remain steadfast to her engagement.” He did so, and indeed,
made the most of his case that could be made of it. The answer
came:

-- 228 --

[figure description] Page 228.[end figure description]

Mr. William Mitten—Sir: Your dismissal from College,
and your misrepresentation to me, I could forgive; but I never can
forgive your addresses to me, while you were actually engaged to
Miss Amanda Ward.

“Your abused
Louisa.

“All is lost!” exclaimed he, flinging down the letter. “How did
she find out the engagement? Amanda herself must have informed
her of it.” This was not true. The engagement came to Miss
Green's ears on this wise: Mitten's attentions to Miss Ward were
notorious; and her disrelish for any society but his was equally notorious.
From these facts, the inference was drawn by many that
they were engaged. What was stated at first, as a matter of inference
soon began to be stated as a matter of fact. As it was contradicted
by no one, it came to be regarded as a thing universally admitted.
So Rumor bore it to Miss Green's ears. The mischievous
jade was no less cruel to Miss Ward than she was to Miss Green;
for she reported to her that Mr. Mitten was in regular correspondence
with Miss Green from his return to Princeton, to his departure for
Georgia. Amanda drooped under the tidings—became sedate and
pensive, gave her heart to One who better deserved it than her lover,
fixed her adoration on the proper Object, moved among the poor and
afflicted like an angel of mercy, lived to be universally beloved, kindly
rejected many a wooer, and died smiling, where Mary sat weeping.

The report went abroad that William had broken his mother's
heart. This was nearly, but not quite true. Mrs. Mitten's health
had begun to decline before William's troubles began, and it is probable
that she would not have survived a month longer than she did,
had William remained at Princeton. But she had become uneasy
at the silence of his College companions, concerning him, for some
months past. The tone of his letters had changed alarmingly. Then
his heavy draft on her for money, increased her alarms. Then the
Sanders draft added poignant mortification to her distressing fears
and anxieties. All these things were wasting her away rapidly,
when his abrupt appearance to her filled her with emotions which
her feeble frame could not endure. His conduct certainly shortened
her days; but it could not with propriety be said that he broke her
heart. Still so went the report, and it gained strength from his remarks
to the Doctor, which were overheard by a visitor, and went
forth with exaggerations. The consequence was, that when he began
to mingle with the villagers, there was something so cold and
distant in their greetings, so formal and cautious in their conversation,
that he recoiled from their society, shut himself up in his room,

-- 229 --

[figure description] Page 229.[end figure description]

brooded over his misfortunes for a time, became enraged at the treatment
of his old friends, and with a heroism worthy of a better cause,
he resolved to retaliate upon them. He went forth boldly among
them, treated all coldly, and some rudely; made advances to no one;
stepped loftily and independently, and resolved to hold every man
personally responsible to him, who had taken the liberty of using
his name, otherwise than with the profoundest respect. The young
gentleman had undertaken an Herculean task, but he deemed himself
adequate to it, and acted accordingly. He called the Doctor to
account for circulating remarks made by him “under great excitement
and distress, which any man of common humanity would never
have thought of repeating.” The Doctor declared that he never had
repeated them. Mr. Mitten told him that “is was not worth while
to add the sin of falsehood to the sin of brutality, for no one else
could have mentioned them.”

Anderson's remarks also became town talk, as soon as it was known
that Mitten had “backed down” in the “third heat.” He went to
Anderson in a great rage.

“I understand, sir,” said he, “that you have been making very
free with my name in my absence.”

“No, Billy, I only said—”

“Don't call me Billy sir—”

“Well, General Washington—”

“Stop sir! But for your age, I'd give you a caning. And, now
listen to me sir: If ever I hear of your mentioning my name in any
way, I shall forget the respect due to age, and give you a chastising,
let it cost what it may. If you must expend your race-course wit,
expend it upon some one else, not on me.”

“When you undertake to chastise me,” said Stewy, “you'd better
appoint your executors: for they'll have to wind up the business.”

Thus Mr. Mitten went on rectifying public opinion, and purifying
private conversation, until there were but five persons in the village
or its vicinity who could venture to be upon terms of intimacy with
him. These five, two old men and three young ones, conceived a
marvelous attachment to him. They forced themselves into his affections
by a thousand kind sayings of him, and as many harsh ones
of all who kept aloof from him.

“Never mind, Mitten,” said one of the ancients: “as soon as you
get possession of your property, these very men who are shying off
from you now, and whispering all sorts of things about you, will be
truckling to you like hound-puppies. They hate me worse than

-- 230 --

[figure description] Page 230.[end figure description]

they do you, just because I always take up for you. I see how they
look at me, every time they see me with you. I despise those old
men who forget that they were once young, and make no allowance
for a little wildness in young men.”

“Well,” said a young one, “I'm glad to see Mitten's independence.
He is not beholden to them for anything, and I like to see
him going his own way, and taking care of himself.”

“Mitten,” said a third, “we are going into Thew's back room to
amuse ourselves with a game of cards for an hour or so; where shall
we find you when we come out?”

“Why,” said William, “I'll go in with you.”

“You'd better not,” said two or three voices at once. “You
might be tempted to play,” said Old Fogy, “and when once a young
man begins to play cards, he never knows where to stop. Could you
do as we do, just set down and amuse yourself for an hour or two,
and then get up and quit, why that would be all well enough; but
young people are not like old folks.”

“Well,” continued William, “I'll go in and see you play, but I
will not play myself, for I have suffered enough from card-playing
for one lifetime I know.”

“Oh well, if you'll do that, no harm done.”

William went in, and kept his word.

The same scene was repeated for a number of days. At length
William began to spend his opinion upon the play of one and
another, demonstrating by the doctrine of chances that they were
injudicious.

“Its lucky for us, Mitten, that you don't play, or you'd soon leave
us without a stake. We know nothing about book-learning, and
just thump away after our old plantation way. Old as I am, I'd give
the world if I only had your education.”

Day after day rolled away in like manner.

At length, said William, “let me take a hand, and see if my theory
holds good in practice.”

“Oh, no!” exclaimed half of them. “He'll beat us all to death.
What do we know about the doctrine of chances!”

“Mitten,” said Old Fogy, “don't play. I'm an old man, and
though I don't know anything about chances, I know that the cards
run so sometimes that there is no counting on them. Now, you are a
high-minded, honorable young man, and if you should happen to
lose largely, you would be strongly tempted to refuse to pay, plead
infancy, the gaming act, and all that sort of thing, even when you

-- 231 --

[figure description] Page 231.[end figure description]

got able to pay, and I wouldn't lose my good opinion of you for all
the money in the county.”

“I hope, Mr. Fogy, you don't think I'd do that.”

“No, I know you'd die now before you'd do it, but temptations are
hard things to get over. I talked just so to young Tickler, as honorable
a young fellow as ever was born, and what did he do? Why
he won of me day after day, and week after week; but when the
cards took a turn in my favor, he refused to pay the little, nasty sum
of one thousand dollars, when he was worth forty thousand. I never
asked him for it till he got his property in hand, and then he said I
tempted him to play and cheated him, and I don't know what all.
I wouldn't have lost my good opinion of that young man for double
the money.”

“Well,” said Mitten, “I am not anxious to play.” And he did
not.

Mitten's company and back-room sittings coming to the ears of
Mr. Markham, he warned William against his associates. He told
him that they were a set of sharpers who would certainly ruin him
if he did not abandon them.

“Mr. Markham,” said William, “these are the only men of the
village, (yourself excepted,) who have treated me with any respect
and kindness since my return home. You mistake their character.
They play cards, it is true, but so far from tempting me to do the
same, they advise me not to do it; and consequently I have not
thrown a card since my association with them. I should be an ingrate
and a fool to abandon the only friends who stood by me when
all the rest of the world abandoned me.”

Mr. Markham told him their friendships were pretended, their
professions unreal, and their counsels hypocritical. In short, he
used every argument and entreaty that he could to withdraw him
from these men, but all was unavailing.

About this time his college companions returned, having completed
their course. Brown had taken the first honor in his class,
and Markham the third. Thompson graduated creditably, but took
no honor.

The day after their arrival, Thompson presented Mitten a beautiful
box.

“And who sends this?” said Mitten.

“Open and see,” said his cousin.

He opened it, and saw all the jewelry that he had given to

-- 232 --

[figure description] Page 232.[end figure description]

Amanda. On the top of it lay a small note of velvet paper prettily
folded. He opened and read:

“Let them follow the heart of the giver.

Amanda.

“How did she seem, David, when she handed it to you?”

“Heart-broken.”

“Yes, poor girl! Had I remained true to her, she would not have
forsaken me, as all my colder friends have done. In a little time,
now, I could have made her comfortable and happy, and for all time
she would have made me happy.”

Tears rolled rapidly down his cheeks as he spoke.

Mr. Markham turned over his school and the profits of it to his
son and Brown—he only retaining such a supervision over it as to
pass it as his school. The first studied medicine, and the second
law, while teaching. In a little time Brown fixed up a comfortable
little residence for his mother, and furnished it neatly. He gave his
sisters the benefit of a good Female Academy, and extended their
education by his own private instruction. David Thompson became
the head of his father's family, and trod in the footsteps of his father
through life. William continued his unlucky associations.

One day, while he was looking on at the game of his friends:

“Here, Mitten,” said one of the seniors, “play my hand for me,”
rising and going out. On his return another addressed him, saying:

“Look here, old man, take your seat there and play your own
hand we can't play with Mitten.”

Mitten had won ten dollars while representing his old friend.

“Lord,” said another, “what a benefit an education is in everything!”

William now proposed to take a hand for himself.

“Well,” one said, “we needn't object on his account, if we don't
object on our own, for there is no danger of his losing.”

William played, and won a little. So did he for five or six sittings.
Then his winnings and losings began to balance each other pretty
equally. Then he began to lose regularly, but in small amounts—
then in larger amounts.

About this time Mr. Mitten made divers remarkable discoveries,
to-wit: That whenever he lost, one of the old ones and one of the
young ones lost, but that they won in regular succession, so that, at
the end of a week's play, he owed (for they “played on tick,”) each of
them almost exactly the same amount. That though they often played
against all the doctrines of chances, they were very sure to win. That

-- 233 --

[figure description] Page 233.[end figure description]

the young one would frequently relieve himself from the fatigues of
the game by playing the fiddle and walking round the table, and
that so long as he played the fiddle, he (Mitten) was certain to lose.
That the other two young ones lost and won occasionally, but in the
long run were like himself, losers; and that their losses, like his own
were the equal gain of the other three.

Now prudence dictated that he should quit this elique, but he
was largely over a thousand dollars in debt to the trio, and he could
not gain his consent to do so, until he recovered his losses. At a
convenient season he took his fellow-sufferers aside, informed them
of his discoveries, and proposed to them that they should play in copartnership
against the other three “only till they got back their
money.” They readily assented to his proposition, and William indoctrinated
them in a set of signs, offensive and defensive, that in a
better cause would have immortalized him. He cautioned them to
wait the signal from him before they put any of their plans of attach
in operation, and in the mean-time, to act wholly on the defensive.

The parties met, and old Fogy entertained the company with an
account of his early adventures at the card-table, in which was this
passage: “I lost, and lost, and lost. Dollar after dollar went, and
negro after negro. I bore it all like a man until I had to sell my
favorite servant, Simon. This was tough, but I had to sacrifice
him or my honor, so I let him go.”

The club took their seats. Two hours rolled away, and the seniors
gained nothing from the juniors. The fiddler got fatigued and took
his fiddle. The Juniors, as if by accident, hid their hands every
time he walked behind them. He soon got rested, and resumed his
seat. At twelve o'clock at night, the Juniors being a little winners,
Mitten got too sleepy to set any longer, and the game closed. Five
sittings ended nearly in the same way to the utter amazement of the
seniors.

“The young rascals have found out our signs,” said Old Fogy,
“we must make new ones.”

They did so. Mitten discovered it in three deals.

“This is a piddling sort o' business,” said Fogy; “let's play
higher.”

William had not only concerted his signs in a masterly manner,
but he had a way of communicating to his partners the most important
signs of their adversaries as soon as he discovered them. While
he was making his discoveries his party lost a little.

“I don't like to raise the stakes when I'm losing,” said William,

-- 234 --

[figure description] Page 234.[end figure description]

“but luck must turn soon, and that will be the quickest way of getting
back my losings, and I believe I'm willing to play a little
higher.”

Old Fogy put up the stakes very high, and William gave the signal
for attack with all his armory. In less than an hour, the corn
(representing money) was streaming from the Fogy party in a perfect
sluice. Mitten lost to his partners two hundred dollars, and the
Fogies lost to them from five hundred to a thousand each. At one
o'clock, A. M., Mitten rose from the table saying: “That his brain
was so addled he couldn't play; and that if he could, such a run
of luck would ruin the best player in the world.”

It would be both interesting and instructive to the young, to trace
Mitten's progress step by step in gaming, until he became a most accomplished
blackleg; but our limits will not allow us to do so. He
was in rapid progress to this distinction, when Miss Flora Summers,
daughter of Col. Mark Summers, who resided five miles from the
village, returned home from Salem, N. C. She was an only child,
handsome, agreeable in manners, of good sense and well improved
mind. William visited her, and so did John Brown, now admitted
to the bar and practising with brilliant promise. The Colonel received
Brown with great cordiality, and William with distant civility.
Flora reversed things exactly. The Colonel was not surprised
at her preference, but before it had time to ripen into love, he thus
addressed her: “My daughter, it may be that Mitten and Brown
will become suitors of yours. I do not say to you, in that event
marry Brown, but I do say to you do not marry Mitten, if you would
save yourself and me from misery intolerable. You know his history
in part. If he did not break his mother's heart, he hastened
her death. He has rendered himself odious to all good men, and
become the associate of gamblers. And yet he is a young man of
handsome person, fine address and fine talents. These endowments
are apt to win upon a girl's heart; but surely my daughter can fortify
her heart against dangerous impressions from such a man as
Mitten.”

“Yes, Pa,” said Flora, “I can and will. I assure you that I
will never give my hand to William.”

“Then, without feigning an attachment that you do not feel, give
him the earliest opportunity of declaring himself, and let your refusal
be respectful but decisive.”

“I will. It will cost me no difficulty to refuse Mitten; but I
don't think I ever can love John Brown. Dear me, Pa, he is so
ugly!”

-- 235 --

[figure description] Page 235.[end figure description]

“Well, my child, be that as you would have it. I certainly shall
not urge you to have Brown or any body else. Your choice will be
mine, provided your choice does not light upon one of despicable
character.”

Mitten repeated his visits, and was received more warmly by the
Colonel than at first. In process of time he declared himself and
was positively rejected. Brown continued his visits too, but at much
longer intervals. His fame in the mean time was constantly growing.
His manners were not wanting in polish, and in intellectual endowments
he now far outstripped Mitten. His visits for five or six
months seemed only of a friendly character. He read well and talked
well, and was both a wit and humorist; but he never wounded by
his sallies. Flora soon became satisfied that John had no idea of
courting her, and she threw off all shyness and came upon terms of
easy and agreeable familiarity with him. John spoke freely and
playfully of his own homeliness; told amusing anecdotes about it,
and spoke of it in such ways as made Flora laugh heartily. A single
example: After they had become as intimate as brother and sister,
there was a pause in the conversation one day, and John after a deep
sigh said, “Well, I'd give a thousand dollars just to know for one
hour how an ugly man feels.” Flora laughed immoderately. “Well,
John,” said she, “I think you might for a dollar know how such an
one feels for a life time.” Then John roared. Thus matters went
on until Flora began to feel that John's society was a very important
item in her life of single blessedness. She met him with smiles
and parted with him—not exactly in sadness, but with an expression
of countenance and “good-bye,” which seemed to say, “John, it's
hard to part with you, you pleasant, ugly dog.”

Still John never whispered love, while everybody spoke his praises.
About this time Col. Summers got into a lawsuit, that alarmed him
greatly. He employed Brown, who disposed of it, on demurrer, at
the first term of the court. At his next visit to Flora, she expressed
her gratitude to him very tenderly, and added, “John, I hope some
day or other we will be able to repay the obligation that we are under
to you.”

“Why, Miss Flora, said John, “it's the easiest thing in the world
for you to cancel the obligation and make me the willing servant of
you both—”

“How, John?”

“Why just let your father give his daughter to me, and you ratify
the gift.”

-- 236 --

[figure description] Page 236.[end figure description]

Flora looked at him and blushed, and smiled, looked serious and
said:

“Are you in earnest, John?”

“In just as sober earnest as if I were preaching.”

“John, I don't believe you love me.”

“Yes, I do, Miss Flora, as ardently as ever man loved woman, but
until recently I believed my love was hopeless, and therefore I concealed
it, or tried to conceal it, for I know you often saw it.”

“Why, John, you astonish me!—Go, ask Pa, and if he gives me
to you, I'll ratify the gift. I might get a handsomer man, but I
never could get a more worthy one.”

“As to my beauty,” said John, “why that's neither here nor
there. One thing is certain about it, and that is, that it will never
fade.”

“Well, John, if we live ten years longer, I am sure I shall think
you handsome; for your features have been growing more and more
agreeable to me, ever since you began to visit me.”

“Well, Miss Flora, if they are agreable to you—tolerable to you,
it is a matter of perfect indifference to me what any one else thinks
of them. Another great advantage you will have in marrying a
homely man, and that is, you will not be exposed to the common torments
of the wives of handsome men.”

“I'm not so sure of that, John. Splendid talents, renown and
fascinating manners are much more apt to win the admiration of our
sex than a pretty face.”

“If you see all these things in me, Flora, you see more than I have
ever seen. As you are getting in a complimentary strain, I'll thank
you to ask your father in; for though I bear compliments with great
fortitude, they always embarrass men, and when coming from you,
they give me a peculiar drawing to the lips that utter them.”

“Well, how do you know but they would bear the drawing with
great fortitude, too?” So saying, she bounced to her room and left
him alone, saying as she flitted away, “I'll send my father to you
and listen how you draw to each other.”

The Colonel soon made his appearance.

John looked at the Colonel, put his right leg over his left, took it
down again and patted his foot. The Colonel took a chew of tobacco,
cleared his throat and looked at John. John cleared his throat
too, coughed twice, blew his nose and looked at the carpet. “John,”
said the Colonel, “Flora said you wished to see me.”

“Yes, sir,” said John, “I have long had a warm attachment to

-- 237 --

[figure description] Page 237.[end figure description]

your daughter— and I thought if I could gain your assent to address
her—”

“To address her! Why, she says you are engaged, and only
want my consent to get married. If that is the case, you have my
consent freely. There is not a man in the world that I would prefer
to you for my daughter.” So saying, he retired.

Flora immediately re-entered, laughing immoderately. “Well
John,” said she, “I don't think you had much of a `drawing' to
Pa.”

“Confound this asking for daughters!” said John, “I'd rather
ask forty girls to marry me, than one father for his daughter. I
never acted like such a fool in all my life!” Three wecks from this
date, John Brown and Flora Summers became one, and remained
one in the best sense of the term, through life.

Mitten surrendered himself to cards; distinguished himself among
gamblers for his shrewdness, and actually made money by his calling,
until he was arrested in his career by that disease so common to
gamblers, and so fatal to all, consumption. When he found the disease
fastened incurably upon him, he took his room, his mother's
bed room. The old family Bible was there. She had often said,
that at her death she wished it to go to William, and there it was left
for him. He opened it, found in it many traces of his mother's pen,
scraps of paper with texts of scripture, holy resolutions, prayers,
Christian consolations, and the like, written on them. He closed the
book, pressed it to his bosom, and wept bitterly. “Dearest, best
of women!” soliloquized he. “What a curse have I been to
thee! what a curse have I been to myself! One fault thou
hadst, and only one — No, I must not call it a fault—one
weakness shall I call it? No, that is too harsh a term for it. One
heavenly virtue in excess, thou hadst too much tenderness for thy
son. But why do I advert to this! When I reached the age of
reflection and self-government, this very thing should have endeared
thee the more to me—should have made me more resolute
in reforming the errors, which thy excessive kindness produced.
But oh, how impotent are human resolutions against vices
which have become constitutional! Tom, go for Mr. Markham.”

Mr. Markham came, and found William with his head on his
mother's Bible, bedewing it with tears. He raised his head, reached
his hot hand to his friend, and after some struggles for utterance,
said:

“Mr. Markham, you have known me from my childhood to the

-- 238 --

[figure description] Page 238.[end figure description]

present moment, you have marked my every step in the pathway of
ruin—you have seen me abuse and torture the best of mothers, reject
the counsels of the best of uncles, and the best of friends, multiplying
sins to cover sins, insulting men for disapproving of what
my own conscience disapproved, avoiding the good, and consorting
with the depraved, prostituting heaven's best gifts to earth's worst
purposes—in short, assimilating myself to a devil, as far as it was
possible for me to do so; now tell me, my dear friend, do you think
it possible for such an abandoned wretch as I am to find mercy in
heaven? In making up your answer, remember that I never thought
of asking mercy, and probably never should have thought of it,
had I not seen Death approaching me with sure, unerring step.”

“Oh yes,” said Mr. Markham, “you are not beyond the reach of
mercy; provided you seek it in the way of God's appointment.”

“Be pleased to instruct me in that way; for I am lamentably deficient
in knowledge of the Bible.”

“Well, in the first place, you cannot expect mercy unless you ask
for it. If you ask for it you cannot expect to have your request
granted, unless you perform the conditions upon which such request
is to be granted. Now these conditions are (the essential ones,)
that you show mercy to every human being that has offended
you—”

“That is but reasonable.”

You must freely, and from your heart forgive every one who
has trespassed against you. You remember your infantile prayer.”

“Yes, but I never understood it until this moment.”

“You must seek to be reconciled to every one who has aught against
you.”

“The hardest condition of all. I can forgive those who have injured
me; but how shall I ask peace of those whom I never
wronged?”

“God never wronged you, did He? And yet He asks you to be
reconciled to him.”

“Wonderful!” ejaculated William, thoughtfully.

“You would not come to me, William, and ask a favor of me, and
at the same time say, `I ask it, but I do not believe you will grant
it,' would you?”

“No, that would be to insult you to your face.”

“Neither must you ask favors of God, believing that He will not
grant them. You must ask, believing in His goodness, His word,
and His promises, i. e., you must ask in faith.

“Perfectly just!”

-- 239 --

[figure description] Page 239.[end figure description]

“If you were to ask a favor of me, and I should say come again,
I cannot grant it just now; would you turn away from me in despair,
and never ask me again?”

“Surely not.”

“Then do not show less confidence in God than you have in me.
If he does not answer your prayers as soon as you expect, pray on
and bide His time.”

“Well, God helping me, I will follow your counsels this time,
to the day of my death. Pray once more for me, thou heaven-born
and heaven-directed man.”

Mr. Markham prayed with him, as if his “lips were touched
with a live coal from off the altar.”

William, now gave himself to prayer and reading the scriptures.
He sent for all within his reach whom he had offended, or who had
offended him. Freely forgave, and was freely forgiven. Two, three,
and four months the disease spared him; but he found little comfort.
At the beginning of the fifth he found peace; rejoiced for a
month more, preached powerfully to all who came to his bedside, and
with his last breath cried, “Mother, receive thy son!” and died.

Back matter

-- --

[figure description] Blank Page.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Free Endpaper.[end figure description]

-- --

[figure description] Paste-Down Endpaper.[end figure description]

Previous section


Longstreet, Augustus Baldwin, 1790-1870 [1864], Master William Mitten, or, A youth of brilliant talents, who was ruined by bad luck. (Burke, Boykin, & Co., Macon, GA) [word count] [eaf460T].
Powered by PhiloLogic